Home

2 About Transform - PrimaCode Technologies

1. Layout Examp File Edit View Tools Help IEA AA EEEL E Petra Coord Sytem Error Rad BestFit a Uk Target Variance Ost Residual g 1981 Highway Layout aj 300 183 0 100 0 066 5 E 1 0 100 0 peco Sana E 902 0 100 T Peld Survey w 0 ES 903 119 0 100 E 0 103 Best Fit System Params 904 120 0 100 E 0 108 i Retation 95 Precision 905 116 0 100 E 0 155 E 906 17 E 0 148 307 022 E Scaling 95 Precision LA 208 Ha 309 Linked Pairs 0 of 12 Another alternative is to un pair all paired points in one operation This can be done by selecting Clear All Pairs on the Edit menu To reverse this command simply select Undo on the Edit menu Pairing Restrictions Any number of Best Fit system points can be paired with the same Target System point as shown below however TRANSFORM will only let you Link one such pairing 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 209 Edit Help View Tools d e f lt DOU 3 IORI VARO mvers Y Ss Y Bes Ft Coord Stem Erena powera af te Z 11981 Highway Layout Sj 300 183 0 100 N 51 49 35 33 y 4 15 E Target Coord System 901 125 0 100 11 82 3539 Fed Survey 902 124 0 100 2416 ENS z 903 119 0 100 Best Ft System Params 3904 120 0 100 i Rotation 95 Precision eal 905 116 0 100 10 E 3906 17 0 100 NO 47 03 17 E FT _ gt 907
2. Inverse Points 83 First Point s System Second Point s System 1981 Highway Layout y 1981 Highway Layout Original Coords Original Coords Tra First Point Bearing Distance Second Point 800 N 71 20 42 00 W 113 020 802 You must first start by selecting the name of the system that represents the CAD drawing for both the First Point s System and the Second Point s System Next you need to select the coordinate type that matches the coordinates contained in the CAD drawing For instance if the CAD drawing displays points with original or unmodified coordinates then select Original Coordinates in the INVERSE utility If the CAD drawing has been transformed to match a system in TRANSFORM then you would select the Modified Coordinates option for both the first and second point 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 154 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 5 Export Assistant In The EXPORT ASSISTANT is used to create comma delimited ASCII text files used to transfer coordinates points from TRANSFORM to other software applications such as data collectors COGO software and CAD software The EXPORT ASSISTANT can populate the destination file with any combination of coordinate points from any combination of TRANSFORM s coordinate systems The EXPORT ASSISTANT is capable of creating files that contain all or some portion of a system s coordinate points that contain points from more than one of TRANSFO
3. Relabel Points System Field Survey Modifier Type Increment Modifier Prefix Modifier Suffix Modifier Apply To V All Points From 1 To 206 Labels can be modified on export in three different ways You can provide an incremental modifier a prefix modifier or a suffix modifier Furthermore prefix and suffix modifiers can be either numeric or letter characters 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Export Assistant 161 Additionally you can re label all points contained in the coordinate system or a range of points For this example we will renumber the points exported from the Field Survey system by adding 1000 to each point label as shown below E ran Relabel Points PIS Increment Modifier Prefix Modifier Suffix Modifier Apply To Y All Points From 1 To Nm on Moder 100 Point description filters Description filters allow you to determine which points in a selected system will be exported to the destination file by applying one of two different description filter options You start by either selecting the Include listed descriptions or Exclude listed descriptions first which enables the Filter List box and then supplying a list of filter arguments in the Filter List box or by clicking the Select button A filter list is comprised of a list of description arguments separated with commas each of which can contain the wild card characters and
4. Fs e Js Edit View Tools Help f gt lt I BUS OW 3 IIB VV PAHO Se Cond Stn So a A o AAA 1981 Highway Layout y 0 098 01 125 0 200 S73 1159 96 W 0 225 Target Coord System 0 097 902 Y 124 0 200 S 50 59 31 627 W 0 058 Field Survey y 0 068 Y f 72 55 50 7 se Target Meridian ree Y N 21 43 31 72 E n B gt Y Original Rotated Best Ft mart oo 5 Transformation Parameters _ 0 065 Y Rotation 95 Precision L 0 088 po 0 00 00 00 0 00 10 _ 0 098 ATA gt 0 095 Y S 63 30 46 90 W Scaling 95 Precision 10103 Y Ji 49 6 ppm 46 3 ppm H 1 000 049 583 904 710 ll 0 0050 100 A Translation North 95 Precision 4845 21933 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision 540437714 0 056 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130 ft Ready When you have the cells you want selected right click in somewhere in the highlighted area and select Copy from the context menu Then switch to some other Windows application and Paste the selection Using this process you can copy any aspect of TRANSFORM s output and paste it into other Windows applications to develop any configuration of report you desire Support Options This section discusses the various options available for getting help when you encounter a problem In This Section Tooltip hel Context help Help Provider Technical Assistance Pop Up tooltip hel
5. 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 199 Since Scaling is one of the four systematic errors associated with any best fit transformation it is important to understand that when scaling is removed that systematic error doesn t just disappear it is pushed into the solution s random errors i e the solution s residuals When this occurs the residuals are no longer representative of the transformation s random errors and are therefore always displayed as Pseudo residuals and the font color is changed accordingly as shown above When the amount of scaling is very small this process does not have a significant impact on the overall solution But when the amount of scaling is significant the process of removing scaling can have a number of negative impacts on the overall solution Because scaling is an integral part of any coordinate transformation and because removing scaling skews the residual values the solution s pseudo residuals should not be used to determine which points should be held linked and which should not Therefore TRANSFORM forces you to do all the analysis work with scaling and then after the analysis is complete you have the option of rolling back scaling See also Removing System Scaling Scaling and the law The next section Fixed Point Transformations 8 5 Fixed Point Transformations While such cases are probably rare there are some instances when you may wish to hold one point i
6. amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help z e Qu A IET IA EEE Best Coord Sytem a Era Pas Bet al umk Top i mn Ss E 10 1 020 O01 5 a items 0 098 901 125 0 100 004 0225 3 Target Coord System _ 0 097 3902 Y 124 0 100 0 023 0 053 Ped Survey _ 0068 303 Y 19 0 100 0 002 0 063 _ 0067 905 Y 120 0 100 0 060 0 046 yg Bott Sytem Poems 0058 205 Y 116 0 100 0 064 0 115 Rotaton 95 Precision _ 0057 906 Y 17 0 100 0 041 0 114 E 15 47 0265 20 07 12 0 065 307 Y 107 0 100 0 008 0 031 F Sy 95 Precision _ 006 308 49 6 pom 2 57 1 ppm 0 063 303 0 068 10 Y 106 0 100 0 029 0 026 1 000 049 583 04 710 T0087 mi 0 0050 100 _ 0084 912 Translabon North 95 Precision 008 Ed 0 y TT sT 0 095 914 Y 03 0 100 0 013 0 065 o0 915 Translaton East 95 Precision 0 103 916 y 100 0 100 0 023 0 037 4180 89753 0 056 Target System Rotation O None Value Sytem 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0 130ft Ready Uses for residuals You can use residuals in a variety of ways For instance before a pair is linked TRANSFORM provides a pseudo value that can be used to predict if a pairing is appropriate After pairs are linked the residuals are used to help determine if the points found marking the prior survey are in their original and undisturbed locations as will be seen later in this section Resort the ta
7. 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 12 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Generally you will define a coordinate system in one of two ways Either you will generate the coordinates based upon a recent field survey or you will generate coordinates based upon the measurements used to describe some prior survey In the first instance the data collector used to record the field measurements will generally generate the coordinates for the system In the latter case the coordinates for the system are generated by converting some prior survey map into a CAD drawing that has coordinate point attributes that can be exported to an ASCII text file Take great care when converting the measurements of a prior survey to coordinates As is the case with fieldwork always introduce some degree of redundancy into your work to help detect and prevent errors It is imperative that you discover and correct any scrivener s errors occurring in the prior survey as well as any translation errors you may introduce while converting the measurements to coordinates Once you have a prior survey reproduced as an AutoCAD drawing you can use an add on program such as AutoDesk s Land Development Desktop or Carlson Software s SurvCADD to export the coordinates to an ASCII text file Most data collectors also provide a means of exporting to an ASCII text file The next section Using Import Assistant 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Import Assistant 14
8. Wild card characters are restricted to the beginning and the end of the description argument Additionally the wild card character can be repeated any number of times The wild card character means any single character and can appear any number of times at either the beginning or end of a description argument The wild card character means any combination of characters and can appear only once at either the beginning or end of a description argument Examples IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON IRION IRION etc By clicking the Select button in the Filter options group box for descriptions you can also visually select descriptions for those points contained in selected system will be exported as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 162 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide a Northing a2 Contents of Field Survey system Easting 103 106 107 116 117 119 120 121 124 183 125 102 109 202 203 175 176 170 177 171 9887 41789 9851 55809 9941 18607 9915 92555 9707 77871 9672 25541 9084 96456 9049 46686 8753 02500 8957 61368 9090 39321 8949 93807 9928 38328 9929 01001 9221 42458 9154 40446 8862 24720 8893 05122 8931 62640 8801 16146 9127 37095 8794 60080 10423 11199 10291 39151 9537 88503 9429 34850 9049 93425 9121 59880 8740 93732 8812 58457 8391 71871 8024 59851 7879 46351 8017 96819 10313 23838 9346 10994 7704 39249
9. gt _ om 200 Y 183 0 100 83 05 2275 0 128 2 l Highway Layout J o0 301 125 0 100 73 1159 56 1228 T TergetCoord System 0 097 902 Y 128 0 100 S50 59 31 62 W 0 058 Field Survey z 003 303 Y 19 0 100 N72 55 50 99 E 0 063 0067 905 Y 120 0 100 N 2143 3177 E 0 076 g PefiSyaon Fares p 0058 Y 16 0 100 5 76 22 1976 E 0 131 3 Ratabon 95 Precision 0057 906 Y 17 0 100 85 45 3208 E 0 122 0 00 00 00 20 OF 10 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 89 19 21 80 W 0 032 E Scaling 95 Precision 0067 208 496 ppm 1463 pom 0 069 909 0 068 310 Y 106 0 100 N 57 14 01 32 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 0087 31 0 0050 100 oos 912 Tanita e e ios omo seves ear 424521933 20 056 H Z om 315 Transisbon East 95 Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 74 18 57 05 W 0 043 540437714 20 056 Target System Rotation 4 None o Vale System Law 15 47 02 68 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0130ft Ready Note TRANSFORM will not allow you to create a cloned point for a system that has not been transformed Nor can you create more than one cloned point per each best fit coordinate system point O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 256 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide When you do TRANSFORM open the following dialog box and supplies a point label for the point being cloned You can accept the supplied point label or provide one of your choosing Clone Point Best Ft System 1
10. Before being prompted to save your changes you can click the save button to update the current project or define a new project If you would like to preserve a certain version of a project you can use Save As on the File menu to create another copy of the project with a different name To save the project choose the folder where the project will be saved provide the name of the project and click the save button The next section Opening a Project 7 2 Opening a Project TRANSFORM proves several options for opening a project file m El Open Transform Project E QU AM Desktop gt gt 49 Search Desktop p Organize v New folder a3 w a e F Favorites a Libraries HZ Desktop A Dennis lg Downloads Ml Computer Cu Network da 167330 3 Libraries El Projectl tfm El Project2 tfm 5 Recent Places m Documents ad Music Pictures E Videos jE Computer amp Local Disk C amp Local Archives F e Removable Disk J Ed data massgis state ma us File name Transform files tfm M Open M Cancel e By clicking Open on the File menu or the Open button on the toolbar e By clicking one of the file names in the most recently used project list on the file menu e Or by configuring TRANSFORM to open the most recently used project on start up To complete the process navigate to the folder containing the project select the project in the list and click the Open
11. OK Cancel Linear Units group This group allows a choice of US Survey feet or meters for input and output Angular Units group This group allows a choice of either degrees or grads for input and output Direction Type group This group provides a choice of three basic direction formats for input quadrant bearing and azimuth Due to validation constraints for each of the formats there are five possible choices available e Qdd mmssx e Azddd mmssx e Ndd mm ss xE e Azddd mm ss x e Azddd xxxxxxx The notation used for the above formats is as follows e Q quadrant e d degrees e m minutes e s seconds 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 183 e x decimal units e N north or south e E east or west e Az azimuth The number of characters for each format specification indicates the number of digits required on input except for the character x which can represent any number of digits For example when entering 1 minute as a fractional part of an angle there is a requirement to prefix the single digit with 0 Angle Entry Format group This group provides a choice of three different types of angular formats for input Each format specification provides a different means of providing the fractional parts of degrees e ddd mmssx e ddd mm ss x e ddd xxxxxxx The first uses a single radix to separate the degrees from the minutes seconds and fractional parts of se
12. State Projection System Field Survey State Zone Corrections to directions and distances will be computed based upon coordinate positions within the state plane coordinate system Adjustments to the system s coordinates to make them consistent with state plane coordinates can be made on the transformation tab Other Notice This is not a functioning feature of TRANSFORM There are plans to expand some of the features of this product associated with future releases PrimaCode is also planning to bundle a number of new products with this one PrimaCode will release these expanded and new products as retail upgrades or new purchases not as an update to this product The next section Filters Tab 6 3 Filters Tab You use the Filters tab to define different filter criteria for each of TRANSFORM s coordinate systems Uses for filters There are two primary reasons to use filtered lists One is to limit the number and types of points visible for any system The other is to enhance the performance of TRANSFORM by reducing the number of points that TRANSFORM will process Many of the functions that you regularly perform require TRANSFORM to step thru the set of points that define a system The more points a system contains the longer it will take to complete the processing A prime example of a process that is dependent on the size of the system is the re sorting that takes place every time you sele
13. 124 125 183 Target Vanance siele q om ow 66 w D Brg Residual Dst Residual Using the list of points found in common to the two systems as noted in the previous section find a matching point identifier in the Best Fit point column click in the empty cell to its right located in the Target point column and select the matching point in the dropdown list Note The dropdown list of target points displays each point s description to help distinguish target points from any other point found in the system Therefore it is good practice to define target systems with point descriptions Once you have selected the first point pair TRANSFORM will re order the target point list each time it is displayed by placing the most probable match for a target point at the top of the list This speeds up the process of selecting pairs while also providing another means to insure target points are selected properly Note The time it takes to resort the target point system each time TRANSFORM displays the dropdown list depends on the number of points that the list contains Therefore filtering the target system will significantly increase the efficiency of TRANSFORM If you designate a pair of points in error you will instantly know by the magnitude of the pseudo residual for that pair TRANSFORM re computes pseudo residuals each time a new pair is designated The displayed pseudo residuals are a result of a
14. 9 Import Original Coords t Transfo Filter optioins gt Include all points O Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter Lit 800 900 gt Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Finish Cancel Hep Review your previous selections Now switch back to the Field Survey system in the Systems dropdown list Note that the IMPORT ASSISTANT has preserved your previous filter criteria settings Complete the import Click the Finish button to complete the import process and return to TRANSFORM When you do TRANSFORM will import the selected points from the ASCII text file into each of the systems using the filter criteria you provided TRANSFORM will now look like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 27 i i 5 E Confirm the import procedure Next click the System Points tab along the left edge of the application TRANSFORM switches views and display the coordinate points you imported into each system as shown below Select each system in the Point System dropdown box and compare its contents with that of the ASCII text file to confirm the import procedure AR SIE IA mA 10000 00000 10000 00000 10154 95966 2811 01565 10319 39500 9773 94083 10397 47885 9894 35332 10408 57580 9966 19570 10169 85824 10017 16169 10092 09332 10074 1399 3861 57180 1000715787 389042451 10014 34541 10
15. 95 Cl talla n oa TargPt Variance Dir Residual Dst Residual E pu 183 S 83 06 23 75 W 0 128 tations ines z S 73 1159 96 Target Coord System 7 Field Survey y y Target Mercian N 21 43 31 72 E 3 Original 0 Rotated Best Ft 5 Transformation Parameters 3 ce oo 22 S002 roroa 0 00 10 Scaling 95 Precision N 74 18 57 05 W 49 6 ppm 246 3 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 _ 0 0050 100 a Translation North 95 Precision E l 4845 21933 0 056 _ Translation East 95 Precision m r 5404 37714 0 056 o r El Projectl PrimaCode Transform File Edit View Tools Help ASUS Oe SS GIB IWT HERO E Best Fit Coord System 3 1981 Highway Layout y 5 Target Coord System Y E Field Survey e Y Ta Target Meridian v 3 Orginal Rotated Best Ft Y a Mm 3 Transformation Parameters Y S 89 19 21 80 W Rotation 95 Precision Y roo 0 00 10 5 Y Scaling _ 95 Precision r 49 6 ppm 46 3 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision 484521933 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision 5404 37714 0 056 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0 130 ft Ready 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Report Printing 293 E File Transformations System Points E Project PrimaCode Transform
16. Filter List EMITAN AANE Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions A Filter List Point description filters Point description filters limit TRANSFORM s display of points to that set of points that have descriptions that match the defined criteria The Filter list can contain any number of terms with wild cards separated by commas as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies r User Options 173 Options fe ls Aonicaton Coneciona es Precisions Projects Transformations Units System 1981 Highway Layout 4 View Filtered Lists Filter options Include listed identifiers Filter List 9 Include listed descriptions Filter List BND IPIN 4 View only paired pionts Exclude listed identifiers gt Exclude listed descriptions The allowable wild card characters are the character and the character The character means any combination of characters including no characters The character means any single character and can be repeated any number of times to indicate a series of unknown characters Wild card characters can appear at both the beginning and the end of a filter argument Examples IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON IRION Y IRION etc Lastly a description filter criteria can be either inclusive or exclusive depending on the radio button selected Sel
17. Filtered points also can significantly affect the performance of TRANSFORM For very large systems of points the performance of TRANSFORM can be improved simply by filtering the system s point list Filter points also improves TRANSFORM s automatic point pairing capabilities and can be used to limit your selections to only those points that relevant for the purposes of comparing the systems View Error Radius Column When checked will display an error radius column in the Transformations view Clear the check mark on this menu option to hide the error radius column from view You can also control this feature on the Application Tab of OPTIONS dialog found on the Tools menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 282 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide View Best Fit Description Column When checked the transformation table will display a column showing descriptions for each best fit point When visible the column is located to the right of and adjacent to the best fit point column View Target Description Column When checked the transformation table will display a column showing descriptions for each target point When visible the column is located to the right of and adjacent to the target point column View Variance Column When checked the transformation table will display a column showing variances for each point pair you define in common to the two systems TRANSFORM uses variances to perform weighted solutions If you d
18. Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 C1 0 130ft Ready Rotation of the Target system s meridian can be accomplished in a number of ways By clicking the System radio button in the Target System s Rotation group as shown below the Field Survey s meridian will be locked to that of the 1981 Highway Layout s meridian such that every time a Link or Variance is changed so will the Target s rotation be dynamically updated File Edit View Tools Help asian 10 Y S83 05 23 75 W TA TO TA Target Coord System 097 _ SS0 S9 31 62 W wes ose 3 Y N21 43 31 77 E Best Ft System Params E 76 32 19 76 E 585453208E Sev 19 21 80 W System Points AAA N 57 14 01 32 Ww S47 38 1371 W SEF W 46 90 W N 74 18 57 05 W Linked Pairs 10 of 12 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started tio Notice that the Rotation angle in the Best Fit System s Parameters group is now equal zero When you selected the System radio button TRANSFORM performed a User Transformation on the Field Survey system by selecting a base point of rotation and applying a rotation angle equal in magnitude but with the opposite algebraic sign of that computed for the Best Fit system The result is that the 1981 Highway Layout no longer needs to be rotated to best fit the Target system If the Value radio button had been clicked then TRANSFORM would have also performed a user transformation on the Field Survey syste
19. None Value Sytem 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 C1 0 130 ft Ready Note Because of the statistical nature of a lest squares transformation the reliability of the statistical values will increase as the number of linked pairs increase You can verify this relationship by watching the parameter precisions and error radii while increasing or decreasing the number of linked pairs use only those pairs that have consistent residuals for this test At the completion of the analysis process you will have effectively identified which of the points found on the ground the Target System points should be held and which are no longer in their original and undisturbed locations Furthermore you now have a fairly comprehensive analysis of the difference in meridian and measuring devices for both coordinate systems and how reliable that value is based upon their 95 Precisions Lastly the transformed coordinate values shown on the System Points tab provide the statistically most probable positions of any missing points from the survey being retraced and those transformed values can now be Exported for use in other programs 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 222 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform File Edit View Tools Help Coordinate System System s Target Field Survey Coord System Mtributes Original Coordinates Tandomad Coor nates Not Transformed
20. Part X a fF O N Part XI 1 2 Part XII 1 2 Part XIII 1 2 3 4 Transformation Parameters sisi svcccciscccessdsccececencccseec cdveceaiasteeveccteetnaee cesses daadaa naa bienn ia auiii 224 Confidence Levels cia A A a aaraa 229 Table Sorting eiin aan AEREE ERRETA ETERRA RA ne ERRAT AS 229 View s TOD E TE E E E T ET 230 Views Status Balle naaa a ee a ia aaae aaa aeaea tt 231 System Points View 232 View s Ele Me tsivicvcciccncciiecccecctis a ca vevtins aiara anana iana eniad aurana ipinia aia 232 Configuration OptiONS iii iii iia 235 Define New ys a 239 Delete SM A a te 239 Rename A di 240 Duplicate SM nd 240 Define PoMtS iii etusdeceutenecd antes ieaenerredaseneteceseetasiaceeece 241 Deletes Pots ica als 242 Edit Poli iii is 245 Relabel Points m iii A 246 Undo Redo Options aieeaa adana an Aa ada csv couecetenctnaseescddecdeuarte ses 247 View s Tool al ccoo ai 247 View s Status Bate ici seth concen a sith eens Mascara dbs a aar deta a ana co aaa eaaa 248 Merging Drawings 248 Checking AutoCAD UnitS cccconnnccccononcncnonnnonnnnnncnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrrrnnnnrrrrnnnnnnnnns 249 Transform s Merge Drawings Dialog omcccoooccccccnonnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnrrrr anne 250 AutoCAD s Write Block Dialog ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneees 251 AUtoCAD s Insert DialOG i ci2ie iced seveete ae cene ce veda fesebee
21. The Base Point dropdown is used to select the point in the currently selected System that will be used as the basis of a translation rotation or scaling of the system Translation When a Base Point is selected its Original and Modified coordinates are provided If you want to translate the coordinate System provide new values for the Modified North East or Elevation Rotation The amount of Rotation to be applied to the currently selected System can be defined by providing an angle or by providing the difference in direction for any line The rotation will be applied relative to the selected Base Point for the user transformation Scaling The amount of Scaling to be applied to the currently selected System can be defined by providing a scale factor or by providing the difference in length for any line however the Field Survey system cannot be scaled all others can The scaling will be applied relative to the selected Base Point for the user transformation 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 203 Note If you manually modify any of the transformation parameters on the Transformations tab of the Tools gt Options dialog for a system that is currently the subject of a best fit transformation TRANSFORM will clear all links for that system TRANSFORM will still report residuals for each paired point but they will be simple inverses between subject and target points instead of best fit transformation error
22. Transform User s Guide TRANSFORM can help you determine exactly which anchor bolts do not fit the design parameters and hence which holes in the steel will need to be enlarged and by how much thereby avoiding the domino affect described above Information needed Following the initial layout of the building concrete will usually be poured forming the foundation structure of the building Often this foundation structure contains fasteners or anchor bolts that were poured into the concrete Once the anchor bolts are poured in place they should be radially located preferably from two or more control points to verify there locations If more than one location was made of each anchor bolt then compare the redundant coordinate locations for each anchor bolt to insure each bolt was located correctly If you have a least squares network program you can use the redundant locations for each anchor bolt to produce one accurate coordinate Import the coordinates Next import the coordinates for the existing conditions into the Field Survey system Import the design parameters into a new Best Fit System of your choosing e g Building Layout For an example of importing data see the Subdivision Example in the Getting Started section Compare the systems Define pairings for those points common to both Best Fit System and the Target System by selecting a target point for each best fit point See the Getting Started section for an example of
23. Update the AutoCAD coordinate file The final step when merging two drawings is to EXPLODE the inserted block and then update the drawing s coordinate file using some add on program such as Land Development Desk Top or SurvCADD Consult the documentation for those products for further instructions See also Scaling and the Law Scaling and the Law The next section Saving Projects 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 1 13 Saving Projects Everything you have done with the Subdivision Example so far can be saved as a single project thus allowing you to archive you work and to re open it at some future date to review what has been done or to make revisions Why save projects The ability to save a project even when incomplete serves to very important functions One it provides a means of archiving your findings Two it provides a means of resuming a project at some point in the future when new data is available One such occurrence is when you use the initial best fit transformation results as recon tool for your field crew to look for new evidence Using the most probable positions developed by TRANSFORM your field crew can now make a second visit to the site to look for more evidence and know exactly where to look When the field crew returns from the field with new evidence found you can then open the saved project and import that new evidence and perform a new best fit transformation
24. 79 17 49 58 W 0 067 13 Rotation 95 Precision 0 067 904 Y 120 0 100 N37 25 34 40 E 0 076 E 15 42 0265 2000127 E 0 057 906 Y 17 0 100 70 03 2940 E 0 122 He lal geen 96 Prechion _ om 300 Y 183 0 100 Net 11 3357 W 0 128 S ae 2571m 0058 305 Y 16 0 100 60 50 1707 E 0 131 000 a 102 0 100 S20 16 39 W 0202 1 000 049 583 04 710 oos 01 125 0 100 ons 0 0050 100 a Translation North 95X Precision Pd 6281 18841 20 056 Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 al Target System Rotation fl None Valve Sytem EN 0 0000 00 E Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130ft Confidence levels affect the magnitude of all the parameter Precisions the solution s CI confidence interval and the solution s Error Radii for best fit points To change the confidence level click a new confidence level on the View menu or select Options on the Tools menu and click the Precision Tab Point Filters You can switch between filtered lists and un filtered lists at any time by clicking the Show Filtered Lists toolbar icon Y or by clicking Filtered Point Lists on the View menu O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 1 File Edit View Tools Help SVU OR SIDA Y VEO Best Ft Coord System Tora Coord Sten 108 La y CAE a O 0 10 se srozsrw Boat Ft System Params J al 0100 Ssu w Rotation 95 Precision rl a N88 37 S367 E 15 4
25. Alternatively you can simply enter the points number in the empty cell using the keyboard SSS SS SSS amp 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform SSO File Edit View Tools Help da D lt la SEMI M AEE CT EEE Best Fe C System Errce Rad ast a Link Target Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual 2 1524 Subdivision r S 818 3 Target Coord System 819 Reid Survey j 820 821 s Best Ft System Params im 822 3 Rotation 95 Precision 823 825 S BS Scaling 95 Precision 826 827 828 T 829 gt 8390 7 Translation North 95 Precision 832 123 a al 833 14 iP gu 175 IP Translation East 95 Precision 835 176 IP Bent Fr 177 IP 8 PIN 837 va 201 P Target System Rotation I 833 202 P None T 839 0 00 00 00 e 841 Linked Pairs 0 of 0 95 Cl Ready When the dropdown list closes TRANSFORM associates the Best Fit system s point 830 with the Target system s point 174 indicating that these two points describe the same position on both surveys TRANSFORM also now show a inverse direction and distance in the two residual columns and changes the column header text to alert you that these are not real residuals resulting from a transformation Pseudo amp Inverse residuals will be discussed more later Once you have selected the first target point TRANSFORM automatically resorts the Target Point dropdown list so that the most probable targe
26. Convert to block C Delete from drawing oa 0 0000 104 objects selected Destination File name and path C Users Dennis Desktop new block dwg v ua Insert units Feet v Screen shot from AutoCAD 2000 Base point With the Objects radio button selected copy the Base point coordinates contained in MERGE DRAWINGS s Write Block group dialog and paste those coordinates into AutoCAD s Base point group box as show above Objects Click the WRITE BLOCK dialog s Select Objects button and enter A on AutoCAD s command line to select everything in the drawing or select some portion of the drawing space with a selection box then press Enter twice which returns you to AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog Select Feet for the Insertion Units as shown above Verify the File name and path to where AutoCAD will write the block to Lastly click the OK button and AutoCAD will now create a block using all the lines and symbols contained in the specified drawing space O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 252 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Merge Drawings Example For a step by step example of how to use this feature see the Highway Layout Example of the Getting Started section The next section AutoCAD s Insert dialog 10 4 AutoCAD s Insert Dialog The AutoCAD INSERT dialog is used to paste the drawing block of the best fit system created above into the target drawing using the four supplied transformation parameters
27. Getting Started File Edit View Tools Help BVUSOR SIDA Y VERO 1 4 Confirm the import was successful Click the System Points tab along the left edge of the application window Select the 1981 Highway Layout system in the Point System dropdown box The coordinates for this system now appear in the table as shown below 6 43011 54 4321538 45 54 99 4558 82 46 48 07 IRP 48045 49 515530132 50 22 18 4488 97227 RP 514439957 l 5106 16 514447356 51008 87 511548147 4018 391749 52515 13 511351406 401369527 l 2620 71 5111 74249 4009 05173 52 25 68 5055 77223 3962 34584 5382 70 479848107 396050577 AP 493283602 3720 12505 155 74 55 4850 67815 3674 20491 56 68 67 4847 23391 3672 28263 567261 4244 54129 333541947 63 63 06 4241 10204 333349719 63 67 00 41634 3280 55144 64 75 52 4350 11690 2916 02610 AP 4031 10503 2646 54173 l 72011 57 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Compare the point ranges and values shown in TRANSFORM with that of the ASCII text file TIP If TRANSFORM was configured to show a fewer number of significant digits than the ASCII text file contained simply click in a cell to see all significant digits and press the escape key to restore the original contents Alternatively you can reconfigure TRANSFORM to show more significant digits by selecting Options on the Tools m
28. LA 0 362 844 Y 145 0 100 32 25 4308 W 07 kh 0 440 833 Y 160 0 100 N 6T 55 4395 W 0 844 0303 842 Y 157 0 100 S 19 20 46 95 0 899 Translation East 35 Precision _ 0388 843 Y 156 0 100 S41 15 19 60 W 0 946 381404273 0 269 0513 854 Y 202 0 100 N 34 17 45 06 W 0991 030 848 Y 103 0 100 N 45 35 00 40 W 1 010 Target System Rotation 0350 845 Y 143 0 100 S27 32 18 23 W 1 244 None Value em 027 851 Y 176 0 100 N50 100052 E 1511 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 21 of 21 95 Ci 1 142 ft Ready Note By default the transformation table is sorted on the values appearing in the Best Fit point column You can restore the table s default sorting simply by double clicking the Best Fit point column header or by selecting Refresh on the View menu Tweak the transformation The next step is to compare the magnitude of the largest residual of the remaining linked points with the 95 CI shown in the status bar When the residual is substantially larger than the Confidence Interval it is likely the found point is an outlier The largest residual for a linked point is best fit point 176 Since its residual of 1 511 is larger than the solution s confidence interval of 1 142 it is probable that this points is an outlier and should be removed from the solution To do that simply clear its checkbox Notice that clearing the link for the 851 176 pairing does not remove the pairing f
29. LE 1 1 Se i g 1981 Highway Layout zj 300 163 0 100 3 Target Coord System 901 125 0 100 s 902 124 0 100 Feld Survey gt E 303 119 0 100 s Best Ft System Params 304 120 0 100 3 Raton 95 Precision 905 6 0 100 E 906 117 0 100 907 107 0 100 a Scaling 95 Precision 908 909 910 06 0 100 911 912 Translation North 95X Precision 13 102 0 100 _ sus 103 0 100 Translation East 95 Precision 915 916 100 0 100 Target System Rotation None 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 0 of 12 95 dl Ready TRANSFORM should now be indicating O of 12 Linked Pairs in the application s status bar as shown above If there are more or less than this amount you probably had the Detect Pairs Radius set too low or too high as discussed above It is extremely important to note that while TRANSFORM is reporting residuals in the Bearing residual and Distance residual columns these are pseudo residuals that get reported before an actual best fit transformation is performed These pseudo residuals are provided as another aid in choosing the correct pairings Had the pseudo residual been very large it would have been an indication that the pairing is incorrect Alert Performing this procedure without first setting filters for the target system can result in anomalous pairings or no pairings For better results always apply filters that will limit the target system to only those points that are valid targets e g bounds and pipe
30. 0325 245 143 0100 SE AF 1031 3 0 1162 100 gt 0338 248 Y 103 0100 N45 33 50 19 W 0920 E ICI II E II A ATT IT 187 j Pa 691067106 20 249 A e 0 256 851 176 0 100 N 50 43 55 47 E 545 Translation East 95 Precision _ 0303 852 Y 201 0 100 S84 5S 1499 E 0 807 3815 68943 10249 _ 0425 853 Y 204 0 100 N 49 19 03 44 E 0 282 _ 040 884 Y 202 0 100 N 32 06 12 00 W 0 886 Target System Rotation _ 0474 855 Y 101 0 100 73 18 39 98 W 0 3220 None Value Sytem _ 0255 259 Y 17 0 100 38 32 59 22 W 0 632 0 00 00 00 i Linked Pairs 19 of 21 95 Cl 1 006 ft Ready Next click in the Rotation text box by default TRANSFORM should convert the rotation angle to AutoCAD format e g 13d14 47 7942 If you do not see that format double clicking the Rotation text box to cycle through each of the five possible formats that can be used for copy paste operations Right click the rotation value and select Copy on the context menu Paste the rotation angle into AutoCAD s command line remember to change the sign if necessary Finally press Enter on the keyboard to complete the rotation of the CAD drawing Note The sign of the angle you enter will depend on the version of AutoCAD you are using and how you have UNITS configured If the rotation was not in the right direction use AutoCAD s undo command and repeat the operation using the opposite sign To insure that you rotated t
31. 904 s Best Ft System Params 905 3 Raton 95 Precision 906 307 sog 95 Precision 908 309 Linked Pairs 0 of 0 95 Cl Ready Notice that the Best Fit Point column now only displays 900 s point identifiers due to the filters that were applied to the Best Fit system i e the 1981 Highway Layout If you click the Show Filtered List toolbar button or the View menu s Filtered Point Lists option the filtered points will be restored to the Best Fit Points column Inspect the System Points tab Now switch to the System Points tab of TRANSFORM Select the Field Survey system in the Point System dropdown box Notice that the only points with a description that begins with BND are now shown Notice also that the status bar of TRANSFORM now indicates the Number Points as 13 of 44 That tells us at a glance that the system contains other points that are not being displayed due to the applied filters By toggling the Show Filtered Lists toolbar button you can switch between showing and not showing filtered lists When the show filtered lists feature is turned off Transform s status bar will indicate the Number Points to be 44 of 44 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 3 2 5 Getting Started 2 amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Hep DVUSO 39 VVC m Label a Northing Easting Elevation Description ae pl xo 4284 97871 2475 0827 0 00000 BNO E
32. Completing the export process Once you have defined the export criteria for each system you wish to export click the Finish button TRANSFORM will then create the file if it does not already exist and populate it with the points that meet your export criteria How the ASCII text file is used Using a third party software package from within AutoCAD import the coordinates from the ASCII text file you just created Once you have the points imported compare at least two of the imported coordinates in AutoCAD with Transform s coordinates as explained in the next section Validating the exported information Switch back to TRANSFORM and click the System Points tab along the left edge of the application window Using the Coordinate System dropdown list select the Highway Layout system Then click the Transformed Coordinates radio button TRANSFORM will now look like similar to this File Edit View Tools Help AE ETA e Label a Northing Easing Elevation Description g Omn 0 369815737 i 771255915 0 00000 Ls Ge n Lago sor 9525 48555 7807 28515 0 00000 BND Sytems Target T ae 9531 09924 7816 27448 0 00000 BND Feld Suvey IES 3455 8233092204 540 23134 0 00000 BND sos 9406 20253 8599 61634 0 00000 BND 305 997584605 29005 18943 0 00000 BND i ce eee ee 06 9922 23233 9065 56734 0 00000 BND r Orignal Coordinates 07 10073 48002 9427 91939 0 00000 BND o Translormed Coordinates MIE 1015339489 9431 56069 0 0000
33. Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions C Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Finish Cancel Help _ Select a coordinate type As shown above select the Export Modified Coordinates radio button This tells the EXPORT ASSISTANT to export transformed or best fit coordinate values Also make sure the Export full precision values box is checked if you want to minimize the effects of roundoff Modifying the point identifiers To modify the point identifier of each point being exported from a selected system supply a modifier by clicking the Modify Labels button Modifying a point identifier does not change it s identifier in TRANSFORM For more on modifiers see Using Export Assistant Supply filter criteria For this example we will select the Include all radio button That tells the EXPORT ASSISTANT to export all of the systems points The EXPORT ASSISTANT also provides the means of limiting the points that will be exported by point range or by description type by providing the appropriate filter criteria in either of the two Filter Lists 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 133 The Include all and the Exclude all options apply to both filtering by identifier and filtering by description You can also visually select the point ranges and or point descriptions to be exported using by clicking the Select buttons
34. Filtered Point Lists on the View menu The next section Precisions Tab 6 4 Precisions Tab TRANSFORM uses the precision tab to provide a means of changing how TRANSFORM displays values and to put logical limitations on some values 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 176 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide r Options kea Application Corrections Fiters Precisions Projects Transformations Units Significant Digits Coordinates 5 decimal places Seconds 2 decimal places Distances 3 decimal places Preset Values Default Pair Variance 0 100 feet Detect Pairs Variance 15 feet Max Allowable Scaling 0 5 feet 100 feet Confidence Level 68 un modified 5 90 error O 95 error 5 99 error affects the display of error radiuses confidence interval and precisions Cosas ox conos Significant Digits group These three setting allow you to set the number of places to the right of the decimal point that TRANSFORM will display for coordinate values angles directions and distances Default Pair Variance This is the value automatically provided by TRANSFORM each time a new paired point is defined If you change the variance of a newly selected paired point that value will be automatically supplied thereafter Detect Pairs Variance This value is an estimate of how accurate the points set marking the prior survey a likely to be and thus limits by how mu
35. System Poms Transformations 1981 Highway Layout X New Point See also Tweaking Transformations The next section Error Radii 8 12 Error Radii SEn IET E wo a 9698 15737 9525 48555 9531 09924 9459 82331 9406 20253 9975 84605 922323 10073 48002 10153 39489 10148 33154 10068 40602 9995 17667 9926 98580 9646 39503 9778 25496 9730 01297 9777 09638 Easting 771255915 7807 98515 781627449 8540 23134 8599 6163 9005 1843 9065 55734 9427 91939 9431 56069 9542 87769 9539 23705 10040 57345 9998 72022 10282 34232 10240 41478 1033969535 10376 89573 Beaton Deserioion 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND Error radii are a special case of the classical error ellipses typical to most least squares computations For the two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation the semi major and semi minor axes of the ellipse are always equal hence the reference to a radius 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 223 Hi Layout Example PrimaCode Transform p Em File Edit View Tools Help e AE E DA IORVVE HAO 2 Best Pt Coord System Best Fit Link Target
36. TRANSFORM will present you with the following dialog Scaling Roll Back sz Taking this action will force one of the solution s four systematic A errors its scaling into the solution s random errors its residuals Adding that linear bias to the residuals will render them and the solution s confidence interval CI un usable for analysis purposes Are you sure you want to proceed review ramifications e 3 The result of rolling back scaling reduces the Scaling parameter to O ppm or a scale factor of the transformation is set to 1 000000000 regardless of whether or not the scaling was statistically significant Scaling is statistically significant when the amount of Scaling is greater than its 95 Precision as shown below in the Best Fit System s Parameters group box Said differently when a value of scaling of ZERO does not fall within the theoretical upper and lower limits of scaling for a transformation then the scaling must be statistically significant In this example the lower limit of scaling would be 342 5 88 3 430 8 and the upper limit of scaling would be 342 5 88 3 254 2 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 1 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Since 0 does not fall within the limits of 430 8 thru 254 2 the scaling could never equal zero and therefore is statistically significant oe pe z S73 41 3287 E A 15 Diginal Survey wo N80 08 06 78 E Target Coord System 0
37. That s because the Scaling which is a systematic error has been pushed into the residuals which are an estimate of each pair s random error and therefore no longer represent random errors Had the scaling been statistically significant i e the scaling is greater than its 99 precision value then TRANSFORM would have displayed the scaling in red text and provided a warning message In this instance the scaling is less than the 99 precision and therefore the scaling is not statistically significant hence no warning message Note Regardless of which confidence level the user chooses TRANSFORM will always measures the statistical significance of scaling against a precision value computed at the 99 confidence level Either way TRANSFORM will never prevent you from rolling back scaling it will only try to keep you aware of those times when its impact on the solution is more significant How to reverse it To restore the solution s scaling simply right click any one of the scaling boxes and select the Restore Scaling option You can also select Restore System Scaling on the Tools menu Since TRANSFORM requires that the paired point s residual analysis be completed before removing scaling it follows that any time you change one of the conditions that affect a best fit transformation TRANSFORM will automatically restore the scaling parameter Therefore changing the target for a point pair changing the link state of a pair or cha
38. a Scaling 95 Precision HH 08 a 209 910 106 0 100 N 00 39 48 93 E 0 044 911 912 Translation North 95 Precision 913 102 0100 ri su 103 0 100 N 69 44 06 5 Translation East 95 Precision I 95 916 100 0 100 24 026 Linked Pairs 0 of 12 95 Cl Ready Linking Points To link a pair of points click the check box for that pair in the Link column TRANSFORM computes new residuals each time a link is established With each succeeding link TRANSFORM updates the best fit transformation s residuals parameters parameter precisions error radii confidence interval and transformed coordinates Note If you inadvertently link two or more points that don t describe the same theoretical positions in both systems TRANSFORM fills all the parameter text boxes with check pairings or excessive scaling To work around this issue start by linking the two points that are most likely a match Then link the next pair of points with the smallest residual 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 211 H co em File Edit View Tools Help RAT Bole 2 OA A EE E g Best Ft Coord System E 1981 Highway Layout 279 706 S Target Coord System al 201 125 0 100 467 221 902 124 0 100 464 492 Peld Survey El U zj E 903 119 0 100 234719 Best Ft System Params E 908 120 0 100 290533 i Rotation 95 Precision E 305 116 0 100 118
39. converted into a direction and distance between the coordinate of the transformed best fit point and the coordinate of the target point A point s residual also represents that which cannot be attributed to measurable constants such as rotation scaling translation X and translation Y Target System The target system is the fixed systems that the best fit system is compared to It is typically the system that contains locations made on the ground such as are the result of a recent field survey 3 Transformation A transformation converts the coordinates of one system into the coordinates of another system TRANSFORM implements two types of transformations user transformations and best fit transformations Best fit transformations utilize a mathematical modeling process called a least squares two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation This process utilizes some number of redundant equations to develop probabilistic parameters and a statistical analysis The minimum number of linked pairs necessary to produce a transformation is two while the minimum number of linked pairs necessary to produce a best fit transformation is three Transformation Parameters A best fit transformation produces four parameters rotation scaling translation north and translation east TRANSFORM uses these four parameters to transform the coordinates of the best fit system into the coordinates of the target system The four transformati
40. match the description filter criteria Description filters can contain either of two wild cards characters the wildcard character means any combination of characters and can appear once at the beginning and at once at the end of each argument The wildcard character means any single character and can appear any number of times at the beginning and at the end of a filter argument Examples IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON IRION IRION etc Description filters can be inclusive or exclusive depending on the radio button selected Selecting Include listed descriptions will cause TRANSFORM to show all points with descriptions that match the criteria Selecting Exclude listed descriptions will cause TRANSFORM to show all descriptions that do not match the filter criteria Applying the filter When you click the OK button for the Filters tab you are returned to TRANSFORM and the filtered lists opion is enabled You can toggle this feature on and off using the View Filtered Lists toolbar button w or by selecting Filtered Lists on the View menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide rs amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ooz File Edit View Tools Help DAVAO 2 AAA EEE g Best Coord System m Eror Rad sear a Link Target Variance Erg Residual Dst Residual Z 1981 Highmay Layout y 01 3 Target Coord System 302 Feld Survey X 303
41. provides a walk through approach to using TRANSFORM to solve specific type of problem typical to land surveying In This Section Scaling Cause and Affect Merge AutoCAD Drawings Construction Layout Example Validating Tradition Computations Example 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Examples 311 19 1 Scaling Cause and Affect This example demonstrates two very important concepts e The necessity for using scaling when performing retracement surveys e That some traditional types of computations impose scaling on the result The information appearing in this example is based upon a comparison of two surveys an original survey measured with a steel tape and a retracement survey measured with an electronic measuring device Two surveys were chosen for this demonstration that utilize different types of measuring devices because more often than not different measuring devices will result in measurements with measurements that vary by some small but measurable amount The three AutoCAD drawings that accompany this example are as follows e An original survey that was measured with a steel tape e The field work representing a retracement survey which was performed using an electronically measuring device e The retracement survey rotated to the meridian of the original survey and overlaid by the original survey The original survey As mentioned earlier a steel tape was used to measure the original survey shown above 2012
42. s identifiers with the left mouse button To select a single range of points click the starting point of the range with the left mouse button and drag the mouse to the end of the range while holding down the left mouse button To select multiple point ranges hold the control key down while selecting each range as described above For this example select points 1 thru 206 for the Field Survey system and click the OK button This will return you to the IMPORT ASSISTANT with your selection entered as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies sz PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Import Points Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Port Nom vw Eat vw Bev v Desnim ione File Name Field Survey 4 Highway Layout Coords bd hd Located In C WUsers PublicDocuments Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options Sion Fld Survey Go 9 Import Original Coords Filter optioins gt Include all points Exclude all points 9 Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter Lit 1 206 gt Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Finish Cancel Help Notice that the IMPORT ASSISTANT automatically selected the Include listed identifiers radio button for you If you had selected an exclusion range you would need to select the Exclude listed identifiers option Define a new system To
43. 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 12 of 12 95 Cl 0 171 ft Ready Evaluation of Residuals An evaluation of the residuals should always start with all pairs linked Linked points that have residuals that are inconsistent with the norm for the transformation are removed from the solution This is done by clearing the check box in the Link column for that pair A good rule of thumb for identifying inconsistent residuals is to compare the magnitude of the distance residuals with the 95 confidence interval If the distance residual is greater than the 95 confidence interval then it is likely that the pair should be removed from the solution Typically inconsistent residuals will be an indication of one of the following circumstances 1 The target point was set in error 2 The target point has been damaged since being set 3 The target point was located in error by your field crew 4 A mathematical error was made converting a prior survey s mathematics to coordinates 5 The prior survey s mathematics were in error Clear one link at a time Only remove one link at a time when determining which linked pairs should be removed from the solution Each time the link state of a pair is changed TRANSFORM performs a new best fit transformation and displays a new confidence interval and new residuals Using the evaluation criteria noted above and the new confidence interval and residuals you then determine the next linked pair that should
44. 0 00000 BND Leaning 9777 11894 10376 85876 An arrow appears in the header of the column doing the sorting The direction of the arrow indicates the sort order i e ascending or descending order Significant Digits The number of decimal places that are displayed in this view can be configured by selecting Options on the Tools menu and clicking the Precision tab Units of Measure You can switch between meters and feet by selecting Options on the Tools menu and clicking the Units tab Resizing Columns The width of each column in the table can be re sized by resizing the application window Each column in the table will be re sized proportionally as you re size the application The next section Define New System 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 259 9 3 9 4 Define New System In addition to defining a new system using the IMPORT ASSISTANT you can create a new system from within TRANSFORM using one of three different options To define a new system either click the New System button right click in the system dropdown box and select New System on the context menu or select New System on the Edit menu 3 Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ola fa File Edit View Tools Help A TEC S23 IAP Coordinate System taba Northing Easting Elevabon Description 3 o EJ New Sytem System s Target fone Translor mations Coord System Att
45. 0 100 N 83 44 3454 V 0 086 Rotation 95 Precision 0076 903 v 119 0 100 N87 20 07 77 E 0 103 E 15 4Z0574 20 OF 13 _ 0075 908 Y 120 0 100 N53 10 33 10 E 0 108 95 Precision _ 0066 906 Y 117 0 100 77 18 0684 E 0 148 SS eTa Tone 0 06 905 Y 16 0 100 68 44 21 67 E 0 155 _ 0107 913 Y 102 0 100 S61 41 18 39 W 0 166 ae 0107 901 Y 125 0 100 86 10 50 03 W 0 183 0 0054 100 at Translation North 95 Precision HH 628123437 20 065 Translation East 95 Precision 4180 7897 10 065 Target System Rotation None Valve Sytem 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 12 of 12 95 C1 0 167 ft Ready Eliminate one point at a time When analyzing a solution always start by un linking one paired point at a time starting with the largest residual that is more than the 95 confidence interval In this example that is Target point 125 When you remove the link for this pair by clearing the check box TRANSFORM instantly displays a new solution and a new 95 confidence interval Since the 95 confidence interval has now changed and the residuals have now changes so has the criterion for removing the next linked pair Note Because of the statistical nature of a least squares transformation the reliability of the transformation will increase as the number of linked pairs increases You can observe this phenomenon by observing the magnitude of the parameter precisions and error radii while increasing or decreasing the n
46. 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT 171 9287 74818 8079 46090 0 00000 CLT WAY x OK Cancel You can select individual descriptors by holding down the control key while clicking different point descriptors with the left mouse button You can select multiple descriptors by simply dragging the mouse over a series of point descriptors while holding down the left mouse button You can select multiple groups of descriptors by holding down the control key while dragging the mouse over different groups of descriptors Once you have a selection set complete simply click the OK button to transfer that criterion to the Filter List box TRANSFORM will reduce your selections to a list of filter terms including wild card characters separated with commas as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 175 E Options Le Ea Application Corrections Fiters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey X 7 View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers gt Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List 9 Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Filter List BND Applying the filter When you define a new filter and click the OK button TRANSFORM automatically enables the filtered view option You can toggle this feature on and off using the View Filtered Lists toolbar button or by selecting
47. 10209 0962616521 9835 13455737292 843 10180 5771916521 9734 52751237292 844 10140 2635626521 9764 10472237292 845 10075 7617576521 9811 42825937292 846 10056 0646636521 9857 38502337292 gt m oooooococoococo0oc0ocococococococoocococococococococococococoococococooCoCoCoCoo To view Transform s coordinates click the System Points tab and then select the appropriate system and coordinate attributes as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 62 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide pa 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform File Edit View Tools Help 2 lt IEA E VEO Cocednate System E 2 1934 Subdivision X 201 5 T System s Target _ 802 Fed Survey 803 204 i Coord System Attrintes i ed Orignal Coor nates f 7 3 Transtormed Coordinates 808 pS a 809 Not Transformed f 810 User Translomation f 812 Best Fe Transformation 813 No scale Transformation gu s5 New System New Point J 1 a Delete System Jl Delete Ports J C 818 f Rename System Edt Port L 819 is 820 Duplicate System Relabel Ports f 821 _ 822 823 Nes 826 Showing Points 57 of 57 System Units Feet 1057042103 10270 00078 1020011763 10503 15582 10651 28265 10678 97518 10487 20235 10329 83927 10311 62447 10280 90287 10295 16072 10267 75133 10358 45072 10379 90931 10401 35790 10422 82643 10444 28507 10465 74366 10328 856916 10264 63111 10282
48. 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 amp Scaling 95 Precision 4 one 308 496 ppm 257 1 p m _ 0069 2 0 068 10 Y 106 0 100 N41 317 58 64 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 9087 sm 0 0050 100 0064 912 rm mn S O aa e ee L Y J y 77 Pw p 1 18841 20 056 1 ia ow 915 Translation East 95 Precision 0 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 36 54 37 W 0 043 418089753 0 056 Target System Rotation None Value Sytem 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130 ft Ready By default each of these columns displays its contents in formatted text and with a specific number of significant digits to the right of the decimal point the format and precision of which is set by the Units tab of the Tools gt Options dialog When one of the cells in any of these columns is entered TRANSFORM converts its text from normal mode to extended precision mode and without any formatting characters This has the added advantage of allowing copy and past routines to other programs To restore the original formatted text one simply presses the escape key or leave that cell The next section Configuration Options 8 2 Configuration Options This section discusses the various options available to configure how this view displays information Showing amp Hiding columns To simplify the transformations view you can hide the Error Radius column and the Variance column by un checking the Error Radius Column or Variance Column
49. 131 3 Rotation 95 Precision 0057 306 Y 17 0 100 S 70 03 29 40 E 0 122 E 15 47 02 68 20 00 12 0 065 307 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 25 57 W 0 032 scaing 95 Precison 0067 ss 449 6 ppm 57 1 pom 0 069 309 0 068 310 Y 106 0 100 N 41 31 58 64 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 087 31 0 0050 100 0 084 912 mia Has 0088 913 102 0 100 58 20 1 Sr 5 0 095 914 Y 103 0 100 S79 12 49 58 W 0 067 0 101 915 Transiston East 35 Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 35 54 37 W 0 043 418089753 20 056 Target System Rotation O None Value System 0 00 00 007 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Ci 0 130 ft Ready INVERSE is linked to TRANSFORM such that if you change the coordinate mode in INVERSE from Original Coords to Transformed Coords or vise versa that change is made simultaneously in TRANSFORM 13 Removing System Scaling This section describes how to roll back scaling for a best fit transformation and the issues associated with this process It is important to note TRANSFORM does not allow rolling back or removing of scaling until after the analysis of the evidence is complete That is because rolling back scaling will artificially distort the solution s residuals which values form the primary basis for evaluating the monuments marking a prior survey To roll back scaling TRANSFORM must reverse the affects of one of the four systematic errors used to transform the coordinates of one system into anoth
50. 17 50 W 1 000 000 000 000 000 a Y S 05 45 54 62 W 0 0000 100 845 LJ sor 14 22 848 Y N 52 37 24 24 W PES 95 Precision 243 NOZ 174347 W 557042103 20 257 850 Y N 1252 24 78 E Translation East 95 Precisi n 851 O N 3756 539 E 4682 03530 20 257 852 N 72 56 46 49 E 853 NOS 10 37 04 W N 41 14 49 60 W ae yar O gt N67 02 35 61 W 859 S29 23 2284 W 1934 Subdivision Linked Pairs 19 of 21 95 Cl 1 040 ft Ready Start by clicking the Export Assistant toolbar button 2 or by selecting EXPORT ASSISTANT on the Tools menu This opens the following dialog O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies s PrimaCode Transform User s Guide r Export Points JEJ 8 Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options Point y Noth East Bev Desr v hone File Name Browse Located in C Transformation Samples Subdivision Example 1934 Subdivision Order of exported content The 6 button across the top of this dialog provide a means to rearrange the content contained in the file created by the EXPORT ASSISTANT Normally this section can be left as is Using this option you can define what content is contained in the exported file Enter a file name Enter the name of the file to contain the exported coordinates in the File Name text box You don t need to provide a file extension When omitted TRANSFORM will provide the default extension of txt
51. 19336 10066 31699 1003055267 10220 83062 10238 45251 anta n Essinz 9682 03630 9388 52705 9460 05563 9755 122565 9955 4288 9788 09323 9775 48723 9621 74419 9603 934841 9573 93355 9688 07012 9670 56975 3649 69745 9670 65240 9691 62734 712 59229 9733 55728 3754 52218 9585 84535 9672 85903 9690 98051 9364 28409 3329 34251 9704 95030 972307256 a e llo z The precision of the listed coordinates is set by default to five decimal places To compare the TRANSFORM s internal representation of a coordinate with the values contained in the Export file click in the cell containing a coordinate as shown above for Point 800 to get its full precision representation As can be seen above the coordinates are exactly the same for the number of significant digits shown in TRANSFORM Importing coordinates Using an add on program such as Carlson s SurvCADD or AutoDesk s Land Development Desktop import the coordinates into AutoCAD from the newly created file Compare the values Using the AutoCAD add on s list points option compare the imported coordinates with Transform s The next section Rotating The CAD Drawing 3 1 12 2 Rotating the CAD Drawing Rotate the Field Survey s meridian in AutoCAD If you rotated the Field Survey s meridian in TRANSFORM you will first need to perform the same operation on your CAD drawing Start by opening the Field Survey dxf drawing in AutoCAD Type
52. 239 Edit Point 245 Undo Redo Options 247 ae Transform Projects 184 Opening Projects 185 Saving Projects 184 Transformations View 186 Best Fit Transformations 196 Confidence Levels 229 Configuration Options 190 Error Radii 222 Linked Points Invalid 209 Linking Points 209 Pairing Points 203 Parameters 224 Residuals 217 Sorting the Grid 229 Status Bar 231 Toolbar 230 Variances 214 Weighted Solutions 216 Transformatoins View No scale Transformations 197 Tutorial 15 Tweaking Transformations 295 U User Options 165 326 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide User Settings Applications Tab 166 Corrections Tab 167 Filters Tab 168 Precisions Tab 175 Projects Tab 177 Transformations Tab 179 Units Tab 181 2012 PrimaCode Technologies
53. 264 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Of course scaling can also be restored by using the Undo command In fact the Undo and Redo toolbar buttons can be very useful in toggling the transformation result from best fit to unscaled to observe its affect When scaling is restored the error radii parameter precisions the paired point residuals and the solution s confidence interval will also be restored to their correct values The next section Ramifications 13 4 Ramifications This section discusses the possible ramifications of rolling back scaling Mathematical ramifications As noted at the beginning of the section rolling back scaling nullifies one of the system s four systematic errors the scaling parameter by forcing that error into the system s paired point residuals Also as noted earlier this process has the least effect on points located at or near the system s centroid but can have a very dramatic effect on the residuals of points furthest from the system s centroid That is because the process of removing scaling has a net effect of moving points away from the system s centroid in a radial fashion the amount of the displacement being proportional to the compliment of the system s scaling times the point s distance from the system s centroid For those points in the transformed system that have been paired to the other system s fixed target points the amount of the displacement is reflected in
54. Ctri O bel Save Ctrl S Save As Page Setup Print Preview Print Report Ctrl P Projectl tfm Highway Example duplicate systems tfm Highway Layout Example tfm Baseline Example tfm 1949 County Highway Layout Example tfm Project2 tfm Exit Recently used projects list In addition to the usual items found on the file menu TRANSFORM also has a recently used projects list To open anyone of these files simply click on the project name TRANSFORM will maintain a record of the last six projects that you have worked on and provide a quick link to each on the file menu TRANSFORM will automatically remove the name of a project if its path is no longer valid TRANSFORM will move the most recently used project to the top of the list Path management TRANSFORM also provides another productivity feature that is not always evident in other software applications TRANSFORM will automatically revert to the last path used whenever you initiate a save Save as open import or export operation 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Menu Items 279 Therefore when you open a saved project and then click the Import or Export Assistant TRANSFORM will automatically look for files in the same folder where the project was located The next section Edit Menu 15 2 Edit Menu TRANSFORM s edit menu provides access to common windows functions and a number of other TRANSFORM specific functions Undo Ctrl Z Redo Ctrl X Redo Ctrl X j
55. E 1924 Subdrion y bf 830 Y 174 0 100 Target Coord System 832 Y 166 0 100 E Reid Survey gt 833 Y 160 0 100 aa 837 Y 167 0 100 a BestFt System Params _ 838 Y 7 0 100 Retation 95 Precision 839 Y 172 0 100 5304 E E 0 00 00 00 20 06 22 _ 840 Y 173 0 100 f 841 Y 15 0 100 N 12 31 01 5 XP aA Es E 842 y 157 0 100 20850 243 Y 156 0 100 1 000 000 000 000 000 oss Y 145 0 100 0 0000 100 845 143 0 100 a 843 Y 103 0 100 Translation North 95 Precision 849 z 206 0 100 557042103 10 257 Cl 850 Y 187 0 100 Translation East 95 Precision _ 851 176 0 100 4682 03630 20 257 852 Y 201 0 100 853 Y 204 0 100 ass 200 0 0 Target System Rotation gt 2 re o Y ji 9 None Value Sytem 859 Y 177 0 100 1934 Subdivision Linked Pairs 19 of 21 95 CI 1 040 ft Ready Notice that the scaling is now noted as 1 000000000000 Had the scaling been statistically significant i e the Scaling is greater than its 99 Precision value then TRANSFORM would have displayed the scaling in red text and provided a warning message scaling s 99 precision can be viewed after switching to 99 Confidence Interval on the View menu In this instance the scaling is less than the 99 Precision and therefore the scaling is not statistically significant hence no warning message Note Regardless of which confidence level the user chooses TRANSFORM will always measures the statistical significance of scaling against a pr
56. E Scaling 96 Prodin 0 281 842 Y 157 0 100 S06 23 37 72 W 0 903 i 1162 0 ppm 1226 6 pm 0 358 843 Y 156 0 100 29 05 47 75 W 0 988 0 335 sss Y 145 0 100 19 38 02 08 W 0 778 0 998 837 965 721 662 0335 245 143 0 100 0 1162 100 0 338 248 Y 103 0 100 N 58 48 37 99 W 0 920 g gt 00 07 19 99 0515 Translabon North 95 Precision o pes a 4 5 E gt x E gt aa 850 187 0 100 21 55 52 737 ass 5575 77921 20 249 H lt 0 256 851 176 0 100 2 54 Translation East 95 Precision 0 303 852 Y 201 0 100 N81 46 5721 E 0 807 4688 13395 20 249 0 425 853 Y 204 0 100 N26 04 15 65 E 0 282 _ 0470 854 Y 202 0 100 N 45 20 59 80 W 0 856 Target System Rotation 0 474 855 Y 101 0 100 60 03 52 19 W 0 320 None Valve System _ 0255 859 Y 17 0 100 25 18 1142 W 0632 1934 Subdivision Linked Pairs 19 of 21 95 C1 1 006 ft Ready Notice that the Rotation angle in the Best Fit System s Parameters group is now zero When you select this option TRANSFORM performs a User Transformation on the Field Survey system by selecting a base point of rotation and applying a rotation angle equal in magnitude but with the opposite algebraic sign of that computed for the Best Fit system Since the meridian of the Field Survey system being targeted by the 1934 Subdivision has changed Transform s concurrent processing engine also automatically performed a new best fit solution and updated all associated information includi
57. Easting _ Beration Descrptcn i Som 424497871 247509027 0 00000 BND E ia ai do ff 106 58032 2613677 0 00000 BND Sytems Target s2 411222711 2620 135671 0 00000 BND i ma 903 4239 51640 333633413 0 00000 BND sos 4203 396842 2408 01029 0 00000 BND 905 4062 34894 3645 24874 0 00000 BND i EI sos 4826 80573 71631618 0 00000 END t Orignal Coordinates 307 507045518 4024 80337 0 00000 BND A sos 5148 36981 4006 68371 0 00000 BND a sos 517361795 411521211 0 00000 END NA so 5095 69325 413333528 0 00000 BND User Teanefomation m 5160 861171 4635 75785 0 00000 BND Bout Ft Transionmation 2 5083 89235 461332064 0 90000 BND No scale Transformation 93 5083 06042 4908 75458 0 00000 BND s 5006 12045 4896 83211 0 00000 END Pew Sytem a 915 4906 54604 4995 45786 0 00000 END 916 5041 93685 5018 52771 0 00000 BNO Delete System Delete Ports mooo Duplicate System RelabelPorts 4 To define a new point first select the type of coordinate you will enter original or transformed then either click the New Point button click New Point on the Edit menu or right click anywhere in the grid and select New Point on the context menu When you do TRANSFORM will turn off filtering and puts the insertion point in the last line of the table Once in the last line you can enter all the information necessary to define the point as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 242 PrimaCod
58. Generic z Screen shot from AutoCAD 2009 Select Decimal and a Precision of typically a minimum of 5 decimal places in the Length group select Feet in the Insertion Scale group and Surveyor s Units with a precision of 0 1 in the Angle group as shown above The Feet is the only setting that is absolutely required the others are optional and help with verification of the merge afterwards The next section O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 250 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Transform s Merge Drawings Dialog 10 2 Transform s Merge Drawings Dialog This dialog provides all the information necessary to merge two CAD drawings by defining an AutoCAD block for the Best Fit Coordinate System and then inserting that block into the fixed target system s drawing To open this dialog it is first necessary to have a transformed system i e a best fit system that has two or more linked pairs To display the MERGE DRAWINGS dialog select Merge Drawing Coefs on the Tools menu That opens the following dialog 1981 Highway Layout Merge Drawings Coefficients z Write Block Insert Block Base point Insertion point Scale Rotation X 3727 X 9032 83963659398 X 1 000049583904710 Angle 015 700744563945400 Y 4670 Y 9768 5408634222 Y 1 000049583904710 z0 Zio Z 1 000049583904710 Write Block group box The coordinate values contained in the Write Block group box are those required for the Base Point of AutoCAD
59. Getting Started ar As is explained in the Advance Topics section entitled Tweaking Transformations a best fit transformation is a statistical solution that benefits from redundancy two point pairs being a unique solution without redundancy The more redundancy i e the more paired points included in the solution the more reliable it becomes In close calls such as for the point pair 843 156 you can also take into consideration how its presents or absence in the solution affects other things such as the rotation angle the scaling and their respective precisions The next section Transformation Parameters 3 19 Transformation Parameters This section provides a quick look at how the transformation parameters are used and how to evaluate their significance Since this section does not change anything associated with the subdivision example you can skip over it and revisit this section later What they are based upon The Parameters group box shown below displays the results of the best fit transformation base upon our previous selections noted above Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision 13 14 47 79 0 05 05 Scaling 95 Precision 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 1162 100 Translation North 95 Precision 6910 67106 0 249 Translation East 95 Precision 3815 68943 20 249 Any change in our selection of paired points linked pairs or their variances would provid
60. Insert Block Base point Insertion point Scale Rotation X 5247 X 9929 03676542333 X 0 998837966721662 Angle 0d00 00 0000000000 Y 4611 Y 10181 4210773033 Y 0 998837966721662 z 0 Z0 Z 0 998837966721662 This dialog contains all the information necessary to merge the best fit system drawing and the target system drawing into a single AutoCAD drawing TRANSFORM provides these values with the maximum possible precision to minimize the effects of round off when the best fit system drawing is inserted into the target system drawing TRANSFORM also chooses an insertion Base Point that will minimize the effects of round off within AutoCAD Notice also that TRANSFORM converts the rotation angle to AutoCAD format so it can be directly copied and pasted into AutoCAD s INSERT dialog Create a AutoCAD block of the 1934 Subdivision drawing Start by opening the 1934 Subdivision drawing in AutoCAD which formed the basis for the best fit coordinate system in TRANSFORM On the command line type WBLOCK and then press Enter on the keyboard This opens AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started Write Block EJ Source Block gt Entire drawing 9 Objects Base point Objects Pick point Select objects X 5247 0000 Retain Y 4611 0000 Eeee D Delete from drawing 0 0000 291 objects selected Destination File name and path C AUsers Dennis Desktop new block dwg v f Insert un
61. N 74 18 57 05 W 0 043 5404 37714 20 056 Target System Rotation None Valve System 4 15 42 02 68 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 C1 0 130ft Ready When the Value radio button is selected TRANSFORM applies the current value of the Best Fit system s rotation to the Target system s meridian as shown above resulting in a Target system that is rotated and Best Fit system s that is not as is indicated in the Best Fit System s Parameters group box Likewise with the Value radio button selected TRANSFORM s Residual values are changed to be consistent with an un rotated Target meridian and the System Points tab now provides both Original and Transformed coordinates for the Field Survey system TRANSFORM also automatically looks for an assumed coordinate in the list of Target system points and selects the first point it finds with assumed coordinates as a Base Point of rotation as can be seen by opening the Options dialog found on the Tools menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 272 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Se al Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey y Transformation Base Point 2 y of rotation scaling amp translation User Translation Orig North 10000 00000 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10000 00000 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Elev 0 00000 User
62. No scale Transformation 814 10444 97236 9765 71848 0 00000 s5 10451 03734 3792 013225 0 00000 7 816 1047710292 9817 30805 0 00000 New System New Point a J 807 1049316750 9842 60283 0 00000 __ Delete System _Oelete Ports 818 10509 23283 9867 89761 0 00000 Rename System Edt Port 819 10414 76121 967257224 0 00000 gt 820 10332 38963 9742 46971 0 00000 Duplicate System __Relabel Ports e 1036531763 9764 10824 0 00000 82 1021020196 939706467 0 00000 823 10183 42699 9354 90670 0 00000 825 10282 51768 976365970 0 00000 826 10295 44448 9785 22874 0 00000 gt Showing Points 57 of 57 System Units Feet Rotation Parameter Switch back to the applications Transformations tab The Rotation test box will always show the difference in meridians via an angle with degrees minutes and seconds symbols However when you click in the box TRANSFORM changes the text from the symbolized format to one of five different formats for copying and pasting into other programs as shown below TRANSFORM also adds all possible significant digits to the rotation value You can cycle thru the five different formats by double clicking the Rotation text box Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 13 14 47 79 0 05 05 Sema eee 0 0505 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 p
63. Pairs 8 Evaluating Evidence 9 Transformation parameters 10 Error Radii 11 Rotating Target Meridian 12 Rolling Back Scaling 13 Merging Drawings 14 Adding amp Revising Points 15 Saving your work 16 Printing Reports 3 2 1 About this Example The 1981 Highway Layout This example was developed from a retracement survey that fronted on a small portion of highway layout and had its meridian tied to the highway layout 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started Before the adjacent parcel s boundaries could be retraced it was first necessary to reproduce the sidelines of the highway land and its meridian Therefore the reproduction of the highway layout s side lines and meridian are the subject of this example Locating the sample files When TRANSFORM is installed the files for this tutorial are copied to a folder entitled Highway Example This folder can be found in the parent folder entitled Transformation Samples which in turn is located in ether the Windows Documents folder or the Windows All Users Documents folder If Windows shared folders are enabled the Transformation Samples folder can also be found by accessing the system s shared folders If you are having trouble locating these files use the Windows search utility to find them or start the TRANSFORM TUTORIALS applet in the Windows All Programs folder entitled PrimaCode The project file The TRANSFORM project file entitled Highway Layout Examle tfm i
64. PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 4998 67574 494994691 4244 97871 4104 58032 4112 22711 4239 51640 4203 96842 4862 34884 4826 80573 5070 45518 5148 36981 5173 61795 5095 69325 5160 86111 5083 89235 5083 06042 5006 12045 4986 54604 5041 93685 444391742 4160 65678 4622 40844 828 829 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 co o 5003 92249 5148 25882 2475 09027 2613 67709 2620 13671 3336 33413 3408 01029 3645 24874 3716 91618 4024 80337 4006 68371 4115 21211 4133 33528 4635 75785 4613 92064 4908 75458 4886 83211 4995 45786 5018 52771 2924 24163 4350 81699 4129 01377 Select the group of coordinate points between 800 and 919 contained in the ASCII text file by dragging the mouse down the Point column with the left mouse button depressed as show When you have all the points selected for this system click the OK button You are then returned to the IMPORT ASSISTANT with you point range entered in the Filter List text box as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started es por Points ss E Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Port v Noth Eat Bev v Desr v ione File Name Field Survey 4 Highway Layout Coords bd Located In C WUsers PublicDocuments Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options System 1981 Highway Layout New 9 Import Original Coords port
65. PrimaCode Technologies 312 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Due to inadequate compensation for such systematic errors as catenary correction temperature correction and slope correction a steel tape survey will almost always have some measurable difference between that which was reported and the true distance Catenary correction the largest of the three corrections is often accentuated by moisture and debris collecting on the tape thereby adding weight and sag to the taped distance As a result distances measured with a steel tape are typically long compared to electronically measured distances A CAD representation of this Original Survey drawing was installed on your computer when TRANSFORM was installed and is located in your documents folder under the sub folder entitled Transformation Samples Scaling Example The drawing is entitled Original Survey dwg The retracement survey The retracement survey shown above was measured with an electronic measuring device It therefore is not affected by sag nor is it affected to the same degree steel tape surveys are by atmospheric conditions As a result an electronically measured distance will typically be closer to the truth than that of a distance measured with a steel tape if both were performed by reasonably competent land surveyors exercising a normal degree of care A CAD representation of the Retracement Survey drawing was also installed on your computer when TRANSFORM
66. Redo instead System options To undo any deleted system or edit of a system name right click in the system dropdown box and select Undo or select undo on the edit menu To redo the undo repeat the above process but select Redo instead The next section View s Toolbar 9 12 View s Toolbar TRANSFORM displays a toolbar with buttons for many of the common tasks associated with this view These toolbar buttons are simply a shortcut for selections found in TRANSFORM s menus EVA vais E FIO The buttons are from left to right e New Project e Open Project O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 248 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide e Save Project e Print Report e Undo e Redo e Import Assistant e Export Assistant e Inverse Points e User Transformations e System Point Filters e View Filtered Lists e Help TRANSFORM displays a pop up message describing the function of each toolbar button after holding the mouse over a button for a few moments See the appropriate section of this manual for the use of each button The next section View s Status Bar 9 13 View s Status Bar The status bar is located along the bottom of the application window Number Points 44 44 System Units Feet It displays the number of points listed in the view s grid and the total number of points contained in the selected Coordinate System When both numbers are equal the system is not filtered The status bar also indicate
67. Rotation amp Scaling Beginning none v End Point none z Orig Bra Mod Brg Orig Dist Mod Dist Rotation 15 42 02 68 Scaling 1 000000000000000 OK Cancel If TRANSFORM does not find a point with assumed coordinates you are prompted to select a Base Point of rotation from the list of points contained in the system Unique to this option is that the amount of Target system rotation is fixed based upon the conditions at the time the Value radio button is selected Therefore as the Variances values and Link states are changed the amount of Target system rotation does not change as can be seen in the next graphic where point 914 amp 916 have been unlinked 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Rotate Target Meridian 273 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 Brg Residual 85 16 44 07 W S 42 55 49 83 W N 60 08 5467 E N 11 57 2292 E 67 1138 62 E S77 55 475T E S 74 17 49 64 W N 89 49 3 10 W 55239 471 V 572 43 53 66 W 89 04 2 95 W _Ost Residual fo 0 038 19 0 031 0 061 0 086 0 113 0 097 0 075 0 078 0 144 0 125 ls ED Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform File Edit View Tools Help e s gt I SEn MEAE EI AAA EEE 2 Bestft Coord System Errored BestFa a Lik Target Jj ono 200 Y 183 a Cone om 901 125 z Target Coord System 0 113 902 Y 124 F
68. Start by clicking the Select button for point description filters which opens the SELECT DESCRIPTIONS dialog as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 31 al Select descriptions for Field Survey system Northing Easting 10412 73028 9970 58141 i 167 10421 19914 9983 01141 0 00000 171 10388 07265 9975 11900 0 00000 172 10338 18115 9983 98970 0 00000 173 10302 28698 9991 20819 0 00000 174 10294 69408 9977 27548 0 00000 175 10272 61866 9990 55475 0 00000 177 10181 36633 10015 00979 0 00000 201 10091 49525 10056 35197 0 00000 202 9906 81143 10065 26836 0 00000 206 10016 59761 10074 01154 0 00000 207 10119 73548 10172 16283 0 00000 209 10072 06627 10193 27660 0 00000 176 10230 94337 10003 18020 0 00000 143 10115 88735 9833 38531 0 00000 208 10116 94663 10168 84432 0 00000 101 9890 42461 10014 34541 0 00000 165 10468 19725 9994 02095 0 00000 187 10123 86328 10006 01429 0 00000 137 10109 58524 9911 84214 0 00000 138 10101 40523 9917 29503 0 00000 219 10071 79910 10127 42799 0 00000 While holding down the Control key use the mouse to left click each different point description in the list of field points that describes one of the points found marking the prior survey Alternatively you can hold the Control key down while dragging the mouse over a group of points while simultaneously depressing the left mouse button For this example the points we want to be visible t
69. TRANSFORM Click the System Points tab in TRANSFORM Select Highway Layout in the System dropdown box Select the Transformed Coordinates radio button Click point 906 s Easting coordinate the display switches to enhanced precision TIP Whenever you click in one of the cells that define a point s coordinates TRANSFORM switches from read mode to edit mode When it does TRANSFORM replaces the contents of the cell with Transform s internal representation which has additional significant digits to the right of the decimal point Right click in the Easting coordinate and select Copy from the context menu Switch to AutoCAD and Paste the easting coordinate in the command line Add a comma after the coordinate in the command line Switch back to Transform s System Points view and copy 906 s Northing coordinate Switch back to the Field Survey in AutoCAD Paste the northing coordinate in the command line following the comma Press the Enter key on the keyboard to complete the paste process Select the inserted block so that its grip is shown Select the grip so that it is highlighted Press the spacebar twice to rotate the block Switch back to TRANSFORM and click the Transformations tab Click in the Rotation angle text box to show all significant digits TIP When you click the rotation text box TRANSFORM adds all possible significant digits to the seconds so you can minimize round off using the rotation angle Right click the rotation ang
70. Target Points column of the table does not list any points That is because the process of defining paired points for the subject and target systems requires some user input The section on Pairing Points will discuss how to select pairs in the Target Points column See also Import Assistant 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started ss The next section Applying Filters 3 2 4 Applying Filters TRANSFORM provides a means of limiting which points in each system will be visible by defining point identifier filters and description filters You can define different filter criteria for each of Transform s coordinate systems Uses for filters There are two primary reasons to use filtered systems One is to limit the number and types of points you see when analyzing the systems being compared The other is to enhance the performance of TRANSFORM by reducing the number of points that it must look at for each new operation Many of the functions that TRANSFORM performs require stepping thru each point in a system s coordinate list Therefore the more points TRANSFORM must look at the longer it will take TRANSFORM to complete its operations One good example of this is when you choose to have TRANSFORM find a probable pairs rather than manually selecting them If system s are not filtered the process can take a very long time and may not be accurate Defining system filters e To define point filters for any s
71. Toolbar Best Fit Coord System The best fit system is the system that will be transformed by a best fit transformation The criteria for the transformation are the target points their linked state and their variances all of which appear in the transformation table The points that belong to the best fit system are listed in the best fit system column of the transformation table Target Coord System The target system is the fixed system that is the target of a best fit transformation The best fit system will be transformed to best fit the target system The points that belong to the target system are listed in the target system column of the transformation table While a best fit system can only target one other system using Cloned points from other systems into the common target system you can effectively target multiple systems 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 188 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide For more information on this feature see the section on Cloned Points Target System s Rotation This group provides three different ways to transform the Best Fit System onto the Target System You can have the Best Fit System transformed relative to the Original target system meridian You can have the Best Fit System transform relative to a user defined rotation of the Target meridian Or you can have the Best Fit System transform to a Target meridian that maintains an equivalence between the two meridians Best Fit Sy
72. Transforme Filter optioins 5 Include all points gt Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Filter List 800 919 Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Specify filter criteria Once again the IMPORT ASSISTANT automatically selected Include listed identifiers for you Leave this option as is Check original settings Click the down arrow for the Systems dropdown and select the Field Survey system Notice that your previous selection is still there along with the chosen filter option The IMPORT ASSISTANT now looks like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies s PrimaCode Transform User s Guide oz Points Y EX Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options File Name Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coords bd Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options Stem Feld Survey gt Ear Import Original Coords Import Filter optioins Include all points Exclude all points 9 Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List 1 206 Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Hep Completing the process Finally click the Finish button to add the contents of the ASCII text file to the two different coordinate systems using the defined filter criteria 2012 PrimaCode Technologies
73. a copy of one drawing using AutoCAD s WBLOCK dialog and then merging it with a second drawing using AutoCAD s INSERT dialog One of the advantages of merging drawings in this manner is that you do not need to redraw your line work or identifiers for the inserted drawing as would be the case when merging drawing using exported coordinates Because TRANSFORM provides full precision numbers and because you can copy each value and paste it into the AutoCAD dialogs there is little chance of keyboard errors and round off errors are significantly minimized Get AutoCAD coefficients from Transform While on the transformations tab of TRANSFORM select Merge Drawing Coefs on the Tools menu This opens Transform s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog 1981 Highway Layout Merge Drawings Coefficients 83 Write Block Insert Block Base point Insertion point Scale Rotation X 3727 X 9131 56194294845 X 1 000049583904710 Angle 0d00 00 0000000000 Y 4670 Y 9515 45088844005 Y 1 000049583904710 zo Z0 Z 1 000049583904710 Notice that these values show with all possible significant digits and that the rotation angle has been converted to a format compatible with AutoCAD Create a AutoCAD block for the highway layout drawing Open the 1981 Highway Layout dxf drawing in AutoCAD this is the best fit system in TRANSFORM Type WBLOCK on the command line and press Enter on the keyboard to open AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Get
74. along the left edge of the application To generate a printed report for the transformations view click the Print toolbar button Print on the File menu or Print Preview on the File menu TRANSFORM prints everything contained in the view s grid as well as the name of the project the name of the best fit system the name of the target system and the transformation statistics Tip Very often you can limit the printed report to a single page by selecting Only Paired Points on the View menu To view the contents of the report before printing it select Print Preview from the File menu Previewing before printing provides a means of checking the number of pages being printed the format of values etc O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Report Printing 269 a Print preview 2 00 BB B Close ew so y om CS om em ps e ais ems Teor oe y a o seresmerw coe eos a y ve o narr com Los oe Y Je om maresme cow 7 ems s y ve emo svearume om em oe emo CIC om eee ee a a ee C 10 BI CL ipm ESCL i3ppm ESCL 0056 BI CL 20 058 BI CL 2D 95 Confidence Level The next section Printing Point List Reports 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 200 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 16 3 Printing Point List Reports To print a system points report begin by switching to the application s System Points tab This is done by clicking the System Poin
75. also provides a means for you to include the user preparing the report and the company project name project number date and time by setting options on the Projects tab of user Options 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 140 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Aa Application Comections Fitters Precisions Projects Transformations Units Options Project Information UserName Dennis C Drumm Company Name PrimaCode Technologies Project Name Project 1 Project Number Date Last Changed Wednesday July 07 2010 Time Last Changed 10 21 10 AM V Show this information on printed reports 4 Import Assistant The IMPORT ASSISTANT provides a means of populating Transform s coordinate systems via one or more comma delimited ASCII text files Typically you will create the source files to be imported using a data collector COGO program or CAD software The IMPORT ASSISTANT allows you to create new coordinate systems and then populate them using either a single ASCII text file or multiple ASCII text files all from a single import session The IMPORT ASSISTANT also provide a handy means of modifying the coordinates and descriptions of previously imported points simply by re importing points into that same system using modified information When the IMPORT ASSISTANT finds a point with the same identifier but having a different definition it will prompt you to either skip that point or overwrite it T
76. among all the lot owners This process of prorating the frontages of the lots is also an implicit application of a scale factor No Scale Best Fit Transformations While TRANSFORM provides a means of rolling back or removing the scaling for a best fit transformation when you do so the resulting solution is not at all representative of a best fit solution as will be shown This is because removing scaling pushes the systematic measurement error out radially from the center of the transformed figure It therefore should be used with extreme care Imagine you have two 12 inch rulers one manufactured by a reputable company and the other a knock off company Now let us also supposes that each one inch division of the knock off ruler is actually one and one twelfth 1 12 inches long Therefore the knock off is one inch longer than it should be overall Try laying the rulers down side by side and sliding them back and froth until you achieve a best fit solution If you had aligned the zero marks then the twelve inch marks would miss by one inch If you had aligned the center marks then the zero and the twelve inch marks will both miss by half an inch By summing the errors for each one inch division without regard for algebraic sign we find the best possible solution the one that minimized the sum of the squared errors is achieved by aligning the center divisions However this is not a best fit solution since the amount of error
77. and other measuring professionals As you will discover by reviewing this user s guide TRANSFORM has many uses benefits and features that can help improve productivity and measurably improve defensibility Moreover because TRANSFORM so effectively hides the complexities of best fitting coordinate systems you get to spend far less time figure out how to use the program and far more time nitty gritty stuff land surveyors love the user s guide About Transform List some of the benefits uses and features of TRANSFORM Getting Started The Getting Started section contains two tutorials that introduce you to the use and benefits of TRANSFORM by using some sample data Import Assistant Explains how to read ASCII text files create by other programs such as data collectors AutoDesk s Survey LDD and Carlson s SurvCADD for instace Export Assistant Explains how to create ASCII text files containing either original or transformed coordinates for use with other programs such as a data collector AutoDesk s Survey LDD and Carlson s SurvCADD for instance User Options Explains how to configure many aspects of TRANSFORM including how to perform a user transformation Transform Projects Explains how to create and work with TRANSFORM projects including what information is saved with a project Transformations View Explains Transform s primary view and how it is used to perform best fit transformations System Po
78. as the base point of rotation When the modified coordinates are different than the original coordinates for the base point TRANSFORM will use the difference to compute the user transformation s translation parameters Once a system us translated in this manner the system s modified coordinates can be viewed on the program s System Points tab or can be obtained by using the EXPORT ASSISTANT The Rotation and Scaling group Use the rotation and scaling group to rotate the system s meridian or scale the system s linear values i e its coordinates and distances TRANSFORM provides two ways to rotate and scale a system using the direct method and a reference method Rotation amp Scaling by direct method The direct method of modifying the rotation and scaling values involves defining a new rotation angle and or scale factor directly in the one of the two text boxes supplied Note Ifthe Field Survey system is currently selected the scaling box will be disabled preventing its scaling from being modified This is a built in feature to prevent the accidental scaling of one s fieldwork A user defined rotation angle can be any value between 00 00 00 0 and 360 00 00 0 The format of the angle entered is dictated by the settings selected on the Units tab of the Tools gt Options dialog A user defined scale factor has an upper and lower limit that is dependent on the Maximum Allowable Scaling defined on the Precisions tab of the
79. available evidence to reproduce the most probable locations of the missing boundary marker TRANSFORM also supplies a precision or positional uncertainty for each missing marker based upon a specific confidence level 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 10 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide aTie into and extend aged control networks or coordinate systems There are occasions when a land surveyor would like to extend a prior survey by tying into its control network If the control is old or has missing points the process of tying in can be very messy With TRANSFORM the process is greatly simplified and very reliable This allows you to continue working with the original coordinate system to extend prior surveys a Validate tranditional computations blunder detection There are instances when using traditional methods to reproduce boundary lines is preferable over holding most probable positions from a best fit transformation simply because the result provides a better visual correlation between your survey and the former survey This process involves first analyzing the prior survey and it s boundary markers using TRANSFORM Then the fieldwork is then rotated to agree with the meridian of the prior survey using the best fit transformation s rotation Next the boundary lines are reproduced by traditional methods using the boundary markers found to be in their original and undisturbed locations using TRANSFORM Last the traditionally rel
80. be removed from the solution O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 221 This process is repeated until all the remaining linked pairs have residuals that are consistent that is to say they are equal to or less than the 95 confidence interval for the solution shown in TRANSFORM s status bar E Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ota File Edit View Tools Help e 1 lt 4 IEA OA EEE S BontFR Coord Sytem _Enror Rad BestFt Link Target Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual a gt gt _ 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 E A Lavoe 0 068 910 Y 106 0 100 N 41 31 58 64 W 0 038 5 4 3 Target Coord System 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 36 54 37 W 0 083 Feld Survey 0 097 902 Y 124 0 100 66 41 34 30 W 0 068 ES 0068 903 Y 119 0 100 N amp 8 37 53 67 E 0 063 Do iz Stee Proms 0 095 914 Y 109 0 100 79 17 4958 W 0 067 i Retaton 95 Precision 0067 904 Y 120 0 100 N37 25 34 40 E 0 076 E 15 42 0268 20 07 12 0 057 906 Y 117 0 100 70 03 29 40 E 0 122 e 95 Rodi ow 300 Y 183 0 100 Net 1Y 3357 W 0 128 496pom 57 1 ppm 0 058 905 Y 116 0 100 S60 50 17 07 E 0 13 dT 00 m O 102 oxo Sse 271639 wW 0 202 RES BES AMI 0008 m o 125 010 sessro26rwW 0225 0 0050 100 Translabon North 95 Precision 6281 18841 20 056 Translation East 95 Precision 4190 89753 20 056 Target System Rotation
81. box of TRANSFORM s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and paste it into the Rotation group s Angle box shown on AutoCAD s INSERT dialog as show above This is the same rotation angle that is shown on TRANSFORM s Transformation Parameters group and is the difference in meridians between the two surveys Merge Drawings Example For a step by step example of how to use this feature see the Highway Layout Example of the Getting Started section The next section Validate the results 10 5 Validate the Results There are two easy ways to insure the drawings were merged correctly Validation by coordinates The quickest and most reliable way to verify the merger is correct is to compare the coordinates of a point node in AutoCAD with the coordinates for that same point in TRANSFORM Note you may need to explode the inserted block in AutoCAD before you can select a point node to get its coordinates Zoom in on a point node for the inserted block in AutoCAD and select it Then right click and select Properties on the context menu Auto now displays the coordinates for that point node Now compare that coordinate with the Transformed coordinate for the same point in TRANSFORM as shown below In most instances there should be only minor differences in the values typically at the fifth or sixth decimal places Repeat this process for several other points to assure yourself that the insertion merger was performed correctly Validation by invers
82. button 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 186 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 8 Transformations View In TRANSFORM provides a means of performing two types of transformations best fit transformations and user transformations Best fit transformations are performed by making and setting linked pairs and their variances in the transformations table displayed in this view Using this view you define which coordinate system to transform which points are common to both systems which points to link for the transformation and what the variance is for paired points This Section View s Elements Configuration Options Best fit Transformations No Scale Transformations Fixed Point Transformations User Transformations Pairing Points Linking Pairs Working with Variances Weighted Solutions Residual Analysis Error Radii Transformation Parameters Confidence Levels Table Sorting View s Toolbar View s Status Bar 8 1 View s Elements This section describes the various elements that comprise TRANSFORM s Transformations view and their function To switch to this view click the Transformations tab along the left edge of the application window O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 187 E Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Hep Aa e lt lt SEM SIERO CTA EE E get coo Sm bpp See 0 g eee e E iv 1 vir TW Y A AS 0
83. character means any combination of characters and can appear at the beginning and at the end of each argument The wildcard character means any single character and can appear any number of times at the beginning and at the end of an argument Examples IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON IRION IRION etc Now click the OK button to return to TRANSFORM View the results Notice that Transform s System Points tab now shows only those descriptions that meet the filter criteria you provided for the Field Survey system as shown below and the Show Filtered Lists lt a toolbar button is active O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 33 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help d gt ADAP OA 3 9 4 VVO a T Labeli al Northing Easting Elevaton Description a eames Syaen Da 2390 42461 10014 34541 0 00000 PIN Sny 103 1002281547 10002 02941 0 00000 P Sytems Target 108 10023 24622 10001 48674 0 00000 BOLT a 143 1011588735 9833 38531 0 00000 IP Loose 145 10189 92427 9802 29710 0 00000 iP m 156 10235 82281 9782 52444 0 00000 iP Eoste i 157 10240 40328 39887 22971 0 00000 P E Orignal Coor nates 160 1037104550 9813 05893 0 00000 iP s 165 10468 19725 9994 02085 0 00000 PIN a 166 10412 73028 997058141 0 00000 IP a Not Tranafcmmed 167 1042119914 998301141 0 00000 iP User Tranefomation wm 10383 07265 2975 11 0 0 00
84. converted to coordinates and imported into TRANSFORM Typically you will have found and located enough points marking a survey to reproduce it However on occasion there may be insufficient points found to reproduce the survey In such instances it may be possible to create one or more cloned points in the Field Survey using another adjacent survey that is reproducible Once that has been done the theoretical position of the missing point or points will be listed in the Target System and can then be the target for another survey SD Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform o OE File Edit View Tools Help t j lt BOAO SS EIA A E ER E BestFe Coord Stem Error Rad BestFit a Link Target Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual 200 2 Smith Survey zj 801 3 Target Coord System 302 k Field Survey e 803 ELSA 11 20 2 Best Fe System Params 205 3 Rotation 95 Precision 806 807 Seaiing 95 Precision as a 209 gt 810 811 183 BD a 81 201 SIGHT LIMIT 2 R 813 202 CL LANE Translation Noth 95 Precision 1 1203 CL LANE 815 208 Er ransiabon 205 SIGHT LIMIT 2 T East 95 Precision 816 ar 817 05a Coned kem SOS of A 818 Target System Rotation 819 None O Vole 820 15 47 02 68 a Linked Pairs 0 of 0 95 Cl Ready Note If you link the best fit point to the cloned target point and subsequently make any changes that affect the clone s parent system it will also c
85. define a new system either click the New button or click in the Systems dropdown box and just start entering the name of a new system e g 1981 Highway Layout Note Whenever you define a new system the IMPORT ASSISTANT automatically saves your filter criteria settings for the currently selected system After defining the new system the IMPORT ASSISTANT will look something like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started s Import Points TAES Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options File Name Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coords bd Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options System 1981 Highway Layout y New 9 Import Original Coords Filter optioins Include all points Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Note While this example only has two systems using the IMPORT ASSISTANT you can define any number of systems If you add a system in the IMPORT ASSISTANT that does not import points it will not be added to TRANSFORM s list of defined systems Select the points being imported Click the Select button in the Filter options group box to open the following dialog that list all the points contained in the selected ASCII text file 2012 PrimaCode Technologies ss
86. fixes the point as between the parties and as such has no error in position All restored monuments established by measurements have some error in position chapter 11 A monument set by the original surveyor and called for by the conveyance has no error or position It is legally correct in that only the description may be in error chapter 12 When a monument is called for in a written description that monument if it is undisturbed is controlling over all other elements in the description chapter 15 Monuments as Evidence Using Transform To comply with the law of evidence regarding the use of original monuments the land surveyor must be careful to make use of all the available monuments marking the original survey and to give each equal standing within the context of the written document that establishes them 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Advanced Topics 305 Prior to TRANSFORM the practice of distinguishing which monuments were consistent with the written document and assigning each with equal standing within the context of the written document was by necessity a very difficult and subjective process However using TRANSFORM it is now possible to give any number of monuments marking a survey a weight consistent with the intent of the written document that established them and to use every monument found in one unified solution of simultaneous equations To do this TRANSFORM uses a least squares two di
87. for a given group of measurements Systematic errors can be broken down into two components a constant error and a scale error The constant component is an error that is the same regardless of the length of the line and is typically caused by such things as improper correction for a prism offset or incorrect zero point ona steel tape leader The scale component is an error that gets larger in magnitude as the length of the line being measured increases and is typically caused by such things as inaccurate itching of a steel tape improper calibration of an EDM inaccurate atmospheric corrections both measuring devices lack of a sag correction increased sag due to moisture etc Random Errors Random errors on the other hand are those errors usually associated with the manner in which a device is used rather than its characteristics These errors typically have as good chance of being positive as negative and in large statistical groups will have a tendency to cancel one another out Therefore their cumulative effect will generally have an algebraic sum of zero 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 298 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Random errors are typically human errors caused by errors in pluming errors in centering errors in pointing errors in reading etc Steel Taping Errors Systematic errors in steel tape measurements are not uncommon and typically are attributable to sloppy slope corrections incorrect temperat
88. for you Allowable extensions are txt asc dat cvs auf and xyz 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started s Export Points 81 Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options Pont y Noth y East File Name Transformed Coordinates Located In CA Transformation Samples Subdivision Example Elev Desr none Systems options System 1934 Subdivision x Export Original Coords Export Transformed Coords Modify Labels Export full precision values Filter options Include all points 0 Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Frish Cancel Hep The Located in folder The EXPORT ASSISTANT automatically locates the file in the last folder used for an import export save or open operation You can change the entry for Located In by clicking the Browse button and then by navigating to a new folder Select the system Select the 1934 Subdivision from the Systems dropdown list You can also include coordinates from any number of other systems when exporting coordinates to this same ASCII text file Select the type of coordinate values Choose the type of coordinates values to export original or transformed Since we want transformed coordinates that will be c
89. in TRANSFORM Transform ships wiht an extensive on line user s guide Press F1 or one of the Help menu items to access help at any time Find what you need in the user s guide by browsing searching index or favorites The user s guide contains a tutorial section that utilizes real data Take advantage of two tutorials that step you through the process of analyzing and best fitting two different surveys The tutorials reference data that ships with TRANSFORM The files for each are placed in a folder entitled Transformation Samples Each sample has both AutoCAD drawings and coordinate files Projects and all associated settings can be saved and re opened A project can contain any number of coordinate systems You identify each system by providing a name A project can contain any number of systems and each system can contain any number 2012 PrimaCode Technologies About Transform 11 of coordinate points All information about a project s systems points and the associated transformation data can be saved as a single file and re opened at a later date to make changes or verify what had been done Detailed reports can be printed for archival or transmission purposes The results of a best fit transformation can be printed for an additional means of archiving your work or for transmission to others You can also print reports showing either original or transformed coordinates Contents of tables can be copied and paste
90. instance the difference is about 0 025 feet per 100 feet which except for the sign is not uncommon when comparing steel tape surveys to electronically measured surveys To help with this illustration the baseline being considered is a straight line and the point identifiers marking its divisions begin at the center point and increase in value from there in either direction In addition the even numbered points are all northeast of the center point while the odd numbered points are all southwest of the center which will make it easier to remember which point are where when viewing them in TRANSFORM Additionally the divisions of the baseline on either side of the center point are equal in length with each division being 100 feet longer than the preceding division Therefore the divisions are as follows 100 feet 200 feet 300 feet and 400 feet for a total of 2000 feet Lastly the original survey and the subsequent field work have been altered to remove the random errors associated with the placement of the baseline points and the subsequent random errors associated with the subsequent locations of those baseline points As will be seen shortly by removing the random errors associated with each survey it is exceedingly easy to observe what actually takes place when scaling is rolled back This phenomenon does not only apply to the baseline example it is what takes place whenever scaling is rolled back following a best fit transform
91. largest residual against the new 95 confidence interval for the solution Find a final solution The next largest residual is now point pair 845 143 Since it s residual is larger than the 95 confidence interval this point is also a candidate for removal from the solution Clear the link box for this pair and observe that all the residuals again change as does the solution s 95 confidence interval the error radii the four transformation parameters and the four parameter precisions eS File Edit View Tools Help p SOUS 3 EOI EE E a Best Ft Coord System Error Rad Best Ft Link Target Variance Beg Residual Dst Residual a y 0 425 853 Y 204 0 100 N 49 19 03 44 E 0 282 E ea 0 474 855 Y 101 0 100 S73 18 39 98 W 0 320 T Target Coord System _ 0269 850 Y 187 0 100 N 35 10 40 57 E 0 444 Reid Survey _ 0283 830 Y 174 0 100 40 33 26 64 W ib o 0 366 849 Y 206 0 100 N 26 27 27 71 E 0 515 g Beat Fit System Paros 0315 939 Y 172 0 100 24 25 5139 E 0525 2 Raton 95 Precision _ 0358 838 Y 171 0 100 N56 1132 42 E 0 559 E 13 144779 20 05 05 0 383 832 Y 165 0 100 N87 27 20 27 E 0 560 eS 95 Precision 0 391 837 y 167 0 100 N 84 16 27 20 E 0 608 177 F W Sa 2 1475 1 pom 0 255 859 Y 7 0 100 38 32 5927 W 0 632 _ 0289 840 Y 173 0 100 96 9 05 E 0 689 weed ON oan eat Y 175 0 100 N23 59 55 55 E 0 708 0 1162 100 0 335 oo Y
92. liking Duplicate System When selected creates a duplicate copy of the currently selected coordinate system Duplicating a coordinate system will not duplicate the system s paired points It will however duplicate the system s filter criteria Rename System When selected will move the cursor to the Coordinate System dropdown box on the System Points tab and selects the text for the current system To change the name simply provide a new name You cannot change or delete the Field Survey system name Delete System When selected will delete the currently selected Coordinate System shown on the System Points tab Clear All Pairs When selected will clear all paired points for the currently selected Best Fit System shown on the Trasnformatons Tab Toggle All Links When selected will add or remove all links for the currently selected Best Fit System shown on the Trasnformatons Tab Reassign All Variances When selected will change all point variances for the current best fit system For more information on this subject see the section entitled Variances The next section View Menu 15 3 View Menu TRANSFORM s view menu allows you to reconfigure many of the ways in which it displays and presents information These options are accessible from the View menu and by selecting Options on the Tools menu The following menu options are available 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Menu tems 281 Only Paired Po
93. meridian of a prior survey One of the most common aspects of land surveying is referencing the meridian of a prior survey Whether it is just to reference some known meridian or because it is needed for a retracement survey TRANSFORM provides the fastest and most accurate means available Coompare the measurements of thow surveys Measurements as evidence can be very difficult to quantify However with TRANSFORM you get a statistical comparison of the difference in unit length for two surveys as part of the any transformation TRANSFORM also provides you with a precision for that difference based upon a chosen confidence level so you know how reliable the difference in unit length is Evaluate the reliability of recovered monuments Probably the most common task in land surveying is the evaluation of the physical evidence found marking a survey By comparing the magnitude of residuals for all the paired points of a transformation it is fairly easy to develop a since of how accurately the original monuments were set and to pick out those points that have residuals that are inconsistent with the norm for that survey Predict the most probable locations of missing monuments Often after rotating a field survey to agree with the meridian of a prior survey various types of computations are employed to reproduce missing monuments With TRANSFORM you have another means of reproducing missing boundary markers a means that utilizes all of the
94. new search radius Therefore you can use the Detect Point Pairs feature with no pairs selected with only one pair selected or with many pairs selected When Detect Point Pairs is run it will refine your selections adding or removing pairs that to not fit the currently defined criteria If Detect Point Pairs finds too many pairs that aren t relevant then decrease the Detect Paris Variance and run again Likewise if it didn t find all the proper pairs then increase the Detect Paris Variance and run again It should also be noted that when Detect Point Pairs is run with some points linked the linked points will not be removed even if they do not fit the currently defined criteria Un pairing Points After pairing points it is sometimes necessary to un pair a point that was not appropriate Un pairing points simply involves deleting the Target of the Best Fit point This action will automatically reset the link state and remove the variance for that best fit point as well With the Transformations tab selected as show below find the point to be un paired in the Best Fit Point column of the table 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 208 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Then select the text for the corresponding Target point in the same row of the gird delete it and press the Enter key or click in the cell containing the Target point text to open the dropdown list and select none at the top of the list as shown below
95. on the View menu Tip fall of the Variance values are not the same TRANSFORM will not let you hide the Variance column since the values in that column are affecting the outcome of the best fit transformation 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View or Fle Edt View Tools Help BRU Oe 3 OA EEEL Nat 113357 W OOOO Best Ft System Params Rotation 15 47 0265 Scaling 43 6 ppm 1 000 049 583904710 0 0050 100 6281 1881 _N41 315866 w 58 20 1639 W S79 12 4958 W Sono ISERSRRESE SS 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 5 8 N 58 36 54 37 W To restore a hidden column simply click the menu item again Northing amp Easting Residuals You can switch between bearing and distance residuals to northing and easting residuals by clicking Northing amp Easting Residuals on the View menu File Edit View Tools Help BOWS 3 IRB IPN SAR Gr iy 3 82 3 8 23 3 3 8 8 88 2 8 88 Best Fa System Params Rotation 15 42 0265 Scaling 43 6 pom System Ponts Transtar malas NOR OOOO RAEE OR 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 0050 100 Translation North 6281 18941 Translation East 4180 89753 0 8 0 Target System Rotation Nore Vabe Sytem 0 or 00 00 O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 192 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide To switch back to bearing and distance residuals click Bearing amp Distance Residuals on the
96. pairing points Link all the paired points common to both systems to initiate a transformation see the Evaluating Evidence section for an example of linking and analyzing pairs Identify potential problems Double click the header of the distance residual column to resort the transformation table based upon the magnitude of the distance residuals Un link each paired point that has a residual or error associated with it that is larger than the design criteria would allow All un linked points at this point will be those that will require a modification to the steel to make it fit properly The amount of the modification will be the amount of the residual Adjust the meridian To obtain right angle offsets for each anchor bolt align the local meridian for the Field Survey system to agree with one side of the building typically the long axis of the building Modify TRANSFORM to view Northing and Easting residuals instead of bearings and distances The northing and easting residuals will now be the right angle offsets of each bolt from its design location See also Import Assistant Pairing Points Linking Pairs Rotate System Meridian Next Section Validating Tradition Computations 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 19 4 Validating Tradition Computations There will be times when you find it more desirable to compute boundaries using traditional methods versus using the most probable best fit boundaries from a transformation
97. per one inch division increases in a liner fashion as you move in either direction from the center marks That condition is inconsistent with the laws of statistics and probability since the errors that remain after best fitting the rulers will not be random in nature even though their algebraic sum will be equal to zero 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Advanced Topics 303 Let s take a look at what happens when trying to reproduce a typical highway layout which is five miles long If the highway layout was measured using a steel tape it is likely that it will have a negative scaling of about two hundredths of a foot per hundred feet due to such things as inaccurate temperature slope and sag corrections If we start by reproducing the layout with the bounds aligned with the layout at the zero end by the time we reach the other end of the layout the bounds will be out by about 5 28 feet a scale correction is not applied When you use TRANSFORM to roll back scaling to one no scaling the same phenomenon takes place The residuals at the center of the survey will generally be reduced while the residuals at the extremities of the figure will generally be increased This artificial modification of the residuals is not always evident due to the pre existing errors associated with each point prior to rolling back scaling As can be seen scaling is a necessary part of any best fit transformation And as noted earlier in this
98. point pairs are linked as will be described in the next section The next section Linking Pairs 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 40 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 1 7 Linking Pairs Linking point pairs is how you tell TRANSFORM which points in the two systems being compared should be used to perform a best fit solution Typically you only link to a point in the target system that you are confident is in its original and undisturbed location Points that are of questionable reliability would not normally be used in the solution Linking point pairs simply involves placing checks in the boxes contained in the Link column as will be demonstrated When you do so TRANSFORM automatically computes a new best fit solution on the fly which results in all new residuals error radii and transformation parameters New solutions are also computed concurrently with each change of a target point or a target s variance As will be seen in this section it is this interactive nature of TRANSFORM that makes it such a powerful analytical tool in addition to being a powerful best fit tool Linking options There are two ways to link points Either you can place a check in each of the boxes located in the Link column or you can click the Toggle Linked States toolbar button iM which changes the state of all links pairs at once Toggle All Links can also be found on the Edit menu ec 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode
99. powerful analytical tool in addition to being a powerful best fit transformation tool Residuals versus Pseudo Residuals With only the one point linked the direction and distance residuals displayed are still only pseudo values E amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ol a lis File Edit View Tools Help UH iva 3 GA vane 9 Best Ft Coord System Error Rad Best Fa al Link Target Variance Y Z 1981 Highway Layout sj 10 18 aw 5 o Target Coord System 901 125 0 100 902 124 0 100 Reid Survey gt 903 119 0 100 134 20 36 84 2 z Best Ft System Params D w T 120 0 100 90 00 00 00 E 0 000 3 Rotation 95 Precision 905 116 0 100 62 19 138 13 z 306 117 0 100 g 307 107 0 100 B a ap EE 35 Precios 910 106 0 100 913 102 0 100 914 103 0 100 916 100 0 100 Linked Pairs 1 of 12 95 Cl Ready Once you have two or more pairs linked the residual values automatically switch from being pseudo values to being the actual difference between the transformed system s coordinates and the fixed system s coordinates 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started f amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ela ls File Edit View Tools Help RAT TAE ASE es VET TaARie i E Error Rad_ Sette a irk I Varianca I Dst Residual j E 1981 Highway Layout z 301 125 0 100 B Target Coord System 902 124 0 100 E Fed Survey zj 303 19 0 100
100. provides the easiest and most effective means of evaluating the quality of measurements and monuments for a prior survey Prospecting for markers TRANSFORM can provide the most probable locations for missing or destroyed monuments as well as the error radius or positional uncertainty for the predicted location Relocating missing markers O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies About Transform 9 TRANSFORM provides the fastest and most reliable means of reproducing a prior survey s meridian an essential part of any retracement survey TRANSFORM also provides you with the amount by which the reproduced meridian could be in error Blunder Detection TRANSFORM is also an excellent blunder detection tool when used to compare the difference between locations computed by classical means and those computed by best fit transformation Improved Defensibility TRANSFORM provides a degree of defensibility to your work because it allows you to evaluate all available evidence at one time and produce probabilistic results that you can use alone or to validate classical computations Improved Productivity You will be more productive because analysis reconnaissance and replication of prior surveys using TRANSFORM is faster and more reliable than ever before because of Transform s user interface and concurrent processing schema 2 2 Typical Uses of Transform Following are some of the typical uses that you can use TRANSFORM for Reproduce the
101. scaled dist dist 704 error radius m residual 104 105 al pi 200 049 fnd fnd 104 198 995 bear bear 505 orig dist dist 104 200 050 orig dist dist 605 scaled dist dist 104 200 014 scaled dist dist 705 Me 5 error radius 5 residual 105 175 482 fnd fnd 105 106 5 bear bear 105 175 460 bear bear 505 506 5 orig dist dist 105 175 550 orig dist dist 605 606 5 scaled dist 105 175 518 scaled dist dist 705 dist 706 error radius A A residual 106 107 299 914 fnd fnd bear bear 106 507 al 299 917 bear bear 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 36 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 6 0 13 orig dist dist 106 300 000 orig dist dist 606 9 607 6 0 02 scaled dist dist 106 299 897 scaled dist dist 706 1 707 7 0 04 error radius 9 7 0 01 residual 107 574 773 fnd fnd 107 4 101 7 0 01 bear bear 107 574 767 bear bear 507 6 501 7 0 22 orig dist dist 107 575 000 orig dist dist 607 4 601 7 0 02 scaled dist dist 107 574 801 scaled dist dist 707 3 701 As can be seen by the red entries in the table the corners reproduced using the un scaled distances appearing on the original survey yield the solution which deviates the most from where the stati
102. scaling parameter To accomplish this TRANSFORM forces that systematic error into the solution s residuals However residuals are supposed to represent the solution s random errors therefore when scaling is removed the residuals become a hybrid of two very incompatible components one a systematic error and the other a random error As long as you understand when it is appropriate to roll back scaling and when not to what happens to the rolled back scaling does not need to be a great concern In addition TRANSFORM will alert you if there is a chance that scaling may have been rolled back inappropriately by changing the color of the scaling text to red and displaying a warning icon to the right of the middle scaling parameter When scaling is statistically significant and its magnitude is significant rolling it back will add some additional amount of error to each pairs residual the amount of which is proportional to the distance the point is from the centroid of the coordinate system Simply put the coordinates of points near the center of the coordinate system will change the least while the points furthest from the system s centroid will change the most Why roll back scaling There are some legitimate reasons for rolling back scaling and some not so legitimate reasons While a few of them are discussed here for more information see the section entitled Scaling and the Law One legitimate reason for rolling back scaling i
103. simply because it provides a more recognizable correlation between your survey and the former survey One such instance is when the scaling for a best fit transformation is excessive However more often than not the driving force behind utilizing traditional computational methods is a desire to have the retracement survey use as many of the measurements as is possible from a prior survey In such instances traditional computations are far easier for laypersons and others to correlate with the prior survey and therefore the survey is more readily accepted albeit not necessarily more defensible Traditional vs Most Probable Both methods are similar in as much as each would hold all the monuments found that have residuals consistent with the confidence interval for the best fit transformation However using the best fit transformation method you would hold the most probable positions from the transformation to relocate all the remaining points which were found not to have a suitable monument While using traditional methods you would relocate all the remaining points which were found not to have a suitable monument from the closest held monument by bearing bearing intersect or some other similar means The Traditional Process 1 import points for the two systems into TRANSFORM 2 pair and link those points common to both systems 3 analyze the residuals to determine which points you will be hold for the transformation i e whi
104. the View menu Lastly when the residual of a pair is very close to the 95 confidence interval use the parameter precisions to help decide if the pair should be included or excluded If the precision of the rotation and scaling parameters decreases substantially when you remove the point from the solution then consider leaving it out If the precision of the rotation and scaling parameters increases or stays about the same when you remove the point from the solution then consider keeping it in the solution Remember a transformation is a statistical solution which by its vary nature is more reliable as the numbers of linked pairs increases That should always be your primary objective but include only those pairs with similar or consistent residuals If you must include pairs with dissimilar residuals then consider a weighted solution by assigning differing variances Once the tweaking process is complete the residuals of the remaining liked pairs should all be similar in magnitude to the solution s confidence interval In the case of a retracement survey these errors should be considered a representation of how accurately the prior surveyor had set the point on the ground marking his survey or conversely how poorly they were located Likewise the amount of the solution s scaling should be considered the difference in unit of length between the two measuring devices used to perform the original survey and the modern surv
105. to copy these files from Window s All Users Documents folder into their respective Documents folder The folders for the two tutorials are entitled Highway Example and Subdivision Example Both folders are located in the parent folder entitled Transformation Samples You can use the system search feature to find these folders if you are not familiar with the Windows All Users Documents folder Contents of folders Each folder contains eight files three txt files two dxf files two pdf files and one tfm file The txt files are standard ASCII text files used to interchange data between different types of programs Each line contains a single coordinate point definition with each field separated with commas The two dxf files and two pdf files are drawings that can be opened with different viewers One drawing depicts the prior survey being retraced and the other drawing depicts the more recent field work The tfm file is a TRANSFORM project file representing what TRANSFORM will look like at the conclusion of the tutorial In this section Subdivision Example This first tutorial provides the quickest and easiest way to get acquainted with the uses and benefits of TRANSFORM Highway Layout Example This second tutorial addresses the same functionality as does the first tutorial but in slightly more depth 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 16 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 1 Subdivision Example This section provide
106. types of point descriptions By applying filters to a system you affectively masks all the non essential points from view and thus limit which points TRANSFORM will look at when performing its various functions This serves two purposes one it allows you to quickly zero in on only those points that are relevant or common to both coordinate systems Secondly it allows TRANSFORM to perform far more efficiently by reducing the data sets necessary for most computations This is especially true for the speed and accuracy of the Detect Pairs processing The filter dialog d F To filter the Field Survey system click the Define System Filters toolbar button Y or click Options on the Tools menu and select the FILTERS tab This opens the dialog shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies so PrimaCode Transform User s Guide r Options zal Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey y View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Select a system We will start by applying filters to the Field Survey system so select the Field Survey in the system dropdown list if it is not already selected Select filter criteria Next we will define the filter criteria
107. war seen eee i Best Ft Coord System oe ol use uE Beg Residual Dst Residual a gt ono s mi a 0 100 39 57 39 05 W 050s E E 3 oas Y 166 0 100 85 300675 E 0 562 T Target Coord System 0 440 833 Y 160 0 100 N67 55 49 95 w 0 844 Feld Survey gt 0 433 837 Y 167 0 100 SBR HE ZEAE 0 604 ers 0 395 838 y 71 010 N61 29 37 01E 0 526 Bout Ft System Params 0 366 839 y 172 0 100 S21 13 BATE 0561 i Raton 35 Precision 0 316 840 Y 173 0 100 Ses 01 4967 E 0 670 E 13 14 18 67 20 05 39 0 296 841 Y 175 0 100 N 22 48 1151 E 0 678 ls 95 Precision 0 303 842 Y 157 0 100 S19 20 46 95 W 0 899 0 388 843 Y 156 0 100 S41 15 19 60 W 0 546 814 7 pom 2 1642 3 pom Co 0362 eas Y 145 0100 S32234308 W 0 736 0 999 185 310577 429 0350 5 Y 143 010 S273Z1823W 1244 0 0815 100 _ 0 370 248 Y 109 0 100 N 45 38 00 40 W 1 010 wma ee e tet ee eee ee Y 7 bin Esar 0273 851 Y 176 0 100 N 50 10 0057 E 1511 Translation East 55 Precision _ 0 332 852 Y 201 0 100 86 51 3142 E 0 731 3814 04273 20 269 0469 853 Y 204 0 100 N23 062550 E 0 276 0519 88s Y 202 0 100 NN 38 17 45 06 W 0 991 Target System Rotation _ 0522 855 Y 101 0 100 N 87 53 39 98 W 0 395 None Value System _ 0278 859 Y 17 0 100 42 01 37 01 Ww 0 658 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 21 of 21 95 Cl 1 142 ft Ready Resort the table Now that all the paired poin
108. was used and recited as of the date of the deed or survey Therefore before any analysis can take place using the measurements of an original survey or before the measurements of the original survey can be used to reproduce original monuments or corner the modern land surveyor must take care to make any applicable adjustments for such differences in unit length that may exist between the surveys The best fit transformation is an excellent tool for making such determinations since one of the four parameters produced by this solution s is a scale correction The scale correction is the difference in unit length between the two surveys being compared TRANSFORM also provides you with the precision of the scale factor i e by how much it could vary based upon the chosen reliability coefficient e g 68 90 95 99 Moreover the best fit transformation is the only solution that can compute the statistically most probable difference in unit length scale correction between two surveys using all the available evidence monuments and measurements simultaneously in one unified solution which is important when using monumentation in accordance with the law of evidence Bearings as Evidence Using Transform When reproducing missing corners marking a prior survey or evaluating the monuments found marking a prior survey it is often necessary to make use of another type of measurement evidence called bearings As is the case when using distanc
109. with the left mouse button or simply start typing the revised value Change coordinate precisions Alternatively you can also set TRANSFORM to show a different number of significant digits for coordinate values by providing a different coordinate precision value in the user options dialog To do this select Options on the Tools menu and then select the Precision tab as show below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started fc Options Paes Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Unts Significant Digits Coordinates 5 decimal places Seconds 2 decimal places Distances 3 decimal places Preset Values Default Pair Variance 0 100 feet Detect Pairs Variance 1 5 feet Max Allowable Scaling 0 5 feet 100 feet Confidence Level 68 un modified D 90 error O 95 error 997 error affects the display of error radiuses confidence interval and precisions Use the up down arrows to change the number of significant digits TRANSFORM will display by default When the value you want is displayed click the OK button to return to TRANSFORM The next section Applying Filters 3 1 5 Applying Filters This section discussed the use of filters their effect on what TRANSFORM displays and their effect on how TRANSFORM works Why apply filters Filters are especially useful when working with field surveys that contain points with many different
110. 0 063 ES 0 067 90s Y 120 0 100 N37 25 34 40 E 0 076 g p oaeen Esam 0o58 5 Y 116 0 100 60 50 17 07 E 0131 3 Rotaton 95 Precision 0057 96 Y 117 0 100 S70 03 2940 E 0 122 E 15 47 0265 20 00127 0065 907 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 scan 95 Precision 0 068 310 Y 106 0 100 N41 31 S864 W 0 038 TA a oo s3 102 0 100 5 53 20 16 39 202 0035 9 Y 103 0 100 79 12 49 58 W 0 067 1000019013994718 oms o Y 100 0 100 N56 36 54 37 W 0 083 0 0050 100 Translation Noch 95X Precision 4 6281 18841 0 056 H Translation East 95X Precision m 4180 839753 20 056 _ Target System Rotation ven None Valve Sytem _ 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 C1 0 130 ft Ready Affect of confidence levels TRANSFORM computes error radii based upon a specific confidence level as is the case for parameter precisions Changing the confidence level on the View menu will change the magnitude of all radii accordingly and hence each point s positional uncertainty Combining terminologies As an example look at highway layout point 900 TRANSFORM indicates there is a 95 probability that its transformed coordinates will not vary by more than 0 101 feet This is an extremely useful value when weighing whether or not to set your own point at the computed position or respect anther surveyor s point who has also attempted to reproduce the same point If his point falls w
111. 0 067 3 Rawon 95 Precision 0 067 908 Y 120 0 100 N 37 25 34 40 E 0 076 E 15 47 02 68 2000127 0057 906 Y 117 0 100 70 03 29 40 E 0 122 geen 95 Prechion 0 101 300 Y 183 0 100 N 81 1133 57 W 0 128 0 058 305 Y 116 0 100 60 0 17 07 E 0 131 45 6 pom 257 1 ppm Pos m O 102 0 100 Sse 201635 W 0202 1 000 049 583904710 o om o 125 0 100 Ses Srozerw 025 0 0050 100 T Translation North 95 Precision bad 6281 18941 20 056 I Translation East 95X Precision 4190 89753 0 056 1 Target System Rotation Lil None Value Sytem 0 00 00 00 Cl Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0 130 ft Ready Notice that Transform s status bar now indicates 10 of 12 Linked Pairs and the solution s 95 confidence interval is 0 13 feet As can be seen from the table of values all of the remaining residuals are consistent with the solution s overall confidence interval therefore it is likely we have identified all the outliers and we can conclude that the work of the surveyor who set these bounds was only good to about 0 130 feet What s next That concludes the evaluation of residuals leaving us with 10 of the possible 12 points used for this solution In practice the next step might be to check the field locations for the excluded points or the computations used to define those points on the highway layout to insure their coordinates were correct In the next section you will see ho
112. 0 4108 58032 261367708 0 00000 BND E System s Target see 411222711 2620 13671 0 00000 BND hone 3 423951640 333633413 0 00000 BNO sos 4203 96842 3408 01029 0 00000 BND 35 4862 34834 3545 24874 0 00000 BND a 6 4826 80573 3716 91618 0 00000 END T Orignal Coordinates 7 5070 45518 2024 20337 0 00000 BND xe 5148 363981 2006 68371 0 00000 BND A 308 517361735 411521211 0 00000 BND 2 Net Translomed 10 5095 69325 413333528 0 00000 BND User Transiomation Fis 516086111 4635 75785 0 00000 BND Best Ft Transformation a 5063 89235 261392064 0 00000 END No acale Transformation 93 5083 06042 4908 75458 0 00000 BND 91 5006 12045 4835 83211 0 00000 BND ew Sten New Pore s5 4986 54604 4995 45786 0 00000 END 916 5041 92685 501852771 0 00000 END Delete System Delete Ports Rename System Edt Point Duplicate System Relabel Ports System Units Feet Showing Points 17 of SO The next section Pairing Points Pairing Points Finding a common point Inspect the two AutoCAD drawings for the 1981 Highway Layout and the Field Survey to find one point that is common to both surveys Often the easiest way to do this is to overlay the highway layout drawing onto your field survey drawing If you use AutoCAD you can overlay one drawing onto another by either creating a block using AutoCAD s WBLOCK command or by selecting all elements of the highway layout right clicking in the drawing selecting the Copy with base
113. 0 BND a ss 10148 33154 9542 87769 0 00000 BND Net Transtonmed s0 10068 40602 9539 23705 0 00000 BND User Transformation los 9995 17667 10040 57345 0 00000 BND Best Ft Transformation 12 9926 98580 29998 72022 0 00000 END No scale Transformation m 9646 39503 10282 34232 0 00000 BND s 9778 25496 1024041478 0 00000 BND New Sten aE C s5 9730 01297 10339 69535 0 00000 END 3 916 977709638 10376 89573 0 00000 BND Delete System Rename System Edt Pont it Duplicate System Showing Points 17 of 50 TRANSFORM now displays the transformed coordinates for this system in the grid on the right side of the application window as shown above Verify that at least two of the imported coordinates in AutoCAD are the same as shown in TRANSFORM 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 134 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide If they are not then repeat the process being careful to follow each step as outlined here You can also check the contents of the ASCII text file to see if they check with what is show in TRANSFORM A Export Coordinates txt Notepad o Es File Edit Format View Help 800 9845 4672511286 10404 6250632591 0 42 02 36 a 801 9880 39227526181 10301 1760554077 O 43 11 54 E 802 9881 62063286556 10297 5376217089 0 43 15 38 803 9971 06362597851 10032 6046936512 0 45 94 99 804 9972 3207733097 10028 8809841243 O 45 98 82 805 9988 04311194598 9982 31092
114. 0 of 12 95 Cl Ready Alert Performing this procedure without first setting filters for the target system can result in anomalous pairings or no pairings For better results always apply filters that will limit the target system to only those points that are valid targets e g bounds and pipes etc Filtering the systems limits how many points TRANSFORM will need to consider during processing and will therefore greatly affect the speed and reliability of its detect pairs processing If either the Target System or the Best Fit System have defined filter criteria but filtering has not been turned on TRANSFORM will prompt you to turn it on before detecting pairs 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 206 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Options Cees Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey z View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Filter List Select O Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Filter List BND Select Before running the Detect Point Pairs feature it is sometimes necessary to adjust the Detect Pairs Variance found by selecting the Tools Options menu item and then selecting the Precisions tab as shown below This value will increasing or decreasing the search area around each Best Fit system point and the
115. 00 N74 1857 05 W 5404 37714 42 38 13 71 W S63 Y 46 90 W Target System Rotation None O Vabe 15 42 02 68 Note Even though we added a Cloned point to the Field Survey system the dropdown list of Target points will not show the newly created Cloned point That is because the Cloned point 905a was created and is tied to a point in the 1981 Highway Layout system If that system Target 905a it would be targeting its self or would create a circular reference File Edt View Tools Help Shel Whale tk Lk Mace kh ee Target Coord System Best Fe System Params Rotation 95 Precision 0 00 00 00 Scaling 95 Precision 43 6 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 0050 100 Translation North 484521933 Translation East 5404 37714 8306 2375 W 73 1159 96 W S50 9 31 62 W N 72 55 5099 E N 2143 31 72 E S76 221976 E Ses 45 3208 E S89 19 21 80 W 8 8 8 0 88 0 i Systom Points Translormations 8838828888 N57 14 01 37 W EJES n O 42 38 1371 W SOO Y 46 90 W w o w 2 5 N74 18 57 05 W L a Target System Rotation None 0 Value 15 47 02 68 95 Cl 0130 ft O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 258 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide The next section Using Cloned Point 11 2 Using Cloned Points When doing a survey it is not uncommon to have several surveys associated with the properly being surveyed Each of these surveys can be
116. 00 049 583 904 710 0 0050 100 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 183841 0 056 6281 183841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 4180 89753 0 056 Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 015 700744563945400 0 00 12 015 700744563945400 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 2 57 1 ppm 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 0050 100 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 18841 0 056 6281 18841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 4180 89753 0 056 To return the text back to its default format with symbols simply press the escape key Scaling formats TRANSFORM displays the scaling in three basic formats to help make it easier to quantify what the value signifies The middle scaling box displays scaling as a whole number that is used as a multiplier to convert best fit system linear values into target system linear values This is the form of the scaling format used internally by both TRANSFORM and CAD programs To make reading the scaling easier the whole number representation of scaling is formatted into groups of three digits However when you click in the text box the formatting is removed
117. 00 56 72 61 820 4244 54129 3335 41947 0 00000 63 63 06 821 424110204 3333 49719 0 00000 63 67 00 To select one or more single points hold the control key down while clicking each point with the left mouse button To select a single range of points click the starting point of the range with the left mouse button and drag the mouse to the end of the range while holding down the left mouse button To select multiple point ranges hold the control key down while selecting each range as described above When you click the OK button you are returned to the IMPORT ASSISTANT and your selections are entered into the Filter List box as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 1 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide The IMPORT ASSISTANT also automatically selects the radio button to Include listed identifiers by default as shown below import Points Kaos E Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Point Noth East v Bev v Descr v none v File Name 1981 Highway Layout Coords bt Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options System Field Survey v New 9 Import Original Coords Import Transformed Coords Filter optioins gt Include all points Exclude all points Include listed identifiers 5 Exclude listed identifiers Filter List ELIAS eats ra Include listed descriptions Exclude listed des
118. 00 SPIKE g EiS z 2 10154 95966 3811 01565 0 00000 SPIKE 3 System s Terpet 3 10319 39500 9773 94083 0 00000 SPIKE 7 hone gt 4 9834 36332 0 00000 SPIKE 5 10408 57580 9966 19670 0 00000 SPIKE gt i 6 10169 85824 10017 16168 0 00000 SPIKE 0 i E 7 10092 09332 10074 1359 0 00000 SPIKE Original Coordinates E 100 861 57180 10007 15787 0 00000 A 101 9890 424651 10014 34541 0 00000 PIN f w 1002281547 1000202341 0 00000 iP Nat Transformed 108 10023 24622 10001 48674 0 00000 BOLT User Transformation 106 3089 79253 10001 07724 0 00000 UPOLE 8 Best Ft Transformation 107 3884 64191 1004573353 0 00000 CLRD PC No scale Transformation 108 9888 09595 10017 83969 0 00000 CLRD 12FT 109 9935 02420 10001 94297 0 00000 CLRD 12 PT premen New Pont no 9957 24228 10000 90580 0 00000 CLAD 12 PC m 10008 60171 9967 85243 0 00000 CLRD 12 m2 1000821257 10001 41749 0 00000 UPOLE 7 Edt Port 33 10038 12687 9960 47589 0 00000 CLRD THe 10059 51820 9932 10523 0 00000 CLRD PT Duplcate System Relabel Ports J n5 3970 4383 10016 61885 0 00000 GARAGE ne 10000 41734 10013 45425 0 00000 GARAGE m 117 10005 14170 1006361174 0 00000 GARAGE 118 10021 64774 10012 76902 0 00000 ELFACE PICK FL 119 10017 81653 10051 87835 0 00000 ELFACE PICKFL Showing Points 139 of 139 System Units Feet To cancel edit mode press the escape key and transform will switch the contents of the cell back to read mode To resume edit mode click the cell
119. 000 BND Original Coor nates 908 4203 96842 3408 01029 0 00000 BND s 305 495234884 3545 24874 0 00000 BND a 906 4825 20573 3716 91618 0 00000 BND a ON Me p 907 024 80337 0 00000 BNO User Transiomation 9068 5148 36981 2006 68371 0 00000 BNO Gost F2 Tranalcamalion 909 517361795 411521211 0 00000 BND No scale Transformation 910 509569325 4133 33528 0 00000 BND a 516085111 4635 75785 0 00000 BND m 5083 89235 4613 392064 0 00000 BNO New System New Point LJ l m 5083 065042 1908 75458 0 00000 BND _ Delete System ga 5006 12045 4886 83211 0 00000 BND Poname Satem Edt Port 315 4986 54604 4995 45785 0 00000 BND os 916 5041 93685 5018 52771 0 00000 BND Dupicate Sytem Rilabe Ports Jn 444391742 292424163 0 00000 RP 18 4160 65678 4350 81699 0 00000 RP as 1622 40844 4123 01377 0 00000 RP 3000 10000 00000 10000 00000 0 00000 new point Showing Points 51 of 51 System Units Feet Notice that when you click in a cell containing a coordinate value TRANSFORM switches from read mode to edit mode When it does TRANSFORM displays all possible significant digits to the right of the decimal place This does not however suggest an input requirement Note TRANSFORM will not let you edit the coordinates of a cloned point TRANSFORM gets the coordinates for a cloned point from its parent If the coordinates of the parent change the coordinates of the cloned point automatically are changed The next section Relabel Poin
120. 000 BND 116 9975 78211 9006 30402 000000 BND 117 9922 19089 9065 68157 0 00000 BND F 119 9459 82482 8540 29474 0 00000 BND 120 9406 26293 8599 66256 0 00000 BND 121 9234 77360 8114 27894 0 00000 BND 124 9531 07619 7816 22099 0 00000 BND 183 9698 17690 7712 43309 0 00000 BND e 125 9525 48122 7807 76094 0 00000 BND BRKN 102 9846 28907 10282 17049 0 00000 BND Leaning 109 10108 60989 9351 29693 0 00000 CL 202 9871 69574 7579 35307 0 00000 CL LANE 203 9795 23813 7603 68568 0 00000 CL LANE 175 939458904 7949 35615 0 00000 CL OLD RD APPR 176 9427 19757 7947 18392 0 00000 CL OLD RD APPR 206 9516 04526 7773 66139 0 00000 CL PT 170 9276 69292 8143 03302 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT 177 9763 52536 7616 60452 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT 171 9287 74818 8079 46090 0 00000 CLT WAY X OK Cancel When using this method of selecting descriptions be sure to select at least one description for every point you want import It does not matter if you select more than one of the same description When you click the OK button you are returned to the IMPORT ASSISTANT and your selections are compressed to include only one of each description In addition your selections are reduced by adding wild card characters where appropriate as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 152 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Point E E Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Point Noth Eat Bev Deser fno
121. 000 P i Best Fe Transformation 172 10338 18115 9983 98970 0 00000 P No scale Transformation 173 10302 28688 9991 20819 0 00000 iP 174 10294 69408 9977 27548 0 00000 iP prem ae AS 175 1027261856 9990 55475 0 00000 iP 176 1023094337 10003 18020 0 00000 IP Beet Delete Ports 77 10181 36533 10015 00979 0 00000 iP Edt Port 187 10123 86328 10006 01423 0 00000 PIN 201 10091 49525 10056 35197 0 00000 iP Dugiicalo Sytem Filabel Potro 202 9906 81143 10065 26836 0 00000 i 208 9962 95769 10095 11781 0 00000 BND 206 10016 59761 10074 01154 0 00000 iF 207 10119 73548 10172 16283 0 00000 IP 208 10116 94663 10168 84432 0 00000 IP H 2 Showing Points 26 of 139 System Units Feet d gt You can turn on or off filtered lists by clicking the View Filtered Lists toolbar button E or by selecting View Filtered Lists on the View menu Note Filtering a list does not remove any points from Transform s system it simply limits the points that TRANSFORM will see Other filter options Had the 1934 Subdivision system contained points that were not needed for the transformation i e points that did not form a lot corner or angle point you could have masked those points as well by applying a point identifier filter or point description filter as was done for the Filed Survey system As you will see in the next section filtering the Field Survey system will also helps pick which points are common to the two surveys you are comparing The next se
122. 00000 If the system had already been rotated or scaled as was the case in this instance the modified bearing and distance will reflect those values To change either the system s rotation or scaling change the line s modified bearing or distance respectively As noted above TRANSFORM will limit the amount of scaling by the Maximum Allowable Scaling parameter defined on the Precisions tab Note When you click in any of this dialog s text boxes TRANSFORM switches from formatted mode to un formatted mode In un formatted mode TRANSFORM provides full precision values so you can see the internal representation of the value To switch back to formatted mode simply press the escape key The next section Units Tab 6 7 Units Tab TRANSFORM uses the units tab to select the types of units to display and the format that those units will have O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 182 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide r Options Le Les Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units EMO Linear Units US Survey Foot gt Intemational Foot Meters Angular Units Degrees Grads Angl Format input ddd mmssx 2 ddd mm ss x ddd 2000000 Direction Type n a Ndd mm ss xE 5 Azddd mm ss x Slope Input Height of Instrument and Zenith Angle 9 Vertical Angle Atmospheric Corrections Instrument corrections Relative Humidity Psycrometer Defauts
123. 022 81547 10002 02341 10023 24622 10001 48674 User Translomation 9089 79253 10001 07724 Best Ft Transformation 3834 64191 10045 79393 No scale Transformation 3883 09595 10017 993502430 1000194297 san am 10008 60171 9967 85243 System Delete Ports 10008 21257 10001 41749 ire callate a 10053 51820 9932 10523 EME 10016 61885 10000 41734 1001345425 10005 14170 1006361174 1002164774 10012 763902 10017 81653 10051 97835 Showing Points 139 of 139 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 2 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide TRANSFORM will import points using all the available significant digits contained in the ASCII text file regardless of what is display on the System Points tab If the number of significant digits shown by TRANSFORM is different from that which the ASCII text file contained you have two options for viewing the imported coordinates as will be explained next Read mode vs edit mode To view the internal representation of just one coordinate at a time click the coordinate value and TRANSFORM will switch from read mode to edit mode In edit mode TRANSFORM will display all available significant digits for that coordinate SE sion Exemple PrimaCode Transform SSS fos x File Edit View Tools Help e gt r lt lt BvVuUBORSSITIRIS DO T Label a i Northing ji Easong Elevaton Description J Y Corana Saen A 10000 00000 10000 00000 0 000
124. 098 901 125 0 100 S 88 54 02 64 2 T Target Coord System 0 097 902 Y 124 0 100 S66 41 3430 W 0 068 Feld Survey 0068 903 Y 19 0 100 N83 37 83 67 E 0 063 ES _ 0067 905 Y 120 0 100 N37 25 34 40 E 0 076 g Beat 8 System Params _ 0058 905 Y 16 0 100 S60 50 17 07 E 0131 Potaton 95 Precision 0 057 906 Y 117 0 100 70 03 2940 E 0 122 E 15 47 0265 2000127 _ 0065 907 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 5 Scaling 95 Precision co oe 308 43 6 ppm 257 1 pom 0 069 309 0 068 10 Y 106 0 100 N 41 31 58 64 w 0 038 1 000 049 583 04 710 10 087 on 0 0050 100 008s 912 5 N BXA _ 0 098 gt 102 0 100 x a 202 E 20055 _ 0 085 9 Y 103 0 100 S7Y 12 49 58 W 0 067 _ 0 101 915 Translation East 95 Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 35 54 37 W 0 043 4180 89753 0 056 Target System Rotation None Value Sytem 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0 130 ft Ready Menus The menus provide access to each of the options available for this view of TRANSFORM All functions accessible via toolbar button can also be found in the menus For more information got to the section entitled Menu Items Toolbar The toolbar provides quick access to some of the most common tasks associated with this view of TRANSFORM To see a description of each toolbar icon momentarily hold the mouse over each toolbar icon For more information on this subject see the section entitled View s
125. 1 21 3885 E Target System Rotation O Noe Value 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 2 of 12 With three or more linked pairs TRANSFORM will provide the full complement of statistical values for the best fit solution as shown below Edit View Tools Help DOUG OO 3 IEA E EEE iat J Target Coord System Reid Survey al Best Fa System Params Rotation 95 Precision 15 41 11 82 20 07 06 Scaling 95 Precision 238 7 pom 2 30 1 pom 0 999 761 309 840 860 0 0239 100 Translation North 6280 995637 Translation East 096 FO SIP 2NATAS E 41833153 N 64 29 34 60 W N 73 59 11 82 W N 71 27 02 04 w N 83 35 05 60 W N 78 55 11 65 w N 19 54 08 73 W S29 31 2477 E N 84 38 16 70 W 38888288838 System Points Translormatcas 3 S76 47 4661 E 3 S07 07 3901 E S2 15 1817 E Target System Rotation None Valve Sytem 0 00 00 00 Link all paired points option a By clicking the Toggle Linked State toolbar button M or by selecting the Toggle All Links item on the Edit menu you can add or remove all the check marks in the Link column at one time with two exceptions 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 213 The first exception is when multiple Best Fit System points are paired to the same Target system point in which case the Toggle All Links will ignore the duplicate Target points with the largest residuals The second exception
126. 1 9980 13770 9415 42846 290 78502 9348 237 9710 3459 777 11838 982080012 9846 28307 9778 24240 1014211222 10143 25634 10068 43452 10073 48320 10108 60989 10089 24319 1013606966 9975 78211 9922 19089 Easing 10236 18110 10000 00000 9590 23939 9031 98391 858231317 8245 909654 7897 05405 7625 19335 10376 85876 10316 80219 10282 17043 10240 34837 9608 25132 954291511 953921154 9427 88833 9351 29683 9150 02 9108 91629 9006 30402 9065 68157 8540 29474 8599 66256 8114 27836 7985 84950 fo lois Blevaton Description a 0 00000 SPIKE 0 00000 SPIKE 0 00000 SPIKE 0 00000 SPIKE 0 00000 SPIKE 0 00000 PK 0 00000 pk 0 00000 SPIKE 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 REBAR 0 00000 BND Leaning 0 00000 END 0 00000 REBAR 0 00000 REBAR 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 ct 0 00000 REBAR 0 00000 REBAR 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BNO 6 00000 BNO 0 00000 BND 0 00000 REBAR Showing Points 45 of 45 When using this method it is important to make sure you have chosen the coordinate type that matches the source file Therefore if the source file contained original or unmodified coordinates then you should select the Original Coordinates radio button as shown above Bearing and Distance Comparison This method involves using TRANSFORM s INVERSE utility Using this utility you can compare the bearing and distance between imported points against the drawing that you used to generate the source file
127. 12 0 BND 904 9049 39619697441 8812 5564189932 0 BND 905 9707 80926244643 9049 80663080183 O BND 906 9672 26439408045 9121 47761915309 0 BND 907 9915 9259217714 9429 38008110246 0 BND 908 9993 84441298288 9411 25951755871 O BND 909 10019 0938126846 9519 79329932058 O BND 910 9941 1652461736 9537 91737323838 0 BND 911 10006 3363382506 10040 3648490109 O BND 912 9929 36376493909 10018 5265629371 O BND 913 9928 53179228869 10313 3751188549 0 BND Se TIP When exporting points from TRANSFORM the number of significant digits contained in the export file will be equal to what is show in the view s grid To change the number of significant digits in either click Options on the Tools menu and select the Precision tab See also Export Assistant 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 135 The next section Adding amp Revising Points 3 2 14 Adding amp Revising Points TRANSFORM provides two different methods of adding new points or editing existing points ina system You can either import additional points or modified points using the IMPORT ASSISTANT or enter and edit one point at a time in the System Points view Note Both methods allow you to edit old points or define new points using the original or transformed coordinates Because you can edit points or define new points using transformed coordinates it is now possible to add information to a transformed drawin
128. 130 E 306 17 0 100 107 143 907 107 0 100 0 000 Ne men ee A El gt A 910 106 0 100 05 15 4967 E 30 420 9 E 312 AAA a E m3 102 0 100 SOF 03 10 91 241 633 El a 103 0100 S12055610 W 236 172 Translation East 95 Precision E ns l 4 al me 100 0 100 S09 29 08 75 Ww 271 564 Target System Rotation None o i 0 00 00 00 el Linked Pairs 1 of 12 95 Ready Using linked points TRANSFORM uses linked points to determine which of the paired points will be used for a best fit solution Two linked pairs comprise the minimum number of links to perform a transformation However two linked pairs will not generate a best fit transformation with statistical output since it represents a unique solution with no redundancy As can be seen in the example below there are two linked pairs and the Precision values for the Best Fit System s Parameters are blank as are the Error Radii 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 212 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide N 67 28 54 01 W N 73 01 52 73 w N 70 13 55 57 W Best Ft Coord System an ianc Brg Residual Target Coord System Ped Survey o Best Fa System Params Rotation 95 Precision 15 4109 32 Scaling 95 Precision 241 3 pom 0 999 758 140 059 948 0 0242 100 Translation North 6280 94490 Translation East 41833712 System Ports Translormitoss 75 01 58 15 E 06 57 3154 E S21 32 0340 E alz 8823 88 8 8888 8 38 2 a S3
129. 145 0 100 3252 49 87 W 0 78 a 1 CC MI IC EI RA MEAT 7 Y X 2 vi 856 10 67105 10 249 wane 2 oa 83 Y 160 0 100 N67 12 56 08 W 0 902 Translation East 95 Precision _ 0281 842 Y 157 0 100 19 38 25 51 0 903 381568943 10 249 0338 ese Y 103 0 100 N 45 33 50 19 W 0 920 0 358 843 Y 156 0 100 42 20 35 54 Ww 0 968 Target System Roron 0325 es 0 143 0100 S26 431031 Ww 1295 None Valve System 0256 851 o 176 N 50 43 55 47 E 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 19 of 21 Since the next largest point pair 843 156 has a residual is about the same as the solution s new confidence interval we will keep this pair in the solution Determining how far to go in the tweaking process is the most subjective part of the process and is that part that involves the most professional judgment In practice you will seldom just stop at this point with confidence that the best solution is at hand More often than not you will spend some time experimenting to see if some other combinations of different pairings might provide a more desirable solution while observing the effects of each solution on the residuals CI Rotation and Scaling Using TRANSFORM this can be done as quickly as you can set or clear a check box and as quickly as you can contemplate the results You now have the flexibility to try every possibility you would like without the worry of spending too much time doing so O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies
130. 159 96 wW 0 225 E Target Coord System J 0097 302 Y 124 50 59 31 62 W 0 068 E Feld Survey y _ 0068 903 Y 119 0 100 N72 55 50 99 E 0 063 0 067 908 Y 120 0 100 N21 43 31 77 E 0 076 Best FR System Params 0 058 905 y 116 0 100 76 32 1975 E 0 131 i Rotation 95 Precision _ 0057 906 Y 117 0 100 85 45 32 08 E 0 122 E 0 00 00 00 20 00 10 Ll 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 Sey 19 21 80 W 0 032 So scaing 95 Precision 0067 0 069 309 496 ppm 246 3 pom i 0 068 910 Y 106 0 100 NST 14 01 32 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 04 710 19087 on 0 0050 100 oo 912 A E ee A ae Y gt _ 4845 21933 0 056 T oor Translation East 95 Precision _ 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 74 18 57 05 W 0 043 540437714 20 056 Target System Rotation El None Vave Sytem LJ 1547 0268 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130ft Ready To insure that you have effectively reduced the residuals for the held point to zero set TRANSFORM to display northing and easting residuals rather than bearing and distance residuals To switch modes click the Northing amp Easting Residuals on the View menu If you need to see more significant digits either click in the cell containing the residual or adjust the number of significant digits for distances on the Precision tab of the Tools OPTIONS dialog box See also User Transformations 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 201 8 6 U
131. 16521 9865 34287737292 805 10678 9751826521 9788 09323237292 806 10487 2023536521 9775 48722937292 807 10329 8392666521 9621 74418837292 808 10311 6244706521 9603 94841437292 809 10280 9028736521 9573 93355037292 810 10286 1607166521 9688 07011737292 812 10267 7513806521 9670 56975237292 813 10358 4507176521 9649 69745037292 814 10379 9093066521 9670 66239637292 815 10401 3678956521 9691 62734237292 816 10422 8264836521 9712 59228937292 817 10444 2850726521 9733 55723537292 818 10465 7436616521 9754 52218137292 819 10328 8691616521 9585 84536037292 820 10264 6311066521 9672 85902837292 821 10282 1938556521 9690 98051437292 822 10066 3169866521 9364 28408837292 823 10030 5526716521 9329 34251137292 825 10220 8908196521 9704 95030137292 826 10238 4525126521 9723 07256337292 827 10321 9620486521 9809 24771837292 828 10383 7163976521 9865 83515437292 829 10157 8252566521 9782 22698437292 830 10282 1810616521 9910 54703037292 832 10395 1035576521 9876 18938037292 833 10318 3494616521 9733 67173537292 834 10360 1198436521 9776 77542637292 835 10403 3146676521 9818 42113437292 836 10280 2387876521 9766 19265337292 837 10406 1627176521 9886 32323337292 838 10371 8576326521 9886 42590437292 839 10326 0979376521 9906 57654237292 840 10292 2357636521 9921 48801437292 841 10262 5986896521 9928 20379737292 842
132. 2 The transformation base point 3 The translation parameter group 4 The rotation and scaling group Options Pe Je Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey y Transformation Base Point 2 y of rotation scaling amp translation User Translation Orig North 10000 00000 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10000 00000 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Elev 0 00000 User Rotation 4 Scaling Beginning none v EndPoint none y Orig Bra Mod Brg Orig Dist Mod Dist Rotation 15 42 02 68 Scaling 1 000000000000000 System dropdown list Use the dropdown box to select the system you wish to transform Caution If you change any of these settings for a system that is the subject of a best fit transformation TRANSFORM will clear all of its pairings A coordinate system can be transformed by user or transformed by best fit but not both The Base Point A transformation base point should be selected any time the system is rotated scaled or translated by the user Defining a base point insures that the transformed coordinates do not become exaggerated on one axis which can sometimes result in negative values It is customary to select the same base point for a user transformation that had been used by the field party at the start of their fieldwork and that which was a
133. 2 0265 5 a 0100 N3725M4TE 95 Precision E al o0 S 0 50 1707 E 06 70 03 29 40 E E ppm N 74 58 3557 W 1 000 049 583 04 710 0 0050 100 Translation North 6281 18841 Translation East 038 Tol 0100 sse 201639 W 4190 29753 Eo Y 0 100 79 17 4958 W i 1 4 N 41 31 58 64 Ww Target System Rotation a wm 0100 N5835 5637W None Vave 0 0 00 00 95 C1 0 130 ft For information on defining system filters see the section entitled Filters Tab Significant Digits The number of decimal places that are displayed in this view can be configured by selecting Options on the Tools menu and clicking the Precision tab In addition TRANSFORM displays full precision values whenever the cell containing a value is entered as shown below CORTES SATA AA FEO Best Ft Coord System 1981 Highway Layout gt N8r 113357 W S 88 54 02 64 w Sees 4 30 W N 88 37 5367 E N 37 25 34 40 E S60 50 17 07 E S70 03 2340 E System Points Translormatcas N 74 53 35 52 W N 41 31 58 64 W S 58 20 16 39 W S 79 12 4955 Ww N 58 36 5437 W 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 196 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 8 3 For more information on significant digits see the section on User Options Units of Measure You can switch between meters and feet by selecting Options on the Tools menu and clicking the Units tab For more information see the section on User Opti
134. 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 12 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide buttons to see a pop up message explaining what the action will undo or redo You can also see the type of action in the Edit menu You can even use the undo redo feature to simulate or compare two different solutions and its affect on the error ellipses residuals transformation parameters and precisions Limit the points Transform works with by applying label or description filters This powerful feature helps you zero in on those points that are most relevant to the transformation being performed and improves Transform s efficiency by reducing the number of points that must be processed Filters are especially applicable when working with field survey data which can often contain many points that are not associated with the survey being retraced Best fit solutions can be weighted by changing estimated point variances When monuments of differing quality are located such as bounds versus pipes or damaged versus undisturbed weights can be extremely helpful By supplying TRANSFORM with the estimated accuracy or variance of a point TRANSFORM can produce a best fit solution that places a higher weight on more accurate points Target multiple systems using cloned points Occasionally you will need to reproduce a prior survey that ties into another prior survey If the more recent survey references a point on the older survey that no longer exists you can first
135. 3 4 3 Using Import Assistant To start TRANSFORM s IMPORT ASSISTANT either click the Import Assistant toolbar button or click Import Assistant on the Tools menu TRANSFORM open the following dialog Import Points Y Es Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Point Noth Eat v Bev v Desr vw none y File Name Browse gt Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Frish Cancel Hep The IMPORT ASSISTANT has three primary sections enclosed by group boxes The first group box is the Import options the second is the Systems options and the third is the Filter options The first group box allows you to specify the source file and the types of fields contained in each line of the source file The second group box proves a means of selecting or defining which of TRANSFORM s systems will be populated by the source file The third group box contains options that allow you to limit which points contained in the source file will be used to populate each system Order and type of content The six dropdown boxes along the top of the IMPORT ASSISTANT specify the order and types of content contained in each line of the source file Each point must have at a minimum a point identifier a northing and an easting The content in each line of the ASCII text file must be comma delineated 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 1 PrimaCode
136. 3 02500447011 8391 71870810237 O BND 1124 8957 61367808319 8024 59851091821 0 1125 8949 93806814014 8017 96819146017 0 1183 9090 39321270893 7879 46350556971 0 BND BRKN The next section How Export Files 5 2 Using Export Files In addition to TRANSFORM s analytical properties it is also used to modify or transform coordinate systems Typically the modified coordinates exported from TRANSFORM are uploaded to another application such as a data collector COGO program or a CAD program 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Export Assistant 165 Once imported into the new environment you should always compare the coordinates in that application to those same coordinates in TRANSFORM to insure the export file contained the correct coordinates For more information on how to import ASCII text files into other software applications please consult the documentation for that program 6 User Options Using user Options you can configure many of the settings and features of TRANSFORM by clicking Options on the Tools menu Like the IMPORT ASSISTANT and EXPORT ASSISTANT the user OPTIONS dialog also provides several types of context help Pop up tips are available by momentarily holding the mouse over any item Context sensitive help is available by clicking the question mark in the upper right corner and then clicking the item you need help on Pressing F1 while the focus is on any item will open the user s gu
137. 3 102 0 100 42 38 1371 W 0 202 1000049003004718 0 098 90 125 0 100 S73 115996 V 0225 0 0050 100 Mm Translation North 95 Precision 4245 21933 20 056 Translation East 95 Precision 5404 37714 20 056 a Target System Rotation fal None Vee Sytem 15 47 02 697 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130 ft Ready By default TRANSFORM sorts the grid using the best fit point column and it sorts it in ascending order To switch to descending order simply double click the header of that column To sort the grid using the values contained in some other column simple double click the header of that column instead An arrow appears in the header of the column doing the sorting The direction of the arrow indicates the sort order i e ascending or descending order In the example shown above the grid is sorted in ascending order using the values in the distance residual column The next section View s Toolbar 8 16 View s Toolbar TRANSFORM displays a toolbar with buttons for many of the common tasks associated with this view These toolbar buttons are simply a shortcut for selections found in TRANSFORM s menus ELA 538398 TTT HH O The buttons are from left to right e New Project e Open Project e Save Project 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 231 e Print Report e Undo e Redo e Import System Points e Export System Points e Inverse Points e Clone Point e User Transformat
138. 30 M 28 00 379 w Reid Survey l o3 M i N 49 22 17 65 w 032 Y ol Swrarzarre Best Ft System Params 062 _ a N 43 47 2420 E Rotation 95 Precision 059 Y i S76 59 37 44 14 06 1043 20 00 18 Scaling 3425 pom 0 999 657 518 012 875 0 032 100 Translation North 39 44312 Translation East 637030034 i i Target System Rotation None Valve 0 00 00 00 When statistically significant scaling is rolled back TRANSFORM will show the scaling parameters in red text as shown below and will display a red explanation mark to the right of the scaling box which provides additional information when the mouse is held over it Sana bonel Prima Code Tank File Edit View Tools Help SVU OW SS CIA EE EN z Pseudo Pseudo E Best Ft Coord System Ence Rad Best Fit al Link Target Variance Brg Residual DAR i 2 Gilda r amp NGI 47 ETE 3 Target Coord System a SO 1g 4919 E l x saw orassse eae y _N8TOs 5061 W Best Fit System Params p S 19 43 01 82 W i Rotation 95 Precision S 82 56 34 15 W E 14 06 10 43 2000 54 w N 57 42 01 26 W ES Seating 95 Precision 0 0 ppm 1 000 000 000 000000 Q 0 0000 100 Translation North 95 Precision 3932 30269 20 080 Translation East 95 Precision 636896447 20 080 Target System Rotation D None Valve Sytem 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 7 of 7
139. 351 29693 9150 70235 9108 91629 9006 30402 9065 68157 8540 23474 8599 652565 8114278 7985 24950 a ojos The menus provide access to each of the options available for this view of TRANSFORM For more information on this subject see the section entitled Menu Items Toolbar The toolbar provides quick access to some of the most common tasks associated with this view of TRANSFORM To see a description of each toolbar icon momentarily hold the mouse over each toolbar icon For more information on this subject see the section entitled View s Toolbar Coordinate Systems Use the Coordinate System dropdown box to select a coordinate TRANSFORM will display the point labels coordinates and point descriptions for each point contained in the currently selected Coordinate System System s Target Provides the name of the system that was targeted for the Coordinate System s best fit transformation Original or Transformed Coordinate Attributes Use these radio buttons to select which type of coordinate data to display in the point list table Original coordinates denotes an unmodified coordinate usually the imported values Transformed coordinates denote coordinates that have been changed due to a transformation best fit user or no scale Transformation Types Attributes O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 254 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide TRANSFORM uses four radio buttons to indicate how the
140. 4 Subdivision TRANSFORM s concurrent processing engine automatically produces new set of coordinates for the best fit system Therefore viewing modified coordinates for the 1934 Subdivision on the application s System Points tab and the exported modified coordinates will both reflect transformed coordinates without scaling The next section Merging Drawings 3 1 12 Merging Drawings Merging drawings using the information provided by TRANSFORM is very easy While there are a number of ways to do this we will discuss only two of those ways here The first and simplest method by far is to export the transformed coordinates from TRANSFORM and import them into your CAD program This method however will not retain your line work The second method which is a little more complicated merges drawings using AutoCAD s WBLOCK and INSERT commands Using this method you retain your line work and will never need to key in a value Everything is done by copy and paste using full precision values In this section Exporting Coordinates This section discussed how to merge drawings using Transform s EXPORT ASSISTANT to create a comma delimited ASCII text Copying and Pasting The section discussed how to merge two drawings using the windows clipboard to copy enhanced precision values from TRANSFORM and paste them into AutoCAD 3 1 12 1 Exporting Coordinates This section discussed how to merge two drawings using Transform s EXPORT ASSIS
141. 42 91511 9539 21154 9427 88888 9351 29693 9150 70236 9108 91629 9006 30402 9065 68157 8540 29474 af Select labels for Field Survey system 1 9801 82050 2 10000 00000 3 10122 98821 5 9980 13770 6 9415 42846 1 9290 78502 8 9348 88796 9 9710 34594 100 9777 11894 101 9820 80012 102 9846 28907 103 9778 24240 104 10142 11222 105 10148 29684 106 10068 43482 107 10073 48820 109 10108 60989 112 10089 24319 115 10136 06966 9975 78211 9922 19089 9459 82482 m You can select individual points by holding down the control key while clicking different point identifiers with the left mouse button You can select a range of points by simply dragging the mouse over a series of point identifiers while holding down the left mouse button You can select multiple ranges of points by holding down the control key while dragging the mouse over different ranges of points Once you have a selection set complete simply click the OK button to transfer that criterion to the Filter List box TRANSFORM will reduce your selections to a list of ranges separated with commas as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 172 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Option ry ny Fites Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options 9 Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers
142. 48122 9846 28907 10108 60989 9871 69574 9795 23813 9394 58904 9427 19757 9516 04526 9276 69292 9763 52536 9287 74818 af Select descriptions for Field Survey system 10376 85876 10240 34887 9539 21154 9427 88888 9006 30402 9065 68157 8540 29474 8599 66256 8114 27894 7816 22099 7712 43309 7807 76094 10282 17049 9351 29693 7579 35307 7603 68568 7949 35615 7947 18392 7773 66139 8143 03302 7616 60452 8079 46090 BND BRKN BND Leaning cL CL LANE CL LANE CL OLD RD APPR CL OLD RD APPR CLPT CL SIGHT 4FT CL SIGHT 4FT CLT WAY ba ox coa Select any number of the BND descriptions and all other descriptions that start with BND as shown above then click the OK button The FILTERS tab now looks like this O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started os Options Karel Application Corrections Fiters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey X View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Filter List Select O Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Filter List BND Select Notice that a multi character wild card was added for you as shown above and the Include listed descriptions radio button was automatically selected as well Note Point description filters limit Transform s display of points to that set of points that
143. 5 838 Y 171 0 100 N61 29 37 01 E 0 528 y Beat Fit System Params 0 346 839 Y 17 0 100 S21 15 WATE 0561 3 Rawon 95 Precision 0 316 840 Y 173 0 100 S84 014962 E 0 670 E 13 18 18 67 200539 0 296 1 Y 175 0 100 N22 48 11 51 E 0 678 a 95 Precision 0 303 842 Y 157 0 100 S 19 20 4695 W 0899 A ae 2 1642 3 pom 0388 843 Y 156 0 100 S41 15 19 60 W 0 946 0362 Or Y 145 0 100 532 23 43 08 W 0736 0399185 310577 429 0380 845 Y 143 0 100 27 32 1823 W 124 0 0815 100 0370 gss Y 103 0 100 N 45 35 00 40 W 1 010 Zo o CC E Y 7 pa 0279 851 Y 176 0 100 N 50 10 00 57 E 1511 Translabon East 95 Precision _ 0332 852 Y 201 0 100 86 51 3147 E 0 731 381404273 0 269 0 69 853 Y 204 0 100 N 23 06 25 54 E 0 276 0519 ess Y 202 0 100 N34 17 45 06 W 0991 Target System Rotation _ 052 855 Y 101 0 100 N 87 53 39 98 W 0 395 Nene Value Sen ial 028 259 Y 17 0 100 54201 37 01 W 0 658 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 21 of 21 95 Cl 1 442 ft Ready Residuals versus Pseudo Residuals With only one point linked the residuals displayed are still only pseudo values i e values used only to determine proper pairings With two or more pairs linked the residuals reported are no longer pseudo values but rather are now the values that indicate the actual difference between the location of a transformed point and the location of its corresponding fixed point Furthermore with two or mor
144. 501575625 E 0 0 E 908 A 12 0 100 90 00 00 00 E 0 000 Best Ft System Params gt 905 WET 116 0 100 0 000 3 Raton 95 Precision 906 117 0 100 0 032 E 15 42 40 37 907 107 0 100 amp Scal 95 P 910 106 A 38 3 pom _ 913 102 0 100 9 103 0 100 0 999 961 726 316 611 16 100 0 100 0 00387 100 E Translation North 95X Precision 4 628233085 Translation East 95X Precision 418076099 im Target System Rotation 4 O None Value System J 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 2 of 12 95 Cl Ready In addition to being the difference in coordinate positions between the two systems the residuals represent the random errors associated with the best fit solution or that part of the solution that cannot be attributed to one of the solution s four systematic errors or its four transformation parameters How to link points There are two ways to Link point pairs You can either place a check in each of the boxes located in the Link column or you can click the Toggle Link States toolbar button iM which changes all the links at once Toggle link states can also be done from the Edit menu When all pairs are linked TRANSFORM will look like this if you have the filter View Only Paired Points is still enabled 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 108 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide z amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ooz File Edit View Tools Help oun e aa ATA
145. 57 E 02 23 09 40 E N13 41356 E S37 27 02 08 E N07 24 59727 E N83 22 0295 E S365 01 38 54 w N70 0100 82 w S80 54 35 00 W System Ponts Translormatioas 53928898 ISI SEIS Scaling 250 0 ppm 1 000 250 000 000 040 0 0250 100 Translation North 316347911 Translation East 14585 26581 Target System Rotation None Valve 0 00 00 00 Notice that all the residuals are equal to zero in keeping with the original premises of this example which was to eliminate the random errors Notice also that there is still a rotation angle and a scale correction reported for this best fit solution Now let s remove the scaling and look at what happens to the transformation s residuals File Edit View Tools Help EVAR SS IBY Best Fe Coord System 37 24 1928 E N 52 52 52 00 E S 52 52 52 00 W N 52 57 52 07 E S 52 52 52 00 W N 52 57 52 00 E S 52 SZ 52 00 W N 52 57 5200 E S 52 52 52 00 W Target Coord System Best Ft System Params Rotation 22 22 22 00 Scaling 0 0 ppm KSEE SE SIE SE SIE SIE SE SE S Syston Ponts Transtormations 1 000 000 000 000000 0 0000 100 Translation Noth 3161 43875 Transistion East 14580 37072 Target System Rotation 9 None V Sptem 0 00 00 00 O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 268 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide As can be seen from the graphic above the rotation angle does not cha
146. 59 82482 8540 29474 BNO 3 Translormed Coordinates 120 9406 26293 8599 55256 BND 15 121 29234 77260 81142789 E e 124 2531 07619 7816 220 ENO User Transfomation 125 952548122 7807 76034 BNO SAKN aa Best F Transformation 183 9598 17690 771243309 BNO To show the elevation column click Elevation column on the View menu again Doing so places a check mark to the left of that menu item Sorting the table As is the case with the Transformations view the table can be sorted based upon the values contained in any one of the column By default TRANSFORM sorts the table based upon the Point column in ascending order To change the sort order simply double click the column header O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 258 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide File Edit View Tools Help BvVuUsRornss Showing Points 13 of 44 y Sama 9698 17690 771243305 0 00000 BND 2 ceo 952548122 7807 76094 0 00000 BNO BAKN 3 System s Target 9531 07619 7816 22099 0 00000 BND y pone 9234 77360 811427834 0 00000 BND 9406 26293 8599 65256 0 90000 BND 9459 82482 3540 29474 0 00000 END i Cui Sam ation 9922 19089 9065 68157 0 00000 BND Osgnal Coordinates 9975 78211 9006 30402 0 00000 BND Translormed Coordinates 10073 48820 9427 83553 0 00000 BND 10068 43482 953921154 0 00000 BND Not Transformed 9778 24240 10240 34887 0 00000 BND User Tronsiomation 9646 28907 10282 17049
147. 6363 10032 60469 0 00000 45 94 99 804 9972 32077 10028 88098 0 00000 45 98 82 3 805 9988 04311 9982 31093 0 00000 46 48 07 806 9512 14736 9821 64558 0 00000 RP 807 10013 28939 9787 78136 0 00000 48 45 49 808 10001 37630 9611 48465 0 00000 50 22 18 809 9334 41418 9656 55401 0 00000 RP 810 9990 47401 9528 27614 0 00000 51 06 16 811 9989 94808 9525 61499 0 00000 51 08 87 812 9960 95445 9423 49391 0 00000 52 15 13 813 9958 98694 9418 27143 0 00000 52 20 71 814 9957 21528 9413 62766 0 00000 52 25 68 815 9901 24231 9266 91449 0 00000 53 82 70 816 9643 93833 9365 07929 0 00000 RP 817 9778 29994 9124 68665 0 00000 55 74 55 818 9696 13800 9078 76423 0 00000 56 68 67 819 9692 69858 9076 84186 0 00000 56 72 61 820 9089 97108 8739 96200 0 00000 63 63 06 821 9086 53166 8738 03962 0 00000 63 67 00 To select one or more single points hold the control key down while clicking each point with the left mouse button To select a single range of points click the starting point of the range with the left mouse button and drag the mouse to the end of the range while holding down the left mouse button To select multiple point ranges hold the control key down while selecting each range as described above When you click the OK button TRANSFORM places your selections in the EXPORT ASSISTANT Filter list box and automatically selects the radio button to Include listed identifiers by default as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies
148. 7 0 00000 BNO Best Ft Transformation 106 10142 11222 9608 25132 0 00000 REBAR No scale Transformation 105 10148 29684 954291511 0 00000 REBAR 106 10068 43482 953921154 0 00000 BND 7 gt 107 1007348320 9427 83333 0 00000 BNO New Point Sen J How 2 Js 10108 60969 935129693 0 00000 cL Delete Ports Jm 10089 24319 9150 70236 0 00000 REBAR MT 15 10136 05965 910891629 0 00000 REBAR o aq 116 9975 78211 2006 30402 0 00000 BNO _Duploate Sytem Relabei Ports 9922 19089 9065 68157 0 00000 BNO ns 9459 82432 8540 29474 0 00000 BNO 120 3406 26233 8599 66256 0 00000 BND 121 9234 77260 811427894 0 00000 BND 122 9360 45966 7985 24950 0 00000 REBAR E Filtered lists Filters control which points to display in the table shown each of TRANSFORM s views and provide an important means of improving processing speeds for many of TRANSFORM s solutions Filters allow you to limit the list of points in the view s table to certain point ranges and or to points with certain descriptions To define filters for a Coordinate System select Define System Filters on the Tools menu or C click the Define System Filters toolbar button Y O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 236 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide presos ftem Procisions Projects Trarsfomatons Unts f Coord System Field Survey ES View Fiterod Lists To learn more about applying filters see User Options Filters Tab d To selectively e
149. 7 0 00000 END 2 Sne Jm 9459 62482 8540 23474 0 00000 BNO A 120 9406 26233 8599 66256 0 00000 BND pone 121 9234 77350 81142786 0 00000 BND i 122 9360 45955 7985 84350 0 00000 REBAR 124 9531 07619 7816 22089 0 00000 END i Coord Sytem Atsitos 125 9525 48122 7807 760 0 00000 BNO SAKN 6 Ongnal Coordinates 170 9276 692392 814303302 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT 5 171 9287 74818 8079 45050 0 00000 CLT Way a 172 9321 70859 7984 50383 0 00000 CLT WAY 2 ie 173 9389 28283 7878 21634 0 00000 CLT WAY User Transtomation ms 3334 58904 7949 35615 0 00000 CL OLD RD AFPRO Best Ft Transformation 17 9427 19757 7947 18382 0 00000 CL OLD RD AFPRO No scale Transformation 177 763 52535 761660452 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT mi 178 967545279 7661 83276 0 00000 CL TWAY y 180 9545 29722 7741 82176 0 00000 CLTWAY New System New Point Ln AAA S o 9505 45259 7766 74537 0 00000 PC Delete Pote 183 3638 176390 771243303 0 00000 BND Edt Port 9953 43655 756460710 0 00000 SIGHT UMIT 2 f r gt 202 871 69574 7579 35307 0 00000 CL LANE Doini Saen J Rebel Forte 293 9795 23813 760368568 0 00000 CLUANE 208 9695 22539 7651 32692 0 00000 PT _ 205 9332 10226 7964 19855 0 00000 SIGHT LIMIT 2 206 9516 08526 777385139 0 00000 CLPT I 5000 0000 0 00000 0 00000 Showing Points 45 of 45 System Units Feet If you want to add a new point simply right click in the grid and select New Point on the context menu or select the New Poi
150. 7 90441 2591 14262 0 00000 72 84 09 826 4204 68984 2441 05626 0 00000 74 80 56 827 4258 32213 2377 56729 0 00000 75 63 67 900 4244 97871 2475 09027 0 00000 BND 901 4104 58032 2613 67709 0 00000 BND 902 4112 22711 2620 13671 0 00000 BND T s3 azsa IM ooo BND 904 4203 963842 3408 01029 0 00000 BND 905 4862 348384 3645 24874 0 00000 BND 906 4826 80573 3716 91618 0 00000 BND A 907 5070 45518 4024 80337 0 00000 BND F 908 5148 36981 4006 68371 0 00000 BND 909 5173 61795 4115 21211 0 00000 BND 910 5095 69325 4133 33528 0 00000 BND 911 5160 86111 4635 75785 0 00000 BND S 912 5083 89235 4613 92064 0 00000 BND 913 5083 06042 4908 75458 0 00000 BND 914 5006 12045 4886 83211 0 00000 BND 915 4986 54604 4995 45786 0 00000 BND Y While holding down the left mouse button drag over some of the BND descriptions as shown above If your selections include points with differing descriptions your selections will be combined using wild cards Note You can only select point identifiers when you click the Select button for identifiers and you can only select point descriptions when you click the Select button for descriptions You can select multiple ranges of points by holding down the control key while dragging the mouse over a range of point identifiers or descriptions Once you have a selection set complete simply click the OK button to return to the Filter tab Next select the Include listed descriptions radio button as show below O 2012 Pr
151. 7748 50762 8189 70135 8178 78588 7987 69445 8408 05601 7769 52633 8343 86419 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 0 00000 m BND BRKN BND Leaning cL CL LANE CL LANE CL OLD RD APPR CL OLD RD APPR CLPT CL SIGHT 4FT CL SIGHT 4FT CLT WAY When using this method of selecting descriptions be sure to select at least one description for every type you want exported It does not matter if you select the same description more than one time When you click the OK button you are returned to the EXPORT ASSISTANT and your selections are compressed to by removing any duplicate selections and by adding wild card characters before or after matching characters for different descriptions In the above example the selections would be reduced to BND as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Export Assistant 163 8 Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options File Name Export Coordinates bd Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Systems options System Field Survey y Export Original Coords 9 Export Transformed Coords Expos ful procion values Filter options Include all points Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude liste
152. 78 39706 9783 25743 0 00000 3 System Atributes Coord 806 10486 84708 9775 66612 0 00000 Original Coordinates 7 7 10329 65635 9622 10174 0 00000 Transformed Coordinates 808 1031147322 9604 32664 0 00000 t 809 10280 78732 9574 34666 0 00000 Not Trenstomed T so 1028503906 9688 35059 0 00000 User Teanefomation Jen 10267 65111 9670 87056 0 00000 Best Ft Transformation 813 10358 24505 29650 02252 0 00000 No scalle Transformation 814 10379 67871 9570 956310 0 00000 s5 10401 11225 9691 90363 0 00000 New Sytem ES O s6 10422 54601 971224427 0 00000 2 1 ov 10443 97967 9733 78435 0 00000 Delete Sytem are 10865 41332 3754 72544 0 00000 Rename System Edt Port 819 10328 69787 9585 24462 0 00000 Yi gt 820 10264 53447 9673 15718 0 00000 Duplicate System RelabelPoirts Di 82 9691 25761 0 00000 822 10066 45079 9364 94081 0 00000 83 10030 72804 3330 03984 0 00000 825 10220 84501 970521116 0 00000 10238 38623 9723 312 0 00000 Showing Points 57 of 57 System Units Feet Find Point 821 in TRANSFORM s list of transformed coordinates and click in the cell as shown to display a full precision coordinate for comparison with the northing and easting values with those in AutoCAD In most instances there should be only minor differences in the values typically at the fifth or sixth decimal place Repeat this process for several other points to assure yourself that the insertion was performed correctly
153. 791353 O 46 48 07 806 9512 14735554611 9821 64558079326 0 RP 807 10013 289390793 9787 78136245633 O 48 45 49 808 10001 3763004248 9611 48465111041 O 50 22 18 809 9334 41418227833 9656 55401111446 0 RP 810 9990 47401417363 9528 27614341226 O 51 06 16 811 9989 94807649688 9525 61498796833 O 51 08 87 812 9960 95444685079 9423 49390895753 O 52 15 13 813 9958 98693519872 9418 27142541925 0 52 20 71 814 9957 21527765737 9413 62765767453 O 52 25 68 815 9901 24230793658 9266 91449482373 0 53 82 70 816 9643 93832903318 9365 07929167633 0 RP 817 9778 29994167626 9124 6866504615 0 55 74 55 818 9696 13800046838 9078 76423426169 O 56 68 67 819 9692 69858213705 9076 84185514736 0 56 72 61 E 820 9089 97108153586 8739 96199665676 0 63 63 06 821 9086 53166330454 8738 039617 54242 0 63 67 00 822 8991 79925923493 8685 09124728564 0 64 75 52 823 9195 55192628685 8320 54782739566 0 RP 824 8876 52523458208 8051 05010150864 O 72 11 57 825 8923 3259412288 7995 64824400442 0 72 84 09 826 9050 11765154517 7845 55443623636 O 74 80 56 827 9103 75260364366 7782 06231860534 O 75 63 67 828 9844 14292796674 10408 5477495516 0 41 98 22 829 9795 41167530076 10552 8912361104 0 40 45 88 900 9090 40852242482 7879 5901404758 0 BND 901 8950 00317322454 8018 18382975136 O BND 902 8957 65034078217 8024 64377284468 0 BND 903 9084 9459444823 8740 876701109
154. 8 0 00000 CL LANE _ Quplcato Sytem Reisbel Ports H og 95 22539 765132682 0 00000 PT 205 9332 10226 796419865 0 00000 SIGHT LIMIT 2 206 516 04526 777366129 0 00000 CLPT EJ 905 9975 24605 006 18943 0100000 Cloned from 905 oft Showing Points 45 of 45 System Units Feet The coordinates of the cloned point can be viewed but they cannot be edited TRANSFORM maintains a tie between the cloned point and its parent so that if the Best Fit System containing the parent point is changed by adding or removing linked pairs or their variances the coordinates of the cloned point are automatically updated When the cloned point is created TRANSFORM automatically provides a description for the clone which you can now change to your liking When you switch back to the Transformations tab you will notice that the identifier for point 905 is now colored green to indicate that it has been cloned as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Cloned Points 257 Best Ft Coord System gt ai Y 100 83 05 23 75 W 1981 Hgm lek o oy lat IA ose O 100 Sry 115996 W Target Coord System A E S50 59 31 62 W mesas N21 43 31 77 Best Ft System Params 76 32 19 76 E Rotation Ses 45 32 08 E 0 00 00 00 S89 19 21 80 W 70w00 8 8 8 Scaling 49 6 ppm System Ponts Translormatioas NS7 14 01 32 Ww 1 000 043 583 904 710 0 0050 100 Translation North 4845 21933 Transiston East j ME 1
155. 819 10414 78534 9672 46724 0 00000 820 10332 39848 9742 40066 0 00000 Duplicate Salen Pelabel Pointa T 921 10345 33404 9764 04483 0 00000 822 1021011954 939 89276 0 00000 823 10183 32330 9354 72391 0 00000 825 10282 51219 9763 60506 0 00000 826 10295 44654 9785 24380 0 00000 Showing Points 57 of S7 System Units Feet Concurrent processing With two or more pairs linked TRANSFORM computes on the fly best fit solutions whenever you change a link change a target point or change a target s variance With each new concurrent solution TRANSFORM dynamically updates the solution s Rotation Scaling Translation North Translation East each of their precisions all the error radii all the paired point residuals and the solution s overall confidence interval found in the status bar Note Two point transformations are unique solutions since two points provide the minimum number of conditions equations required for a solution Therefore the residuals for a two pair solution are equal to zero and no statistical values for parameter precisions error radii or confidence intervals are displayed As will be seen it is Transform s concurrent processing capabilities that make it such a powerful analytical tool Beginning the analysis process As will be seen in the next section you should always start the analysis process by linking all possible point pairs as show above Notice that once you have all the check marks set lin
156. 981 Highway Layout ok Target System Field Survey When you click the OK button TRANSFORM creates a new point in the currently selected Target System and highlights the point as shown below File Edt View Tools Help A e lt lt ART IEA TNA gt a Label a Northing Easting Elevation Description a EE ns l 3459 82482 540 29474 0 00000 2 biSow 12 3406 26293 2599 66256 0 00000 BND S Sytem Tapa ta 9234 77360 8114 27898 0 00000 END 2 a 122 9360 45966 7985 84950 0 00000 REBAR 124 531 07619 781622039 0 00000 BND 125 9525 48122 7807 76098 0 00000 BND BRKN 3 Coord Sytem Atbutos Hiro 9276 69292 8143 03302 0 00000 ICL SIGHT 4FT Ogna Coordinates Com 9287 74818 8079 46090 0 00000 CLT WAY Transtommed Coordinates 172 321 70859 7384 50983 0 00000 CLT WAY a 173 389 29293 7878 21634 0 00000 CLT WAY l Not Transformed Ws 9394 58904 7949 35515 0 00000 CL OLD RD APPRO User Transformation 1 9427 19757 7947 18392 0 00000 CL OLD RD APPRO Best Ft Transtommation ww 9763 52536 7616 60452 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT No tcale Transformation 1 9675 45279 765183276 0 00000 CL Tway 180 954529722 774182176 0 00000 CL TWAY 181 3505 48259 7766 74537 0 00000 PC New Sytem Now Powe 183 2698 17690 771243309 0 00000 enD Delete Ports 20 9953 42655 756460710 0 00000 SIGHT UMIT 2 El f Edt Point 202 9871 69574 7579 35307 0 00000 CL LANE 203 9795 23813 7603 6356
157. AO EA EE E 2 Best Ft C Sytem Erer Rad tle al Link Teost a Beg Residual lela 1 1 11 Y 1 eG 361 Hotway Layat 0107 301 Y 125 0 100 0 183 3 Target Coord System _ 0106 902 Y 124 0 100 19 57 07 35 W 0 033 Ped Survey 007 303 Y 19 0 100 N 87 2007 77 E 0 103 _ 0075 90 Y 120 0 100 N53 10 33 10 E 0 108 g Benfit System Params gt 0067 905 Y 116 0 100 68 44 2167 E 0 155 3 Rotation 95 Precision 0 068 906 Y 7 0 100 77 18 06 84 E 0 148 q ua Halio 0073 907 Y 107 0 100 N 10 33 36 77 W 0 022 E Scaling 95 Precision _ 0076 910 Y 106 0 100 0 044 ros Foie 0 10 913 Y 02 0 100 0 166 0 108 1 Y 103 0 100 0 042 ae om 916 Y 100 0 100 0 063 0 0054 100 Translation North 95 Precision 6281 23437 20 065 Translation East 95 Precision 4190 78947 0 065 Target System Rotation O None Valve Sytem 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 12 of 12 95 C1 0 167 ft Ready Notice Transform s status bar now show 12 of 12 Linked Pairs and a 95 Confidence Interval of 0 167 feet These values are also updated concurrently with each user action Concurrent processing With two or more pairs linked TRANSFORM computes a new best fit solution whenever you change a link change a target point or change a target s variance With each new concurrent solution TRANSFORM dynamically updates the solution s Rotation Scaling Translation North Translation East each of their precisions all
158. ASCII text files are the primary means of importing and exporting coordinates from TRANSFORM Each line of these files defines a single coordinate position The data defining each point is comma delimited Best Fit A best fit solution is unique in that the sum of the squared errors residuals times their respective weights will always be minimized Therefore there it is not mathematically possible to find another solution that will result in less collective error Cloned Point Cloning a point creates a new coordinate position in another system having coordinates that dynamically update based upon the transformed coordinates of the parent Using cloned points the best fit system can seemingly reference target points in more than one system Confidence Interval The confidence interval CI is the precision of the solution It is a probabilistic value derived from the selected confidence level and the solution s standard deviation The CI is similar in nature to each transformed point s error radii Note a 68 confidence interval is equivalent to the solution s Standard Deviation Confidence Level Confidence levels associate a probability with any one of the solution s precision values such as the solution s confidence interval its error radii and the precisions for each of the four transformation parameters These values help define the upper and lower limits by which the true value might vary based upon different sets of obser
159. Doe Surveying Inc Project Name Project 1 Project Number Date Last Changed Tuesday July 06 2010 Time Last Changed 4 30 16 PM A Show this information on printed reports User Name The name of the person who created the TRANSFORM project Company Name The company where the TRANSFORM project was created Project Name The name used to identify the project The default name is file name that was used to save the project O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 178 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Project Number The text number used to identify this project in the company s records Date Last Changed The date this project was last opened and changed This is a read only field that is updated each time the project is changed Time Last Changed The time this project was last opened and changed This is a read only field that is updated each time the project is changed Show on printed reports When checked will cause any non empty filed on this tab to be printed on all reports The next section Transformations Tab 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 179 6 6 Transformations Tab TRANSFORM uses the Transformations tab of the Options dialog to provide a means of viewing the current state of each coordinate system and provides a means to manually transforming a system that is being used as a Target System There are four primary sections to this tab 1 The system dropdown list
160. Export Assistant 159 EE Pate E Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems aa options File Name Export Coordinates bd Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Systems options Syn Export Transformed Coords i Export Original Coords Modify Labels V Export full precision values Filter options D Include all points Exclude all points 0 Include listed identifiers gt Exclude listed identifiers Filter List 800 803 805 808 813 817 Include listed descriptions gt Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Alternatively if you has selected points to exclude in the CONTENTS DIALOG then you would need to select the Exclude listed identifiers radio button instead Modifying point labels With EXPORT ASSISTANT still open switch the System to Field Survey as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 160 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ME EAE a Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems File Name Export Coordinates bd Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Systems options System Field Survey Export Original Coords 0 Export Transformed Coords Modify Labels V Export full precision values Filter options gt Include all points Exclude all points gt Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List gt Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List
161. Guide si Insert sz Name new block v Browse L a ay Path i Insertion point Scale Rotation Specify On screen Specify On screen Specify On screen X 9131 56194294844 X 000049583904710 Angle 0 0000 Y 9515 45088344004 1 00004958390471 Block Unit Unit Z 0 0000 1 00004958390471 Feet Factor V Uniform Scale or 1 0000 _ Explode ok Cancel Hep Screen shot from AutoCAD 2009 Click the Browse button to find and open the new block drawing created in the last step for the 1981 Highway Layout Set the check box for Uniform Scale in the INSERT dialog box Switch back to Transform s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and copy the four Insert Block values and paste them into AutoCAD s INSERT dialog as shown above Click the INSERT dialog s OK button to complete the insertion process Validating the results Compare the coordinates of at least two points in AutoCAD with the same coordinates in TRANSFORM to be sure they are the same Alternatively you can also compare the residuals displayed in TRANSFORM to inverses of those same points in AutoCAD to insure they are the same If the coordinates do not check use AutoCAD s Undo feature to reverse the insert Then repeat the insert process using the opposite sign for the rotation angle The next section Combining Drawings Using AutoCAD Commands 3 2 13 4 Combining Drawings Using AutoCAD Commands This option involves copying one drawing and p
162. INVERSE dialog box opened Inverse Points 83 First Point s System Second Point s System 1981 Highway Layout Field Survey y Original Coords Transformed Coords Original Coords Transformed Coords First Point Bearing Distance Second Point 901 S 88 54 02 64 W 0 225 125 Select the desired system for the first point and second point using the two system dropdown boxes Choose which type of coordinates to use for the first and second points original or modified coordinates Enter a point identifier for the first point and the second point 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 260 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Tip Pressing the Enter key on the keyboard will move you between the first point text box and the second point text box Using INVERSE you can easily compare what TRANSFORM reports for residuals as shown below with a direct inverse as shown above E Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ol oz File Edit View Tools Help BOUSO 2 IB BVWE VAR a Error Rad Best Fit a Link Target Variance Brg Residual Ost Residual a Oeno om 90 mw w 010 NSI ITs5srWw 0128 Slide Leen pl 08 wm 125 010 seesrozerW 0225 T Target Coord System 0 097 302 Y 124 0 100 S 66 41 34 30 W 0 058 feld Survey a 0 068 903 Y 113 0 100 N88 37 5367 E 0 063 oe 0 067 905 Y 120 0 100 N 37 25 440 E 0 076 g Bestft System Params os 205 Y 116 0 100 60 50 17 07 E 0
163. Link Target Variance Brg Residual Ost Residual E 0 101 200 Y 183 0 100 S83 05 2375 W 0 128 Hola Lot o0se 901 125 0 100 11599 y T Taget Coord System 0097 902 Y 124 0 100 50 59 31 62 W 0 058 Feld Survey ol 0 068 903 Y 19 0 100 N 72 55 5099 E 0 063 E 0067 905 Y 120 0 100 N21 43 3172 E 0 076 g Boef System Params oos 205 Y 116 0 100 S76 32 1976 E 0 131 E Rotation 95 Precision 0 057 906 y 117 0 100 S85 45 3208 E 0 122 0 00 00 00 20 OF 10 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 89 19 21 80 W 0 032 g Sealing 95 Precision j 0067 908 496 ppm 246 3 ppm i 0069 209 0 068 910 Y 108 0 100 NS 14 01 32 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 087 31 0 0050 100 008 912 imanna sree o mou 484521933 20 056 0 0 2 0 101 915 Translation East 95 Precision b 0 103 mn TF 100 0 100 N 74 18 57 05 W 0 043 5404 37714 20 056 Target System Rotation None Vale O System j 1581 Highway Layout HS Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Ci 0 1350 ft Ready Once the Best Fit radio button is selected TRANSFORM manages the Best Fit and Target System rotation for you such that the Best Fit system will never have any rotation This means that you are free to change Links and Variances and TRANSFORM will maintain a zero rotation for the Best Fit system by continuously updating the amount of Target system rotation necessary to do so As was the case for the Value option TRANSFORM searches for an assumed coordina
164. PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 2012 PrimaCode Technologies by PrimaCode Technologies All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompanyit In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for anyloss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Printed April 2012 in Windsor MA 2 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Table of Contents Part I Part Il kh N Part Ill 2 Foreword 0 Introduction 6 About Transform 7 Key Benefits Of TranS OrM 0 nnmnnn 8 Typical Uses of Transform ov icon e ica dai 9 Transform Feature Lido A ia 10 Terminology and Methodology omccoocccconccccncccnncccnnncnonannnoncnnnnnnnnnnrnnanennnnnnnnnrrnnnncnanarenan
165. PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 9 System Points View The system points view is where systems and coordinates are viewed created edited and deleted The system points view is accessed by clicking the System Points tab along the left edge of the application In This Section View s Elements Configuration Options Define New System Delete System Rename System Duplicate System Define Points Delete Points Edit Points Relabel Points Undo Redo Options View s Toolbar View s Status Bar 9 1 View s Elements This section describes the various items that comprise TRANSFORM s System Points view and their function 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 233 File Edit View vu e Cocedinate System Field Survey System s Target hone Transtormators Systom Poets Menus E Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform Help 33 VO EEE Eas IUCN Northing 801 2050 10000 00000 10122 98321 9980 13770 9415 42846 290 7 9348 837 9710 4596 9777 11834 9820 80012 9846 28907 9778 24240 10142 11222 10143 23634 10063 43482 10073 48320 10108 60989 10089 24319 10136 05955 9975 78211 9922 19089 9459 82432 9406 26293 9234 77360 9360 45965 anna nnan Easing 10236 18110 10000 00000 9590 23939 9031 98391 8582 31317 8245 90954 7897 06405 7625 19386 10376 85876 10316 80213 10282 17049 10240 34837 9608 25132 954291511 9539 21154 9427 23333 9
166. RM s coordinate system and the coordinate values can be a mix of original and modified coordinate values The EXPORT ASSISTANT can also append data to the end of an existing ASCII text file to help facilitate the creation of a single export file The EXPORT ASSISTANT allows you to choose which points to export from a given system by applying identifier and description filters to each system The EXPORT ASSISTANT allows you to control how many decimal places coordinates in the file will have by setting or clearing the Export full precision values check box When this option is checked the default setting the EXPORT ASSISTANT will export full precision values This is the best option when coordinates are to be used to merge drawings since it minimizes round off errors However when this setting is cleared the exported coordinates will have the number of decimal places set on the Precisions tab of the Options dialog this section Using Export Assistant This section explains how to create an ASCII text file using TRANSFORM How Export Files Are Used This section explains concepts associated with using ASCII text files by other products See Also Import Assistant Precisions Tab 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Export Assistant 155 5 1 Using Export Assistant To start TRANSFORM s EXPORT ASSISTANT either click the Export Assistant toolbar button or click Export Assistant on the Tools menu TRANSFORM displays the following
167. ROTATE on the command line AutoCAD prompts you to Select objects Type ALL and press Enter on the keyboard twice 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started e AutoCAD prompts you to Specify base point Zoom into point 1 and select its node AutoCAD then prompts you to Specify rotation angle Switch back to TRANSFORM and select the None radio button to put the amount of the Best Fit system s rotation in the Transform Parameters Rotation box with no rotation applied to the Field Survey s meridian Switching back to the target system s original meridian is simply to capture the rotation angle for input into CAD E 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Trans oca File Edit View Tools Help e lt KAE MEEA PA A EEE Bet Go Sen IC TO Y 171 y rw 71 f g EASbdiin J 0 383 832 Y 166 0 100 N87 27 3027 E 0 560 3 4 3 Target Coord Systom 0402 833 Y 160 0 100 N 67 12 56 08 W 0 902 Reid Survey 039 837 Y 167 0 100 N 84 16 27 20 E 0 608 0358 838 Y 71 0 100 NSS IT RAT E 0 559 y Bestft System Params 0315 2839 Y 172 0 100 S24 255135 0 525 3 Rerston 95 Precision 0289 840 Y 173 0 100 96 53 59 08 E 0 689 g 134144775 7 20 05 05 ozn 841 Y 175 0 100 N23 59 55 55 E 0 709 pa Scaing 95 Precision _ 0281 842 Y 157 0 100 S19 35 2551 wW asos Saa 1475 1 pom _ 0358 843 Y 156 0 100 42 20 35 54 Ww 0 388 _ 033 844 Y 145 0 100 32 52 49 87 W 0 778 0 998 837 966 721 661
168. Residual S am gt b 0 101 nO 183 0 100 S83 43 2643 W 0 128 Helmet Laot J 00 901 125 0 100 TE T Target Coord System 0097 302 Y 124 0 100 S51 4124 30 W 0 058 Field Survey 0 068 903 Y 19 0 100 N 73 37 5367 E 0 063 _ 0067 90 Y 120 0 100 N22 25 440 E 0 076 g DAR Sytem Poms 0058 905 Y 116 0 100 75 50 17 07 E 0 131 E Rotation 95 Precision 0 057 906 y 17 0 100 85 03 29 40 E 0 122 0 47 02 68 20 00 10 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 N 89 58 35 52 W 0 032 3 f gt a Scaling 95 Precision 0067 908 496 pom 1469 ppm pa _ 00 s 0 068 310 Y 106 0 100 N 56 31 58 64 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 087 911 7 0 0050 100 0 084 912 Translation Noth 95 Precision oom a m oe FFEN E 490180930 20056 0 Y 03 0 64 17 49 58 W 0 067 0 101 315 Transistion East 95 Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 73 36 54 37 W 0 043 5341 67791 20 056 Target System Rotation None O Vale System 15 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Ci 0 1350 ft Ready Following a user transformation of the Target system TRANSFORM works just the same as was the case when the Value radio button was selected i e the Target meridian rotation will remain fixed until you either manually change it as noted above or you click the Value button At any time you can switch between any one of the three Target Meridian options and TRANSFORM will automatically transform the currently selected Best F
169. Second once the first retracing land surveyor has reported the locations of physical evidence in this manner a second retracing land surveyor using the original survey s measurements instead of what was actually found by the first retracing land surveyor the second retracing land surveyor will not be able to put one of these monuments back in it original location or as closely as is humanly possible since he or she does not know the monument s actual location at the time of the first retracement survey Had the retracing land surveyor reported exactly what he or she had found then any subsequent land surveyor would have the information necessary to replace one of these original monuments in the event that it is damaged or destroyed The courts recognized that all measurement has error This is true even today for measurements made with modern EDM devices This undisputable fact is one of the reasons the courts have ruled that original monuments have more weight than the measurements used to describe them Since no measurement is absolute to give the measurement more weight than the monument would leave all boundaries in determent since no two surveyors would ever agree exactly on how to reproduce those measurements Instead the courts wisely choose to consider original and undisturbed monuments to have no error Evidence and Procedures for Boundary Location 3 4 edition Brown Robillard Wilson 12 23 Uncertainty of Position Caused by Measureme
170. TANT and an AutoCAD add on program to import those points Typically the first step will be to use TRANSFORM to create a comma delimited ASCII text file containing the transformed coordinates of the best fit system The second step is to import those transformed coordinates into your fieldwork drawing in AutoCAD using an add on program such as Carlson s SurvCadd or AutoDesk s Sruvey LDD Note when using this method you must re draw all line work and symbols if the best fit transformation was done with scaling If you do not redraw the line work then lines will not terminate at a point node or its corresponding symbol Start the Export Assistant Start by checking TRANSFORM to insure it is still in the state at the conclusion of the last section by checking that there are still 19 of 21 Linked pairs the Target Meridian is set to System and the Scaling is equal 1 0000000000 as show below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started z amp 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform Lollo z File Edit View Tools Help RAT TEO TEE E TO Best Ft Coord System g 1924 Subdvision z 830 S 19 55 18 50 W 3 Target Coord System en Y 90 55 3178 E t mn TAN EJ 837 Y 84 13 1255 E Best Fa System Params 838 Y N66 24 5295 E Retation 95 Precision 839 Y S 30 46 01537 E E 0 00r0000 2004 227 840 Y 89 28 0875 E ot Y N 12 31 0196 E A sane SS Podam 842 Y 00 33 10 05 E 00ppm 243 Y S 1624
171. To begin type Insert on the AutoCAD command line and press the Enter key This will open INSERT dialog as shown below fr Insert sz Name new block v Browse L aoi Path Ww po Insertion point Scale Rotation Specify On screen Specify On screen Specify On screen X 9131 56194294844 X 000049583904710 Angle 0 0000 Y 9515 45088844004 1 00004958390471 Block Unit Unt Feet Z 0 0000 Factor 1 9000 Explode oK Cancel Help Screen shot from AutoCAD 2000 Insertion point Copy the Insertion point coordinates from Insert Block group of TRANSFORM s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and paste them into the X amp Y Insertion point boxes of AutoCAD s INSERT dialog as show above The Insertion point coordinates generated by TRANSFORM are the equivalent of the Write Block group s Base point coordinates after applying TRANSFORM s Transformation Parameters Scale Copy the Scale factor contained in the Insert Block group box of TRANSFORM s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and paste it into the X box of the Scale group in AutoCAD s INSERT dialog and then click the Uniform Scale check box as shown above This scale factor is the same as that shown in TRANSFORM s Transformations Parameters group and is the difference in unit length between the measuring devices used for the two different surveys 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Merging Drawings 253 Rotation Copy the Rotation angle contained in the Insert Block group
172. To change the name of a system select the system in the system name box and replace the name you want to change with a new system name The next section Duplicate System Duplicate System The currently selected Coordinate System can be duplicated by clicking the Duplicate System button System Poms Showing Points 17 of SO Easing 2475 109027 261367708 2620 136571 333633413 408 01029 3645 24874 371691618 4024 80337 4006 63371 411521211 13158 4635 75785 4613 92064 43908 75458 4895 83211 4995 45735 501852771 Elevation Description 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BND 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BNO 0 00000 BND This process will copy all the coordinate points and the system filters but it will not copy pairs or links A condition of a duplicated Coordinate System is that it must have a different name so when the 1981 Highway Layout was duplicated as shown above TRANSFORM add copy 1 to it name The next section Define Points 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 241 9 7 Define Points Points can be added to any Coordinate System by importing them or by defining them from within TRANSFORM fr amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help gt IEA E A ba Northing I
173. Tools gt Options dialog The default value for Maximum Allowable Scaling is 0 5 feet per 100 feet or 5000 ppm which should be more than enough to accommodate even some of the most unusual circumstances When a base point has been selected the rotation will take place at the selected point This means that all of the system s coordinates except the selected base point will now have both an original value and a modified value 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 181 Rotation amp Scaling by reference method This method involves selecting a line between any two points in the coordinate system and then providing the desired or target bearing and distance at the completion of the user transformation Start by selecting a line to base the user rotation and or scaling by selecting a beginning point and ending point as shown below r Options CAES Application Corrections Fiters Precisions Projects Transformations Units _ System Field Survey Transformation Base Point 2 v of rotation scaling amp translation User Translation Orig North 10000 00000 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10000 00000 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Bev 0 00000 Mod Hev 0 00000 User Rotation amp Scaling Beginning 2 M End Point 3 Orig Brg N 73 17 35 00 W Mod Brg N 88 59 37 68 W Orig Dist 427 820 Mod Dist 427 820 Rotation 15 42 02 68 Scaling 1 0000000000
174. Transform User s Guide TRANSFORM makes a record of your preferences and restores them each time the IMPORT ASSISTANT or EXPORT ASSISTANT is started Source file name The File Name box is where you enter the name of the ASCII text file that contains the coordinate points to be imported TRANSFORM will look for this file in the folder designated in the Located In text box To change the destination file click the Browse button and select the file containing the coordinates you wish to import r Open ASCI Text File Ees GO Transformation Samples Highway Example X 4 Search Highway Example p Organize v New folder By Hl oe Favorites Documents library ee takes HZ Desktop Highway Example Je Downloads 11981 Highway Layout Coords txt El R Pl Ss _ Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coords txt _ Field Survey Coords txt A Libraries Documents Py Music Pictures E Videos El Computer amp Local Disk C a Local Archives F wes Removable Disk J Ed data massgis state ma us File name y ASCI Text files asc auf cs y Open M Cancel When you click the Open button you are returned to the IMPORT ASSISTANT and the File Name and Located In boxes are updated Once the source file has been selected and has been validated against the designated import fields the IMPORT ASSISTANT enables the Systems options group box as below 2012 PrimaCode Technolo
175. Transform ola lisa File Edit View Tools Help e ae A ETIOPIA TAB 2 Best Coord System Error Rad BestFit Link Target Vanance sd aid E 1 1 S Z 1934 Subdivision p 30 74 0 100 x Target Coord System 832 166 0 100 E Reid Survey 833 160 0 100 67 55 49 95 44 jas L 837 167 0 100 S 45 28 42 4 5 Best Ft System Params _ 838 171 0 100 3 Rewon 95X Precision L 839 172 0 100 E 840 173 0 100 841 175 0 100 fil 9 2 842 157 0 100 843 156 0 100 Oss 145 0 100 845 143 0 100 n _ 848 103 0 100 Translation North 95 Precision 849 206 0 100 e 187 0 100 Translation East 95 Precision _ 851 176 0 100 852 201 0 100 E 4 853 204 0 100 554 01 i 45 tot rn o z e O None 859 177 0 100 Linked Pairs 0 of 21 95 Cl Ready When all pairs are linked TRANSFORM will look like the next image if you still have the View only paired points enabled 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 4 Fr amp 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform elas File Edit View Tools Help A e lt I RATE ETA A EEE TO Y Best Coord System Emor Rad Best Fit a link Target Variance Brg Residual _Dst Residual G gt gt 0310 820 0 174 0 100 29 57 39 05 W 0 504 Soden 0 423 832 Y 165 0 100 S85 20 08 75 E 0 562 T Target Coord System 0 440 833 Y 160 0 100 N67 55 49 95 W 0 844 Fred Survey mj 0433 7 Y 167 0 100 88 46 2847 E 0 605 ES 039
176. Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual 2 900 Y 183 0 100 S 83 06 23 75 W 0 128 E 1981 Highway Layout 901 125 0 100 S 73 1159 96 W 0 225 o 3 Target Coord System 902 Y 124 0 100 S 50 59 31 62 W 0 058 Field Survey 903 Y 119 0 100 N 72 55 50 99 E 0 063 o 904 Y 120 0 100 N 21 43 31 72 E 0 076 g See ec 905 Y 116 0 100 S 76 32 19 76 E 0 131 ig Rotation 95 Precision 906 Y 117 0 100 S 85 45 32 08 E 0 122 5 0 00 00 00 0 00 10 907 Y 107 0 100 S 89 19 21 80 W 0 032 2 Scaling 95 Precision 908 49 6 ppm 46 3 ppm 909 910 Y 106 0 100 N 57 14 01 32 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 Sit 0 0050 100 912 Teona S5 eseon gt 2 eee 484521933 0 056 SiE Y Translation East 95 Precision 916 Y 100 0 100 N 74 18 57 05 W 0 043 5404 37714 0 056 E Target System Rotation None 9 Value System 15 42 02 68 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130 ft Ready Estimated positional uncertainty The error radius is the precision positional uncertainty of the transformed system s theoretical coordinates for a given confidence level Error radius uses Therefore you can use these values to limit the search area when looking for monuments you can use it to validate traditional style computations or you can use it to determine compliance with positional tolerances When using the error radius to validate traditional computations you compare the coordinates of the poin
177. View menu Description Columns You can also selective show or hide a description column for the Best Fit points and or the Target points as shown below a amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform SI am File Edit View Tools Help 2 e lt lt RATE PTA A EE ET i Best Ft Coord System Error Rad Beat Fat a Deser Link Target Deser Variance Brg Residual Le 2 RB Leite Layos bj om xo leno m 183 eno 0100 NOrilsssrw 0128 3 Tart Coord System _ 0 098 901 END 125 BNDERKN 0 100 5835002644 0 225 E _ 0097 x2 BND S 124 BND 0100 Seearusrw 0 068 bees gt 7 0068 so END S 119 BND 0100 N88 375367E 0063 Best Ft System Params 0 067 sos END Y 120 END 0100 N 37 25 U 40 E 0 076 i Rotation 95 Precision 0 058 s05 BNO Y 116 BND 0 100 S 60 50 17 07 E 0 131 E 15 47 0263 0 00 12 _ 0 057 6 BND Y 17 END 0 100 70 03 23 40 E 0 122 7 0 065 s07 BNO Y 107 END 0 100 N 74 SS 35 52 W 0 032 aA szedi _ 0067 906 BND 49 6 pom t 57 1 ppm 0 069 w ENO 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 068 910 END Y 106 BND 0100 N41 315854 w 0 038 0 0050 100 0 087 911 BND e 0 0684 912 END a Seeds iil ooe 913 EM 102 ND 0100 sse20163rw 020 6281 18841 20 056 oos sw leo 103 BND 0100 S791Z4958 w 0067 Translation East 95 Precision _ 0 101 95 BNO 419089753 0 056 ow 916 leno 100 BND
178. Y 103 0 100 N 69 44 06 57 W 0 042 1 000 054 421 377 820 om 916 Y 100 0 100 N11 460261 W 0 053 0 0054 100 Translation North 95 Precision 628122437 0 065 Translation East 95 Precision I 4190 78947 0 065 I Target System Rotation None Valve Sytem 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 12 of 12 95 Cl 0 167 ft Ready Linked Pair Restrictions TRANSFORM will not allow you to link to the same target point more than one time since this would create an unbalanced or distorted best fit solution Doing so would also imply that you have more than one coordinate position defined in the Best Fit System marked by a single point in the Target System which in turn means that both of those best fit points are really the same The next section Working with variances 8 9 Working with variances TRANSFORM uses the paired point variances to perform weighted best fit transformations When all paired point variances are equal all weights will be equal and therefore the variance values will no affect on the best fit solution What are variances A variance is a measure of the estimated accuracy or reliability of the paired point In practice you can generally think of a point s variance as the reliability of the target point instead of the combined reliability of the subject and target points The default variance TRANSFORM automatically provides the default value for each new pairing of a Best Fit point to a Targ
179. You can also add rename or delete systems here as well Target point list are sorted by location relative to Subject system points When choosing a target system point to pair with a best fit system point the system being transformed the target point list is sorted by order of each point being a viable pair TRANSFORM places the target point with the highest probability of being a pair at the top of the list TRANSFORM also shows you the description of each target point as an additional aid in pairing points Find all the coordinate pairs common to two systems with a single click TRANSFORM can detect all coordinate positions that are common to the two systems being compared as long as you take care to limit what TRANSFORM looks at by application of system filters Filtering allows you to limit Transform s searches to only those points that fall within a certain range or that have a certain description TRANSFORM also allows you to limit the search by varying the size of the search radius around each of the prior survey s points and by varying the allowable scaling that can be applied to the prior survey Detect pairs can be used to remove bad pairs as well as find new pairs Undo or redo any number of operations that resulted in changed data Restore any number of prior results by repeatedly clicking the undo toolbar button Reverse the process by repeatedly clicking the redo button Hold the mouse momentarily over the toolbar
180. a system after it has been best fit to another coordinate system This group of values also includes a precision value for each of the four transformation parameters at a given statistical confidence interval e g 95 Application of parameters TRANSFORM uses the following formulas to compute modified coordinates for any system that has been transformed X S cos 0 x S sin 6 T Y S sin 0 x Scos0 y T X and Y equal the transformed coordinates S the scaling 6 the rotation angle x and y equal the original coordinates Ty and T the translation along the x and y axes respectively Note Two of these four parameters rotation and scaling can be used independent of the formulas The other two parameters translation X and translation Y are only relevant in the context of the above formulas and cannot be used independently Rotation Parameter 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 225 The Rotation parameter is the statistically most probable difference between the meridian of the system being transformed and the fixed system being targeted The rotation parameter s Precision is the amount by which the rotation parameter might vary based upon the selected confidence level e g 95 When the Rotation text box is entered TRANSFORM switches from display mode to read mode In read mode TRANSFORM will display all possible significant digits for copying and pasting into other program
181. ability Field Survey This is the default system created by TRANSFORM to contain recent on the ground locations This is the one system in TRANSFORM that cannot be scaled Filter TRANSFORM uses filters to limit which points to display in lists You can also use filters to improve the performance of TRANSFORM when systems contain large number of point records Identifier A point identifier aka label or tag is the term used to identify a particular point record This terminology is used instead of the more traditional term point number since identifiers in TRANSFORM can contain both letters and numbers Inverse Inverse is a term coined from land surveying texts that refers to the process of converting the difference in northing and easting for two points into a direction and distance Least Squares Least squares adjustments are rigorously based upon a theory of mathematical probabilities that minimize the sum of the squares of the errors times their respective weights resulting in a set of errors that have the highest probability of occurrence Link TRANSFORM links a best fit system point with a target system point when the user places a check mark in the link column The collection of all linked points forms the basis of a best fit transformation of the best fit system Linked Pair A linked pair is a paired point that has its linked state set to true Linked Point A linked point is either of the two points that make up a lin
182. aired Points option if the best fit system contains more points than can be viewed in Transform s table without being scrolled gt When this feature is enabled the View Only Paired Points toolbar button amp will be highlighted as shown below Note This procedure could also have been run without first defining any pairs by simply clicking the Detect Point Pairs toolbar button providing the Field Survey system had been filtered After running Detect Paired Points TRANSFORM will look like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help r aa SEME ELECE AA OA A EE ET Best Ft Coord System Error Rad Best Fa al Link Target Variance ir x 4 i 2 194 3tchidon gt 830 174 0 100 3 Target Coord System 832 166 0 100 s 833 160 0 100 Reid Survey 837 167 0 100 s Best Ft System Params 838 171 0 100 S Patton 95 Precision 839 172 0 100 E 840 173 0 100 z 841 7s 0 100 a Scaling 95 Precision 882 157 0 100 23 156 0 100 gas 145 0 100 845 143 0 100 843 103 0 100 Translation North 95 Precision 849 206 0 100 850 187 0 100 Translation East 95 Precision 851 176 0 100 852 201 0 100 853 204 0 100 200 0 0 Tet Stem Paton aes s N enum 259 177 0 100 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 0 of 21 95 C1 Ready Review status bar The status bar along the bottom of TRANSFORM now displays 0 of 21 Liked Pairs I
183. an sbaen Fa ieaiaia 155 2 USINg EXportFleS di iii 164 Part VI User Options 165 1 Application Tab es ciegese ii soe a Eaa eaae aaki aaa 166 2 COTECONS TaD ii E T E AT 167 3 Filters aD mn aa a a a a e a A e aa a a a K aa AA 168 4 PrecCiSiIONs Tab wisicisisissscivscasseevecacevccsvascceveiecenevieacarseecesteuravesenevecasevesdvaseestadasiwantvaratenstoasteres 175 Projects Tab iii size cia tie sateen ca thc alee oi cad as 177 6 Transformations Tab coi idad Aaa 179 TAE o E E E E A eee 181 Part VII Transform Projects 184 T Saving a Project A OO 184 2 Opening a Froe t nran e e ana a VA e a a a e ERAN A E aa e 185 Part VIII Transformations View 186 1 View s Element iii ci 186 2 Configuration Option ici 190 3 Best fit Transformations ii 196 A No scal Transformations sic ccsesdscvccsi recess resin facts a iia 197 5 Fixed Point TransformatiONS ccocccoccccccnccnccnnonanennnonnnnononaronnronnrnnnrnanrnnnnnnnnnannnarenarenarennennne 199 6 User Transformations 2 2ssiciv cih a aa Set A seven ee beeen 201 T RalringPolMtS iii iii ed 203 9 Linki g Pa ii A Aa as 209 9 Working with VArianc s oi cat 214 10 Weighted Solutions iiiies iets ieeciccscececn cd dese dde sence didi ivescccasneennddseeenstuantie 216 1T Residual Analysis A iao adana ardan inaia airdean 217 12 Error Rad a id 222 O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 4 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 13 14 15 16 17 Part IX O AN Oo FP OQ N a odo don O N a O
184. ances and performs un weighted best fit solutions Weighted transformations can also be a very useful tool when there are a limited number of paired points to work with and you have reason to believe that some of the points may have been damaged Damaged points can then be given a larger variance hence a lower weight TIP To hide the variance column remove the check mark on the menu item Variance column in the View menu TRANSFORM offers this option to simplify the transformation view by hiding a column if it is seldom used See Also Variances The next section Linking Pairs 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 106 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 2 7 Linking Pairs Linking point pairs is how TRANSFORM knows which points in the two systems being compared should be used to perform a best fit solution Typically you only link to a point in the target system that you are confident is in its original and undisturbed location Points that are of questionable reliability would not normally be used in the solution Linking point pairs simply involves placing a check in the boxes contained in the Link column as will be demonstrated Each time you do TRANSFORM automatically computes a new best fit solution on the fly New solutions are also computed concurrently with each change of a Target point or a target s Variance As will be seen in this section it is this interactive nature of TRANSFORM that makes it such a
185. anes 13 Getting Started 15 Subdivision ExXaMple 0000 a About this Example The Objective Starting Transform 5 IMporting PoMtS iii A A AA aaa aa A aiie ADB YING FICO A Pairing POS ii a I T E LINKIN Pals A O rad Evaluating Evid AOE ii A Aita Transformation Parameters Rotating the Target Meridian E Rolling BACK Scaling avisan rn aa aen paas iaaeao a a aeara Ai E iaaa p an a parai Aaea Merging DA WINGS istisini ae aaea AA aaa Aaaa A Di iia Exporting Coordinates sistah e a AA A Ad tee Rotating the CAD Draw ing Copying and Pasting Saving Proje C Sa a O p a a a a E a a esate Acted Ae deere eaa a aaa Printing Reports pe Adding amp Revising Ponts a A S Highway Layout ExaMple ooncooccocccoccconcconcnonccnnconanonanoncnnncnnnronarencrnnnrnnrrnnernnrrnnrennrennrenarenans About this Example ssiri insaat aaam e aaa raaa aaa Aaa aaa Wa Naaa Kaaa aa Aaaa naaa 74 ThE Objective ni E E TA 76 Importing Points viccics csieccesvecssetsiensicsscevescessskeshceceuseceveedeteanssscdgetteiseieasecsseavecuerseucndsdcceseisshuncvesese eodecusnseessuehseisevescers 77 Applying Filters Pairing POINTS snm ci ii Ad TA RARA ASA A aos Using Variances e AAA O Evaluating Evide ne sii sevcccicccavecssecstescsseceeicvcssscesctcassecuecvecbebvesolivnseecsescecestuvseciasbehieneticusceccscrsuotectecsesbeneeielisitersesters 109 Trans formation Parameters ou DAA eros 111 Error RACE E E ecw sacilvecehesseeh E E E
186. any other original monument A no scale solution also contradicts another prevalent rule of evidence that requires the modern land surveyor to walk in the footsteps of the original surveyor when performing retracement surveys and to use the original creating units of measurement and not the modern units of measurements when reproducing original monuments 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Removing System Scaling 265 These rules of evidence require the modern land surveyor to make appropriate corrections for any differences that may exist between his measurements and that of the original land surveyor s In the context of a transformation that distance correction is scaling or the difference in unit length for the measurements used to establish both surveys For more information on the Law of Evidence in connection with the subject of scaling see the section entitled Scaling and the Law Baseline example To demonstrate what happens when scaling is removed we will look at a baseline that was originally laid out with a steel tape and then subsequently re measured some years later with an electronic measuring device As is common when comparing surveys performed with different types of measuring equipment performed under different conditions measured by different personnel and even performed to differing degrees of care there is almost always a quantifiable difference in unit length reported by each In this
187. aoe A oo 93 102 0 100 5 58 20 16 39 W 0 202 0095 ou Y 103 0 100 79 12 49 58 W 0 067 1 000 049 583 904 710 ows s6 Y 100 0 100 N 58 26 54 37 W 0 083 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision 6281 18941 20 056 Translation East 95X Precision 419089753 10 056 a Target System Rotation a O None Value Sytem 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 C1 0 130 ft Ready TRANSFORM automatically turns this filter on by default after running Detect Point Pairs if the detected pairs cannot be shown in the table without scrolling the view Table Sorting The transformations table can be re sorted based upon the values contained in each column of the table To sort the table based upon the values in a different column double click the header for that column To switch between ascending and descending order double click the column header a second time 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 194 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Confidence Levels EH E File Edit View Tools Help SOUSA 3 TA EE ET 2 Bett Coord Sytem y Emef Beee tel Tayat Y E 1981 Hgmmey toe gt 0068 310 Y 106 Nat 31 58 64 Y T Target Coord System 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 36 54 37 W 0 043 Peld Survey _ 0097 302 Y 124 0 100 66 41 34 30 W 0 058 ES os 90 Y 19 0 100 N 83 37 53 67 E 0 063 Boat Ft System Params 0095 914 y 103 0 100
188. art per notation by double clicking the scaling box O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 15 42 02 68 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm 49 6 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 00507 100 1 20 1678 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 6281 183841 0 056 6281 183841 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 4180 89753 0 056 4180 89753 95 Precision 0 00 12 95 Precision 57 1 ppm Getting Started 115 95 Precision 0 056 95 Precision 0 056 The one part per notation is offered as a way of evaluating scaling to traditional error of closure standard such as 1 10 000 How parameters are used The four transformation parameters are used to convert the 1981 Highway Layout s coordinates into coordinates consistent with the Field Survey For more information see Adjustment Computations by Wolf and Ghilani By switching to the System Points tab selecting the 1981 Highway Layout and then selecting the Transformed Coordinates radio button you can view the transformed coordinates that result from application of the four transformation parameters to the 1981 Highway Layout system fr ES Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform os eis File Edit View Tools Help DOU OY 3 5 VO 2 Label a Nort
189. asting it into another drawing by using AutoCAD command line options to enter the four transformation parameters The advantage of merging drawings in this manner is that you do not need to redraw your lines and identifiers from the first drawing The disadvantage of this method is that it involves many more steps that if not performed correctly can result in erroneous coordinates While this procedure appears to be somewhat complex at first glance in practice it is quite straight forward and can be performed in just a couple of minutes 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 129 Just follow these steps Open the Field Survey dxf drawing in AutoCAD Open the Highway Layout dxf drawing in AutoCAD Zoom out so that all elements of the highway layout drawing are visible Select all elements of the highway layout drawing to be copied Right click with the mouse within the drawing and select Copy with base point Zoom in to a point near the center of the drawing such as point 906 TIP Always select a base point for the copy located near the center of the object to reduce round off errors at the extremes of the object Type NODE in AutoCAD s command line and press Enter on the keyboard Select point 906 s node as the base point for the copy Switch to the Field Survey drawing in AutoCAD Right click in the drawing and select Paste as block from the context menu Leaving the paste process incomplete and switch back to
190. asurements of original surveys often times without even realizing it Following are a few of those instances e Since scaling is nothing more than a means of expressing the unit length of one measuring device in terms of the unit length of another whenever you convert the measurements of an original survey expressed in chains links or rods into feet you have applied a scale factor This is an example of an explicit correction being made for measuring devices that utilize a different unit of length 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 302 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide e When a land surveyor holds two original and undisturbed monuments and reports a distance that is different than that reported by the original survey the modern distance reported has been implicitly scaled This is because no matter how careful a measurement is taken both the original distance and the modern distance will be equal to some combination of systematic errors and random errors The random errors are those associated with the placement of the monument and its subsequent re location while the systematic errors are those associated with such things as slope correction atmospheric correction sag correction etching errors or other errors of calibration Since scaling is a systematic error the reporting of a new distance between any two original and undisturbed monuments must be comprised in part by a scale correction In the context of a best fit transformat
191. ation Note In the context of a least squares solution random errors are equated to the solutions residuals systematic errors are equated to rotation scale translation x and translation y Residuals can be thought of as that which is left over after applying corrections for all the systematic errors In the context of a transformation the residuals can be thought of as the errors associated with the original setting of the monuments combined with the errors associated with their subsequent locations by the retracing surveyor Shown below are the original survey and the retracement survey one is labeled Baseline the other is labeled Fieldwork Notice that each has a different meridian and as noted above the point tagging begins at the center points and increase in value as you move in either direction along the baselines Notice also that other than the first digit of the point identifier the numbering is the same for each coordinate system O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 266 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Baseline 107 Fieldwork gen 101 100 102 106 108 To analyze or compare these two surveys we will use TRANSFORM After importing the two coordinate files into TRANSFORM the points are paired and linked as shown in the next graphic O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Removing System Scaling Best Ft Coord System a A Target Coord System Best Ft System Params 22 22 22 00 20 57 49
192. ause a new transformation to be done to the system targeting the cloned point 12 Inversing Points The inverse utility provides a quick means of obtaining the bearing and distance between any two points whether or not they are contained in the same system or different systems Inverse will return a bearing and distance based upon either the original or the transformed coordinates of either system O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Inversing Points 259 One of the primary uses of Inverse is to validate the imported coordinates By inversing between points and comparing the inverse with the drawing that was used to In This Section Starting Inverse Using Inverse 12 1 Starting Inverse To start INVERSE either click the Inverse toolbar button JJ or click Inverse on the tools menu By clicking the Inverse toolbar button a second time you can also close INVERSE Inverse Points 183 First Point s System Second Point s System 1981 Highway Layout x Field Survey x Original Coords 9 Transformed Coords 9 Original Coords Transformed Coords First Point Bearing Distance Second Point The INVERSE dialog box can be left open on the desktop while you continue to work in other programs including TRANSFORM The INVERSE dialog box automatically updates its values whenever you make changes in TRANSFORM that affect the selected systems or points The next section Using Inverse 12 2 Using Inverse With the
193. awing Open the Field Survey drawing in AutoCAD this is the target system 2012 PrimaCode Technologies e PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Type INSERT on the command line and press Enter on the keyboard to open AutoCAD s INSERT dialog as shown below g ry Insert PEM Name new block F Browse Path C Users Dennis Desktop new block dwg Insertion point Scale Rotation Specify On screen Specify On screen 7 Specify On screen X 9929 03676542333 X 998837966721662 Angle E Y 10181 4210773033 0 99883796672166 Block Unit Unit Z 0 0000 0 99883796672166 feq Factor Y Uniform Scale or 1 0000 Explode OK J Camel Hep Screen shot from AutoCAD 2009 Click the Browse button and navigate to the folder containing the Subdivision Example Select the new block dwg and then click the Open button which returns you to AutoCAD s INSERT dialog Place a check mark in the Uniform Scale check box as shown above Switch back to Transform s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and copy the Target drawing s Insertion point information and paste it into AutoCAD s INSERT dialog as shown above Click the INSERT dialog s OK button to complete the insertion process Review the results As you can see the 1934 Subdivision is now inserted into the Field Survey drawing as depicted by the red lot lines Tip Some versions of AutoCAD and some configurations of AutoCAD will require you enter the opposite sign
194. back to its default format with symbols simply press the escape key Scaling Expressions By default TRANSFORM displays scaling in three different formats as shown below The third scaling text box can also be cycled between two different formats be double clicking it O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies so PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 13 14 47 79 0 05 05 13 14 47 79 0 05 05 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 1162 100 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6910 67106 0 249 6910 67106 0 249 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 3815 68943 0 249 3815 68943 20 249 The first box shows scaling in the familiar part per million notation the second box shows scaling as a whole number and the third box shows scaling in parts per hundred notation or one part per notation By double clicking the third text box you can switch between parts per hundred and one part per notation or by selecting One Part Per Scale Notation on the View menu The box showing scaling as a whole number she second scaling text box is formatted in groups of three digits to make it easier to read However when you click in this box the text switches to edit mode so
195. being present at the same time it is exceedingly difficult to differentiate between the random error component and the systematic error introduced in the residuals due to rolling back scaling From a common since stand point would it ever plausible that the original land surveyor could have been perfect in his placement of one monument in the case of the baseline example that being the center point and he would have become ever more sloppy as he placed each monument radiating out from the center point and to make matters even less plausible that the amount of that sloppiness would be exactly the same for every point equally distant from the survey s center point You can easily toy with this phenomenon yourself by simply imagining two twelve inch rulers one with its divisions etched correctly and the other with each one inch division actually measuring one and one eighth inch By sliding the rulers against each other you can imagine the difficulty in trying to best fit the one inch division marks of both rulers What you quickly discover is that the very best you can do is to line up the six inch marks mid points Therefore the errors associated with each succeeding one inch mark moving out from the center is off by first one eight of an inch and then by a quarter of an inch then by a half inch and so on until you reached either end No scale transformations therefore should not be used except under very specific conditions an
196. best fit the older survey to your field work and then create a clone of the missing point in the field survey system Then the new survey can target that cloned point along with the other points you had found You can even apply a weight to the cloned point based upon the magnitude of the older survey s residuals If you later change the conditions for the older survey s transformation the coordinates for the cloned point will automatically update as will the transformation that targets the cloned point a Inverse points across systems using original or Transformed Coordinates TRANSFORM provides a small utility that allows you to inverse from a point in one system to any other point even if it is in another system Inverses can be performed using original or transformed coordinates therefore you can obtain the bearing and distance for example from a transformed best fit system coordinate marking a missing corner to an original target system coordinate This can be useful when comparing data in AutoCAD and TRANSFORM for instance Choose from four different confidence levels for statistical output The precision values for each transformed point modified error ellipse and the transformation parameters are displayed at any one of four different confidence levels Each confidence level is a representation of how much weight you can put on the associated value For instance a rotation angle of 10 degrees with a precision of plus or minus 30 s
197. ble To make the process of identifying the largest residuals easier you can resort the transformation table by the magnitude of the distance residuals To do this simply double click the column header for the Distance residual column 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 220 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ED Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform es fos File Edit View Tools Help di p lt SOUSA 3 SOR PTRA ca a Emor Rad BestFt Link Target Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual a Ga _ oo 907 Y 107 0 100 N 77 39 36 65 W 0 023 U inumin b 0 095 302 124 0 100 06 03 14 29 W 0 024 T Target Coord System 0 075 910 Y 106 0 100 N37 15 55 42 W 0 033 Field Survey y om 916 Y 100 0 100 N 57013054 0089 ES 010 91 Y 103 0 100 87 115552 W 0 076 y Beat Fit System Params 0 099 300 Y 183 0 100 N 78 56 15 46 v 0 076 3 Rotation 5 Precision 0 068 903 Y 119 0 100 N 85 26 4267 E 0 097 E 15 47 0397 20 00127 0 067 908 y 120 0 100 N 49 OF 28 91 E 0 104 s 95 Prechion 0062 906 Y 117 0 100 S71 45 4458 E 0139 Sa y _ 0062 905 Y 116 0 100 63 09 40 27 E 0 150 _ 0096 901 Y 125 0 100 88 30 17 08 W 0 178 1000 673 588 419 180 0 106 913 Y 102 0X0 S61 41 18 39 W 0 206 0 0074 100 Translation North 95 Precision 4 6281 133240 0 060 Translation East 95 Precision 419073981 10 060 al Target System Rotation 4 O None Value Sytem J
198. causes it what it affects and what happens when it is rolled back is something every land surveyor should know well not only from the stand point of using TRANSFORM properly but also from the stand point of the Law of Evidence While it may be tempting to just summarily remove scaling it is recommend that you take some time to get acquainted with the concept of scaling in the advanced topics section of this user s guide and the ramifications of removing scaling Analysis before roll back When the scaling parameter one of the solution s four systematic errors used to transform the coordinates of one system into another is rolled back something must be done with that error To remove this systematic error TRANSFORM forces the scaling into the solution s random errors i e its residuals 2012 PrimaCode Technologies s PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Therefore once scaling has been rolled back the residuals reported by TRANSFORM are no longer truly random They are now a hybrid of a somewhat un holy combination of systematic error and random error Furthermore the solution s Confidence Interval CI is also no longer reliable since it is computed using the solution s residuals However as long as you understand a few simple guidelines regarding rolling back scaling you need not be concerned about doing so Note Itis important to note TRANSFORM does not allow you to roll back or remove scaling un
199. ce oo eavbed soagdens petuseactueedvers deyusees donueenssevers 252 Validate the Results ori ia even aaeteds 253 Cloned Points 254 Creating a Cloned PoiNt ccoosmiecicsrroccerincicn rita reinante ridad 255 Using Cloned Pot ii A a E 258 Inversing Points 258 SLAVE iii dad 259 USING INVE NSC ii At 259 Removing System Scaling 260 Why Remove Scaling erinteni saesae Na d 261 Removing Scaling aaran en a rA Ea E Naa KNO cce A PNRA deve cee sdvecrtaaevseecesdvecrandeeee 261 Restoring SCALING wsiiisicecticceveciticsveceie cau ccets acc 263 Ramifica ION Si a e 264 O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Contents 5 Part XIV Rotate Target Meridian 269 1 Why Rotate the Meridiant cicciiccccciccceeceececttvecdtencesaveettenceueiveb iii 269 2 How to Rotate the Meridian x2 iccctacsccscecaeecceccsecnes oraaa aeaaee iiaa iaaa iaaa aaa iada 269 Part XV Menu Items 277 T File Men a ici 278 2 EditM enU ii savands decenee E eavtiestecentedeesesses evade 279 3 View Menu rna Sarre ete cece ack a ati 280 ESTOS MO NU 2a vei tee scares cc vec ae airea ana ao a acc 283 5 Help MenNU nie n 285 Part XVI Report Printing 287 1 Configuring Printed Reports commciininaiiniia cetete en cteees ceteuive eecuutesceteuneeescueves 288 2 Printing Transformation Re PoOrts cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeseaeseeesseneeeeeeanneeees 288 34 Printing Point List Re ports i cccoecciccciee if eceescaceed ences costicsdvesucecgebeastace
200. ch points are in their original and undisturbed locations 4 rotate the field survey s meridian to be consistent with the prior survey you are reproducing 5 compute the locations of points which do not have suitable monuments by bearing and distance from a near by held monument or by bearing bearing intersect from two near by held monuments etc Validating Computations After using traditional methods to calculate a point with no monumentation as discussed above validate its location by comparing its coordinates with that of the most probable location from the best fit transformation If the point you computed is within the limits of the error radius of the most probable location then your relocation of the point is defensible If it is not then consider an alternative method to relocate the point See Also Rotating Target Meridian Rotate System Meridian 20 Glossary Add On 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 32 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Is a separate program that can be used in conjunction with AutoCAD allowing you to work with coordinate points by reference to a point identification such as a point identifier Allowable Scaling The allowable scaling value and the detect pairs radius affects the error reporting for best fit solutions and affects the detect pairs processing The range of valid values for allowable scaling is between 0 1 and 10 parts per 100 parts meters or feet ASCII Text File
201. ch a found point can vary from it plan position when Detect Paired Points is used This value can be used to increase or decrease the number of paired points detected each time you use the Detect Paired Points feature Max Allowable Scaling This value is used to increase or decrease the maximum allowable scaling for the following options e When detecting all possible paired points e When validating the linking of paired points e When validating scaling for user defined transformations While the default value of plus or minus half a foot per one hundred feet should suffice for almost every circumstances this value would need to be modified if for instance a survey in meters or chains were being compared to a survey measured in feet 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 177 Confidence Level group Choose which confidence level should be used to compute the parameter precisions error radii and confidence interval displayed on the Transformations Tab Defaults Button This button can be used to return all the user options on this tab back to their original default values The next section Projects Tab 6 5 Projects Tab TRANSFORM uses the Project tab to define information that will appear on any of TRANSFORM s printed reports r gt Options Le jis Application Comections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units Project Information User Name John J Doe Company Name
202. check measurements for those lot corners that were found to have very large errors residuals Using the combined CAD drawings you upload coordinates to the field crew s data collector Finally suppose that when they come back in from the field their data collector now has a combination of some new points some corrected points and the new lot corners you defined for the 1934 Subdivision using the combined CAD drawings Create a new file Using the data collector create a comma delimited ASCII text file for import into TRANSFORM This file will contain all the points in the data collector old and new You do not need to edit this file so that it only contains the new information to be imported Using import assistant Simply use the IMPORT ASSISTANT as described previously to import the data collector dump For each system supply a point range that will includes all the points for that system old and new Then for the 1934 Subdivision example make sure to select the Modified coordinates option Handling new and duplicate points When you click the Finish button TRANSFORM will compare the definition of each point in the import file with the same point in TRANSFORM If the point is already defined and has the same definition it will be skipped over if the point has the same number but has different definition coordinates or description then you will be prompted to skip that point or overwrite that point and finally if the point was
203. conds The second uses a dash to separate the degrees minutes and seconds The third uses a single radix to separate the degrees from decimal degrees Each character in the format specification indicates a required digit except for the x which can be any number of digits For example when entering 1 minute as a fractional part of an angle there is a requirement to prefix the single digit with 0 Tip TRANSFORM utilizes two different display modes read mode and edit mode In output mode TRANSFORM will always display angular units symbolized for easy reading TRANSFORM switches to edit mode upon entering the box containing the angle or direction In edit mode TRANSFORM displays the value with the choices made on the units tab of the Options dialog box Slope Input group This group provides a means of defining which type of slope measurements to use when entering field data Atmospheric Corrections group This group provides a means of defining which type of atmospheric corrections to use when entering field data This is not a functioning feature of TRANSFORM There are plans to expand some of the features of this product associated with future releases PrimaCode is also planning to bundle a number of new products with this one PrimaCode will release these expanded and new products as retail upgrades or new purchases not as an update to this product 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 164 PrimaCode Transform Use
204. control this feature on the Precision Tab of OPTIONS dialog found on the Tools menu One Part Per Scale Notation When checked will toggle the third Scaling box s notation between parts per hundred to one part per notation Refresh 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Menu tems 283 Selecting this option causes TRANSFORM to re compute all values contained in the Transformations view based upon the currently defined criteria The next section Tools Menu 15 4 Tools Menu TRANSFORM s tools menu provides the user with access to many of the specialized functions available from within TRANSFORM Following is a list of each menu option and a description of its use Import System Points Ctrl I Export System Points Ctrl E Reload on Startup Clone QJ Inverse Points E Import System Points Ctrl I Export System Points Ctrl E La Detect Point Pairs Merge Drawing Coefs Reload on Startup p Define System Filters 3J Inverse Points Remove System s Scaling p Define System Filters Y User Transformations 8 User Transformations Options Options Import System Points When selected starts TRANSFORM s IMPORT ASSISTANT This utility is the primary means for moving coordinate point information from other sources into TRANSFORM and for editing or updating TRANSFORM s system information For more information on the use of this utility see the section entitled Import Assista
205. creeene 116 Rotating Target MeridiaN c cccsecccesceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeneeeeeensaeeseaneesaeeeeaeeesaeeesaeeensaeessaeeesaaeeneaeeseaseeseeenseeeesnes 117 Rolling Back Salina i scesscisecadecesecsecs nice iii id RA A iia 120 Merging Drawings wee 122 Checking AutoCAD Units e on ek cuca ce ceta e aa e a a aeaa a lant acedscebaantes 123 Rotating an AutoCAD Draw ing cccccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaaeeseaeeseaeeeeaaeeseaeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeeseeeeseeeseaees 124 Combining Draw ings Using AutoCAD Dialog BOX8S ooococincccnoccconcccooccconoccnoncnnononconn conan cc conan naar n cnn cc cana cnn 126 O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Contents 3 Combining Draw ings Using AutoCAD Command cccccccececeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeceaeeeceeeeseeeeseaeeeeeeeseeeeseeeesaees 128 Combining draw ings using Coordinate fileS 0 cccccecccccceeeceeeeeeceeceaeeeeeeeeeneeseaeeecseesseeeeseaeeeeaeeeseeeeseaeeseaees 130 Adding amp REVISING POIM S 3 cccicececvesceccsecsxsnsccusecsssnsusecetsacestsenceisesessceseusssvazcocuedcedssuciugessusssussseseisiedsecesesvacsiscsesveress 135 Saving Your Work PH UAEIIIG RO OOOO Part IV Import Assistant 140 1 About Import File Sie cicesices secs concise ia c 141 2 Creating Import Data es 141 3 Using ImpoOrt Assista mt ida 143 4 Validating MPOT ssania diia 152 Part V Export Assistant 154 1 Using Ex port Assista nts ccs aroen nar aa aaa aaar eaaa aa daar Daai A
206. cribes the monuments that were set to mark the boundaries is one example of an indirect reference to monuments On the other hand a private land surveyor s field notes while admissible in a court of law will probably not be adequate to fulfill the requirement for an indirect reference since the public does not have access to them at the time of the re survey 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 308 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide However the field notes of a public agency e g the municipal surveyor s records can often be used to explain what has been omitted from the plat See Evidence and Procedures for Boundary Location 3 edition Brown Robillard Wilson 6 9 Field Notes as Written Evidence In fact in some jurisdictions the municipal surveyor s records are prima facie evidence whereas a private land surveyor s are not See Evidence and Procedures for Boundary Location 3 edition Brown Robillard Wilson 5 7 Classifications of evidence Some jurisdiction may even require monuments to be set by law in which case extrinsic evidence may be used to describe the type and locations of those monuments that were set but that were not referenced by the recorded documents Moreover in some states monuments that were set to mark boundary lines soon after the survey was completed may bind the parties to those locations by the principle of practical location Using Non Record Monuments When the monuments found mar
207. criptions Fiter List If you had selected a list of point identifiers or identifier ranges that define an exclusion list then you would simply select the other radio button option Exclude listed identifiers Select a new source file Without leaving the IMPORT ASSISTANT you can select yet another source file containing points to be imported by clicking the Browse button next to the File Name box When you do the IMPORT ASSISTANT presents you with the following dialog which provides three options Switching Files 3 Before opening a new Ascii text file do you want to A import your selections from the 1981 Highway Layout Coords file 1 Click the Yes button to import your previous selections and select a new source file O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Import Assistant 149 2 Click the No button to discard your previous selections and select a new source file 3 Click the Cancel button to return to the Import Assistant without changing the source file If you select either the Yes or No buttons the IMPORT ASSISTANT will present you with the Open ASCII Text File dialog as shown below l Open ASCI Text File es a gt IE Transformation Samples Highway Example 4 z ays wey b Transformation Samples Highway Example X Search Highway Example p Organize v New folder gF v Fe Favorites Documents library Ale Folie HZ Desktop Highway Example L ae 11981 H
208. ct a new target point for a transformation Note Limiting which points TRANSFORM displays does not remove those points from the 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 169 system By using the View menu s Only Paired Points option or the View Only Paired Points toolbar button you can toggle filtered lists on and off Defining a filter To define point filters for any system click the Define System Filter toolbar button or select Options on the Tools menu and then select the Filters tab This will display the dialog shown below Options Le Js Application Comections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey X View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Select Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Select Selecting the system Start by selecting the system for which you wish to define filters Each system has its own filter settings Therefore every time you select a different system in the System dropdown list TRANSFORM will display a different set of filter criterion Point identifier filters Point and point range filters limit TRANSFORM s display of points to a specified series of points or a range of points There can be any number of individual points or point ranges defined for a single system You must separate each point filter or point ra
209. ction Pairing Points 3 1 6 Pairing Points Pairing points is the process of selecting points in the target system that match or mark a corresponding position in the best fit system In the context of the subdivision example you are telling TRANSFORM which lot corners on the 1934 Subdivision survey are marked by evidence found on the ground and contained in the Field Survey system Note TRANSFORM automatically selected the 1934 Subdivision as the Best Fit Coord System and the Field Survey as the Target system because there were only two systems to choose from and the Field Survey system can never be a best fit system transformed If there had been additional systems defined then you could have chosen any system you wish as the Target system Best Fit and Target system points 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 34 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Switch back to the Transformations tab in TRANSFORM 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform o 3 5 pi File Edit View Tools Help r lt da ES CIAO ETA EEE 2 Best Fe C System a Error Rad cant a Link Target Variance Beg Residual Dst Residual x e 3 1924 Subdivision y T Tanget Coord System _ 802 Peld Survey 803 804 s Best Ft System Params i 805 3 Rawon 95 Precision 806 Scaling 95 Precision f 808 809 810 812 813 Translaton Noah 95 Precision Ss 816 Translation East 95X Precision 817 818 819 Target Sys
210. currently selected Coordinate System has been transformed The four possible modifications to system coordinates are None Best Fit Transformation User Transformation or No Scale Transformation New System button Use this button to create a new coordinate system Delete System button Use this button to delete the currently selected system in the Coordinate System dropdown list NOTE The Field Survey system cannot be deleted nor can the name be edited Rename System button Use this button to rename the currently selected system in the Coordinate System dropdown list Duplicate System button Use this button to make a copy the currently selected system in the Coordinate System dropdown list New Point button Use this button to create a new point TRANSFORM adds all new points in the last row of the point list table After the point is defined it is arranged according to the current sort order for the table Delete Point button Use this button to delete a coordinate point Deleted points can be restored using the undo feature available on the Edit menu Edit Point button Use this button to edit the data describing the currently selected point in the view s table Relabel Points Use this button to relabel all or part of the points contained in the currently selected system in the Coordinate System dropdown list Point List Table This is where TRANSFORM lists the definition of each point contained in the currently selected syst
211. d with a full knowledge of its consequences Two such circumstances are when scaling is insignificant in magnitude or when the scaling is much smaller than its associated precision Otherwise scaling should be applied which after all is a process that is fully supported by the law of evidence governing the practice of land surveying See also Scaling and the Law Scaling Cause and Affect O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Removing System Scaling 269 14 Rotate Target Meridian This section discusses how to rotate a system s meridian using either of two methods one that automatically matches the meridian of another system the other allows you to manually control rotation In This Section Why Rotate the Meridian How to Rotate the Meridian 14 1 Why Rotate the Meridian One of the most useful ways to reproduce a prior survey using classical computational methods is to make the meridian of your retracement survey equal that of the prior survey When your Fieldwork shares the same meridian with the prior survey you can easily perform computations using directions from the prior survey to reproduce its boundary lines The more accurately you can match the meridian of the prior survey the more reliable your retracement survey will be A best fit transformations provides the most statistically rigorous means of matching the meridian of one survey to another and using TRANSFORM you can reproduce the meridian of the prior su
212. d descriptions Filter List To complete the export of coordinates click the Finish button EXPORT ASSISTANT creates the ASCII text file containing only the designated points Based upon our selections noted above the file would look like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 164 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 5 a Export Coordinates txt Notepad o E SS File Edit Format View Help 800 9845 4672511286 10404 6250632591 O 42 02 36 a 803 9971 06362597851 10032 6046936512 0 45 94 99 805 9988 04311194598 9982 31092791353 O 46 48 07 806 9512 14735554611 9821 64558079326 0 RP 807 10013 289390793 9787 78136245633 O 48 45 49 808 10001 3763004248 9611 48465111041 0 50 22 18 813 9958 98693519872 9418 27142541925 O 52 20 71 814 9957 21527765737 9413 62765767453 0 52 25 68 815 9901 24230793658 9266 91449482373 0 53 82 70 816 9643 93832903318 9365 07929167633 0 RP 817 9778 29994167626 9124 6866504615 0 55 74 55 1100 9887 4178870875 10423 1119917701 0 BND 1102 9928 38328226024 10313 2383791001 0 BND Leaning 1103 9851 55808532755 10291 3915062567 0 BND 1106 9941 18606566018 9537 8850259522 O BND 1107 9915 92554842112 9429 34849822436 O BND 1116 9707 77871472729 9049 9342520812 O BND 1117 9672 25540810659 9121 59879505466 0 BND 1119 9084 96455903388 8740 93732470379 0 1120 9049 46685710522 8812 58457447589 0 1121 875
213. d into other applications Select any range of rows columns or cells and past them into another Windows application that supports the clipboard You can use this to develop a transformation report in Word Excel or AutoCAD Import and export data with ease and flexibility The Import and Export Assistants allow you to quickly and easily move data into and out of TRANSFORM using comma delimited ASCII text files Using filters you can limit which points are imported from a file or exported to a file You can also re run the Import Assistant to modify existing coordinates values or add new points using files that contain duplicate points as well as the new content Therefore there is never a need to edit files the import files The Import amp Export Assistants utilize context sensitive help With the Import and Export Assistant s open you have help readily available in three formats There is the F1 help which opens Transform s user guide There is pop up help which is displayed whenever you hold the mouse momentarily over a button or text box And there is context sensitive help by clicking the question mark in the status bar and then clicking any item you need help on Add to edit and delete systems and points from within Transform In addition to modifying existing points or adding new points in TRANSFORM using the Import assistant you can also directly add edit and delete points from within TRANSFORM on the System Points tab
214. de Transform User s Guide Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 15442 36 6909389775 0 0425 15 42 36 6909388943 0 04 25 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 186 2 ppm 1282 9 ppm 186 2 ppm 1282 9 ppm 1 000 186 210 557 790 1 000 186 210 557 790 1 53703 1 53703 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 32784 0 304 6281 32784 0 304 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4179 72628 20 304 4179 72628 0 304 Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 15 42366909388943 0 0425 015 7101919274 70600 0 04 25 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 186 2 ppm 1282 9 ppm 186 2 ppm 1282 9 ppm 1 000 186 210 557 790 1 000 186 210 557 790 1 53703 1 53703 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 32784 0304 6281 32784 0 304 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4179 72628 20 304 4179 72628 0 304 TRANSFORM will remember the last format used and will always revert to that format when the text box is entered Scaling Parameter The Scaling parameter is the statistically most probable difference in unit length between the measurements used to describe the surveys being compared The scaling parameter s Precision is the amount by which you could expect the scaling
215. dern precise measurements of course angle and distance to set a lost corner but only as supportive or combative evidence in support of lesser evidence chapter 4 Corners cannot be proven from evidence of lines found But lines are determined from the corners found chapter 4 No one corner or monument recited in a description has any greater dignity than any other corner or monument recited in the same description chapter 5 All original corners have equal weight in location of the parcel No single one is controlling and they must be considered as evidence of that survey chapter 5 Measurements may be used to provide the validity of corners and monuments Such monuments to be acceptable should be within reasonable proximity of the record measurements chapter 6 When modern measurements are related to original measurements the analysis must be in terms of the original creating units of measurement and not in terms of the more modern units of measurements chapter 6 For any conveyance of description of real property the length of the unit of measurement is that measurement that was used and recited as of the date of the deed or survey chapter 6 Every measurement of distance or angle is subject to errors either known or unknown There is no perfect measurement chapter 6 An original monument found undisturbed usually expresses the intent of the parties of the conveyance
216. dialog Export Points ENE E Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options fon an gt Eto Bev Bec hone File Name Browse Located In CA Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Browse 1981 Highway Layout Finish Cancel Help The EXPORT ASSISTANT has three primary sections enclosed by group boxes the Export options the Systems options and the Filter options The Export options group allows you to define a destination file its location and the type of fields each line of that file will contain The Systems options group allows you to select which coordinate systems will be exported whether or not to export original or modified coordinates whether or not to modify the point identifiers and how many decimal places each coordinate should have NOTE The coordinate precision or number of decimal places is either going to be the same as defined by the Tools gt Options gt Precisions dialog or full precision if the Export full precision values checkbox is checked The Filter options group box is used to control limit which points in each of TRANSFORM s systems will be exported to the destination file Order and type of content The six dropdown boxes along the top of the EXPORT ASSISTANT specify the order and types of content contained on each line of the ASCII text file 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 156 PrimaC
217. dinates radio button as shown below 1 1934 Subdivisi PE A EE AE TOS File Edit View Tools Help Shel IO to ik hae at Northing Easting E cane Seen 10000 00000 100000000 E Pease o o 1015495966 3811 01565 3 Spens Taget 10319385800 973 9088 H 1039747885 9894 36332 10408 57580 9965 18570 10169 25924 10017 16169 i Cowi Syston Mies 10082083832 MONA Ongnal Coordinates 906157180 10007 15787 3 gt Translormed Coor nates 389042461 10014 34541 1002281547 10002 02941 Not Translomed 10023 24622 10001 48674 User Transfomation 9889 79253 10001 07724 Best Fe Transformation 9604 64191 1004s 78383 No cale Transformation 3888 09595 10017 9935 02430 10001 94297 9957 84228 1000090580 10008 60171 9987 85248 10008 21257 10001 41749 10038 12687 9960 47583 1005951820 9932 10523 9970 34383 10016 61885 10000 41734 10013 45825 10005 14170 1006361178 1002164774 10012 76802 10017 81653 1005197835 Showing Points 139 of 139 Then compare these coordinate values with the rotated Field Survey dxf drawing in AutoCAD Notice that by clicking in a coordinate s cell TRANSFORM displays all possible significant digits for that coordinate as show above for point 7 s northing coordinate 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started e Note To change the number of significant digits TRANSFORM displays be default open the Options dialog available on t
218. does not directly reference monuments set to mark it Land surveyors are sometimes too quick to assume that these surveys therefore do not have record monuments and hence the most probable positions from the best fit transformation should be held instead of the monuments themselves even when the monuments that were found marking the original survey are known to have been set by the agency that performed the original survey This discussion looks at what the Law of Evidence considers a record monument as discussed in many of the most popular boundary law texts Classifying Record Monuments Evidence and Procedures for Boundary Location 3 edition Brown Robillard Wilson 7 5 Evidence of Monuments states that for a monument to control the intent of a deed it must be called for either directly indirectly by reference or be required by law The classical example of a directly referenced monument is one that is called for by the written record as having been set along with a description as to size shape and material e g a plan that depicts 6 square concrete bounds set marking the boundary lines An indirectly referenced monument is one that can be substantiated by some reference to another record e g a notation on a plan to see another document or a bound noted in the field notes for a municipal highway layout Deeds that only describe the premises being conveyed by reference to an original survey provided that survey des
219. dor for eminent domain proceedings Then once the survey has been approved the takings made and the construction completed the agency responsible for the layout will set the monuments marking it In such instances the monuments set by the agency will be considered record monuments regardless of that fact that they were not specifically noted on the right of way plan if they fit the definition of a indirectly referenced monument as noted above That being the case TRANSFORM can be used to determine with a very high degree of reliability which of those monuments are still in their original and undisturbed locations and hence which monuments will then be held per the law of evidence Once the original and undisturbed monuments have been identified the remainder of the missing monuments can be easily reproduced from using the best fit transformation s most probable positions or by traditional computations from the held monuments The next section Breaking the Record 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Advanced Topics 309 18 5 Breaking the Record There are some land surveyors that subscribe to a theory that one should never break the record restate a measurement in instances where the prior survey s measurements can be fit to the monumentation in such a way that none of the errors residuals associated with the monuments exceed the expected accuracy of the prior surveyor work or when none of the errors exceed the limits of the mo
220. e Transform User s Guide D Highway Layout Example PrimaCode HE File Edit View Tools Help 4 y A TIA MA 3 ne 125832213 277 678 0 00000 75 6367 2 its ec es 4998 67574 5003 92249 0 00000 4188 22 3 Sytems Taget e 4949 4691 5148 25832 0 00000 40 45 88 hone 300 4244 97871 2475 09027 0 00000 eno Es J got 4104 58022 261367708 0 00000 END 902 411222711 2620 13671 0 00000 eNO i Sh 903 4239 51640 333633413 0 00000 BNO k Ongnal Coordinates 908 4203 96842 3408 01028 000000 BND A y e sos 4952 34884 3645 24874 0 00000 BND 3 906 4826 80573 3716 91618 000000 BND ON Nee 907 507045518 4024 90337 000000 BND User Transiomation 908 5148 36981 2006 68371 000000 BNO Beet F2 Transformation 9 517361735 411521211 0 00000 BNO a No scale Transformation so 5095 569325 4133 33528 0 00000 BND am 5160 26111 2635 75785 000000 BND 912 5083 89235 4613 92064 0 00000 ENO New System j New Pont i a 5083 06042 4908 75458 0 00000 BNO _ Delete System Delete Ports ou 5006 12045 483683211 0 0000 END Ronane Stem Ext Poirt J ss 4985 54604 499545785 0 00000 BND E 96 5041 93685 501852771 0 00000 BND Duplicate System __Relabel Ports sm 2443 91742 2924 24163 0 0000 RAP 9s 4160 656578 4350 81699 00000 RP 919 4622 40844 412301377 0 00000 RP L100 1o000 00000 10000000 00000 newpiet H Showing Points S1 of 51 System Units Feet After
221. e Rotation box until you see the correct angle format for copying and pasting to AutoCAD In this instance that format will be 15d42 02 680430 Each time to double click the Rotation box TRANSFORM will display one of four different angle formats Additionally TRANSFORM also displays the rotation angle in all possible significant digits to minimize the affects of round off Right click the rotation angle and select Copy on the context menu Open the Field Survey dxf drawing in AUTOCAD Type ROTATE in AUTOCAD s command line and press ENTER on the keyboard Type ALL in response to Select objects and press ENTER If you are prompted to Select objects again press ENTER Select the node for point 2 in the Field Survey system that forms the base point of rotation i e the assumed coordinate for this coordinate system sued by TRANSFORM Right click in the command line select Paste to enter the rotation angle copied from TRANSFORM and then press ENTER Use AutoCAD s add on program to update the drawing s coordinate file TIP Always backup your CAD drawing and its associated coordinate files before performing any operation such as this one just in case AutoCAD s undo command is unable to back you out of a mistake The next section Combining Drawings Using AutoCAD Dialogs O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 126 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 2 13 3 Combining Drawings Using AutoCAD Dialog Boxes This option involves making
222. e User Options section entitled Filters Tab Remove System Scaling When selected will roll back the Best Fit System s scaling to a value of one or zero parts per million i e no scaling You should use this option with great care After removal of the best fit transformation s scale factor some residuals may appear to become smaller near the center of the coordinate system while residuals at the outer limits of the figure may increase in magnitude This feature is best used only for situations where the is little or no significant scaling For more information of this subject see the section entitled Advanced Topics and Removing System Scaling User Transformations When clicked will open the user OPTIONS dialog and select the Transformations tab User transformations provide a means of modifying the coordinates of a system by supplying your own transformation parameters O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Menu tems 285 For more information on this subject see the User Options section entitled Transformations Tab Options When selected will open the user OPTIONS dialog This dialog has six tabs that each provide access to the various functions of TRANSFORM that you can modify For more information about this subject see the section entitled User Options The next section Help Menu 15 5 Help Menu TRANSFORM s help menus provide the user with access to information about TRANSFORM for Windows and its use Following i
223. e a completely different set of transformation parameters and precisions Uses for parameters Once the 1934 Subdivision is best fit to the Field Survey TRANSFORM uses the four transformation parameters rotation scaling translation north and translation east to generate transformed coordinates for the 1934 Subdivision The modified or transformed coordinates can be viewed on the application s System Points tab by first selecting the 1934 Subdivision and then selecting the Transformed Coordinates radio button as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies ss PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ps amp 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform fe lo fs File Edit View Tools Help e E lt RIAS E Iga O T Late Northing Easting ji Elevation __ Description enue 10627 596 9821 38055 0 00000 E Shenton 1040268727 9467 25361 0 00000 E Sytem s Taget 802 1031837133 9520 80385 0 00000 Feld Survey 803 10545 24088 9878 01645 0 00000 804 10673 98370 1002033851 0 00000 805 10708 86610 9949 34114 0 00000 7 i Sah s 10525 2979 989319251 0 00000 r Ongnal Coordinates 807 10407 48301 970769733 0 00000 A Transtomed Coodnates _ 808 10393 85150 9695 22524 0 00000 a 209 10370 85176 9650 01243 0 00000 Not Translomed s0 10349 24058 9762 18649 0 00000 User Teanefomation 812 1033594731 974095808 0 00000 2 Beet Ft Tranalcamalion J m 10428 90738 974142370 0 00000
224. e could do that for all the remaining points that were found in common to the two surveys TRANSFORM provides a quicker and easier way to identify the remaining pairs using the Detect Point Pairs process Before we do that let s make sure the estimated variance of points marking this survey are appropriate Since this is an old subdivision that had no record monuments indicated on the plan and since the origin or the points found marking this survey are unknown an appropriate detect pairs variance would be 1 7 feet Click Options on the Tools menu and then select the Precision Tab 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started Options 8 Syi can Des Coordinates 5 decimal places Seconds 2 ideoima places Distances 3 5 decima places Preset Vales Delak Pair Variance 0100 foet Detect Pars Variance TE feet Max Alowable Scaling OS feet 100 fest Confidence Level 68 funmodiied 90 emor 95 eror 39 error atlects the daplay of enor raduses confidence reerral and preasions In the Preset Values group box change the Detect Pairs Variance from the default value of 1 5 foot to 1 7 feet as shown above This provides TRANSFORM with an appropriate search radius for its detect pairs process Increasing this setting will allow TRANSFORM to identify pairs of poorer quality as is necessary in this example Click the OK button to return to TRANSFORM Note If you had not defined description filters for
225. e description column will be located adjacent to and to the right of the target point column You can also see the description of each target point by temporarily holding the mouse of the target point s number or identifier Show variance column in transformation grid Check this box to add a column to the transformations table showing a variance for each paired point Hiding this column will allow you to compress the application window for smaller screen sizes and simplifies that view of TRANSFORM by hiding non essential information Show elevation column in point list grid Check this box to add a column to the system points table showing an elevation for each listed point Hiding this column will allow you to compress the application window for smaller screen sizes and simplifies that view of TRANSFORM by hiding non essential information Show northing and easting residuals Check this box to switch between showing bearing and distance residuals in the transformations table to showing northing and easting residuals in the transformations table The next section Corrections Tab 6 2 Corrections Tab TRANSFORM uses the corrections tab to define state plane coordinate constants for each system in addition to some other planned corrections 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 168 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide D Options alles Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units
226. e most the work is done while the System Points tab is where you view and edit points their coordinates and their descriptions The bottom of the application contains the status bar which provides useful information about the application s status The next section Importing Points 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 20 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 1 4 Importing Points TRANSFORM uses the IMPORT ASSISTANT and EXPORT ASSISTANT to move data in and out of TRANSFORM from other software applications such as COGO programs CAD programs and data collectors The IMPORT ASSISTANT and the EXPORT ASSISTANT both facilitate this process by reading and writing comma delimited ASCII text files which is a industry standard interchange format Open Import Assistant On the Tools menu click IMPORT ASSISTANT or click the IMPORT ASSISTANT tool bar button This will open the following dialog TIP By holding the mouse temporarily over each toolbar button TRANSFORM will provide a pop up message explaining that button s function 7 Import Points e ss Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Point y Noth v Eat gt Bev Desr v inone File Name Brow Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Finish Cancel Help Order of content For the purposes of the Subdivision Example you do not need to change the order of content The order of con
227. e new button is clicked any filter criteria that had been defined for the prior system is saved and the Systems dropdown box text is cleared to allow the input of a new system name 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 1 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Import Points OS E Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Pont Noth Eat vw Bev vw Desor vw none y File Name 1981 Highway Layout Coords bd Brow Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options System 1981 Highway Layout v New 9 Import Original Coords Import Transformed Coords Filter optioins Include all points 0 Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Filter List Select Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Filter List Select Frish Cancel Help By default every new project contains the Field Survey system This is a special protected system that cannot be scaled transformed or deleted This is by design to protect your fieldwork You should always use the Field Survey system for your fieldwork even if your primary goal is only to rotate the field survey s meridian to that of the prior survey s As will be seen in the Merging Drawings section the Field Survey s meridian can be easily rotated to match some other system s meridian via a user transformation Coordinat
228. e pairs linked the best fit system will now report two different sets of coordinates As shown below by selecting the 1934 Subdivision in the Point System dropdown on the System Points tab and by selecting Transformed Coordinates you can now view the transformed coordinates for the 1934 Subdivision 2012 PrimaCode Technologies e PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform ola la File Edit View Tools Help RAT TIE AE TU 9 Label a Northing Easting Blevaton Description a e ea pt Pi 8003 10627 71965 j 9821 29728 j 0 00000 j El 11904 Savion gt 7 10 02 68170 9667 07883 0 00000 S oytene Tape 802 10318 34400 9620 65939 0 00000 Field Survey 803 10545 34300 9877 96447 0 00000 808 1067415060 10020 37785 0 00000 805 10709 03508 9949 29085 0 00000 Coord Syetem Atsxtos 806 10525 39517 9893 14962 0 00000 t Orignal Coordinates 807 10407 51807 39707 60557 0 00000 E Transformed Coordinates 808 10393 87378 962512894 0 00000 A 209 10370 86083 9649 90584 0 00000 Not Transfomed 810 10349 85823 9762 12183 0 00000 User Transiomation 812 10335 95719 9740 88801 0 00000 Best Ft Transformation 813 10428 95025 3741 341065 0 00000 No scale Transformation gu 10445 02439 9765 5419 0 00000 815 1046103853 9791 94327 0 00000 ereen ra 816 10477 17267 9817 24457 0 00000 817 10493 24681 3842 54583 0 00000 Delete System Delete Ports 818 10509 32095 3867 24719 0 00000 Rename System Edt Point
229. e scaling Precision is the amount by which the Scaling parameter might vary at the designated confidence level For example at the default 95 confidence level there is only one chance in twenty 5 that the actual scaling would exceed the upper and lower limits obtained by application of the precision to the computed scaling Translation North The Translation North parameter is the amount by which the origin of the best fit system must be moved to agree with the origin of the target system Translation North Precision 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 139 The Translation North precision is the amount by which this translation parameter might vary at the designated confidence level Translation East The Translation East parameter is the amount by which the origin of the best fit system must be moved to agree with the origin of the target system Translation East Precision The Translation East precision is the amount by which this translation parameter might vary at the designated confidence level Transformation Table TRANSFORM uses the transformation table to display the relationship between the best fit system and the target system The Best Fit point column link column Target point column and variance column describe the criteria that TRANSFORM uses to compute a best fit transformation The other three columns error radii bearing residuals and distance residuals provide information that re
230. e sure the Field Survey system is selected in the System dropdown box as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 53 The Transformations tab can also be opened by simply clicking the User Transformations toolbar button SO A Options MATES Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey x Transformation Base Point 1 y of rotation scaling amp translation User Translation Orig North 10000 00000 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10000 00000 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Elev 0 00000 User Rotation amp Scaling Beginning none Ad End Point none Orig Brg Mod Brg Orig Dist Mod Dist Rotation 13 14 47 79 Scaling 1 000000000000000 Notice that TRANSFORM found the assumed coordinate point Point 1 for the Field Survey system and used it as the Base Point of rotation and entered the Rotation angle necessary to make the meridian for both system equal If you wanted the modified coordinates for the Field Survey system to be some other value or you wanted a different Base Point of rotation you could make those changes here The next section Rolling Back Scaling 3 1 11 Rolling Back Scaling This section describes an important feature of TRANSFORM that is typically of extreme interest to the retracement surveyor Understanding what scaling is what
231. e types TRANSFORM provides two radio buttons that allow you to Import Original Coordinates or Import Modified Coordinates corresponding to un transformed or transformed systems respectively For systems that have not been transformed by user or by best fit the option to Import Modified Coordinates will be disabled Note TRANSFORM treats original coordinates as immutable When TRANSFORM displays or produces modified coordinate values for a system it is simply applying the system s four transformation parameters to the original coordinates By handling the original coordinates in this manner any possibility of coordinate drift due to internal round off errors and iterative solutions is eliminated Filter Options There are six different filter options provided that allow you the means of designating which points in the currently selected source file will be imported 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Import Assistant 147 The first two options Include all points and Exclude all points do exactly what their titles imply Therefore you would not want to use either of these two options if the source file contained coordinate points for more than one coordinate system The other four options allow you to designate which points contained in the source file will be imported into any given system using either point identifier filters or description identifier filters Using identifier filters You can determine which points contained in
232. e used to determine which points contained in a selected system will be exported to the destination file To export all the points in the selected system or none of the points in the selected system select either the Include all points or Exclude all points To export only some of the points in the selected system use the Filter Lists to define an inclusion or exclusion list of point identifiers or point descriptions Point identifier filters Point identifier filters are used to create and exclusion or inclusion list of point identifiers or point identifier ranges 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 158 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide You start by selecting either the Include listed identifiers or Exclude listed identifiers radio buttons first which enables the Filter List box and then supplying a list of filter arguments in the Filter List box The filter list can contain a combination of single point identifiers and or point range identifiers each separated by commas for example 800 803 805 808 813 817 etc By clicking the Select button you can also visually select point identifiers that should be exported and the EXPORT ASSISTANT will fill in the Filter List for you The dialog looks like this p a Contents of 1981 Highway Layout system ad ial E Northing Easting 9845 46725 10404 62506 j 801 9880 39228 10301 17606 0 00000 43 11 54 802 9881 62063 10297 53762 0 00000 43 15 38 803 9971 0
233. each entry press the enter key to automatically move right to the next cell in the table TRANSFORM will resort the table and move the newly defined point up to its properly location for the sort order currently in place Note If the elevation column is visible you must supply a value for the point s elevation as well however the value can be zero The next section Delete Points 9 8 Delete Points Delete a single point To delete a single point in the currently selected Coordinate System select the row that contains the point by clicking the row s header When you do the Delete Point button is enabled as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 243 y sitcom haa fe File Edit View Tools Help 2 O ACIERTA Comida Baia _tabel Northing Essteg_ Beva on Description g Y a 125832213 2377 56728 0 00000 756367 pa datos fc de ed sn as ooo 419822 E Sytems Target J 3 4949 94591 5148 25882 000000 4045 88 2 E Y soo 4244 97871 247509027 0 0000 END J so 4104 58022 261367708 0 00000 END w2 411222711 2620 13671 000000 BND i a CN 4239 51640 3396 23413 ooo BND Ongnal Coordinates 908 4203 96342 3408 01029 0 00000 BND 3 manson bp 95 4262 4834 3545 24874 0 0000 BND 3 Ej 96 4826 80573 371691618 000000 BND Not Tranalomed J o 507045518 4024 80337 owo eno Use
234. ecision value computed at the 99 confidence level Either way TRANSFORM will never prevent you from rolling back scaling it will only try to make you aware of those times when its impact on the solution is more significant How to reverse it To restore the solution s scaling simply right click any one of the Scaling boxes and select the Restore Scaling option You can also select Restore System Scaling on the Tools menu or click the Undo toolbar button 2 Since TRANSFORM requires you to complete your evidence analysis prior to removing scaling it follows that any time you change one of the conditions that affect a best fit transformation TRANSFORM will automatically restore the scaling parameter and compute a new best fit solution Therefore changing the Target for a point pair changing the Link state of a pair or changing the target s Variance will automatically restore the best fit solution s scaling so that you can do a new analysis using unmodified residuals To reapply scaling following some number of changes to any of those three items simply remove scaling again as noted above 2012 PrimaCode Technologies s PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Lastly the Undo and Redo toolbar buttons can be used to swap between un scaled and scaled solutions without dealing with the nag screen Transformed Coordinates As with all the other conditions imposed on the solution once you have removed system scaling for the 193
235. econds at a 95 confidence level would mean that there are only five chances in 100 that the rotation angle could vary by more than 30 seconds Manually transform coordinate systems using fixed values TRANSFORM provides a means for you to supply transformation parameters for a coordinate system as well This is especially useful when targeting a system with an assumed origin and meridian Typically you will want to rotate the meridian of the assumed system to match that of the prior survey being retraced Because rotating the target system s assumed meridian is necessary so often TRANSFORM provides a menu item to automate that process Resoft table values based upon the contents of any column When analyzing the evidence found marking a prior survey it is often the case that not all the monuments found will be in their original and undisturbed locations It is customary to remove O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies About Transform 13 points from the solution that are found not to have residuals consistent with the norm for the survey being retraced In such instances it is desirable to resort the transformation table my magnitude of the distance residual You can do that by simply by double clicking the header for that column in the table Remove the affext of scaling from any trnasformation In certain special circumstances it may be desirable to roll back scaling from a best fit transformation One such situation occurs when the a
236. ecting Include listed descriptions will cause TRANSFORM to show all points with descriptions that match the criteria Selecting Exclude listed descriptions will cause TRANSFORM to show all descriptions that do not match the filter criteria Select description dialog Clicking the Select button in the descriptions group box opens a dialog that will display all the points contained in the currently selected system sorted by Descriptions as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 174 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide E al Select descriptions for Field Survey system EJES 100 9777 11894 10376 85876 0 00000 BND 103 9778 24240 10240 34887 0 00000 BND 106 10068 43482 9539 21154 0 00000 BND 107 10073 48820 9427 88888 0 00000 BND 116 9975 78211 9006 30402 0 00000 BND 117 9922 19089 9065 68157 0 00000 BND r 119 9459 82482 8540 29474 0 00000 BND 120 9406 26293 8599 66256 0 00000 BND 121 9234 77360 8114 27894 0 00000 BND 124 9531 07619 7816 22099 0 00000 BND 183 9698 17690 7712 43309 0 00000 BND 125 9525 48122 7807 76094 0 00000 BND BRKN 102 9846 28907 10282 17049 0 00000 BND Leaning 109 10108 60989 9351 29693 0 00000 cL 202 9871 69574 7579 35307 0 00000 CL LANE 203 9795 23813 7603 68568 0 00000 CL LANE 175 9394 58904 7949 35615 0 00000 CL OLD RD APPR 176 9427 19757 7947 18392 0 00000 CL OLD RD APPR 206 9516 04526 7773 66139 0 00000 CL PT 170 9276 69292 8143 03302 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT 177 9763 52536 7616 60452 0
237. ed pop up tooltips context help and on line help This section covers About Import Files Using Import Assistant Validating Import See Also Export Assistant 4 1 About Import Files Source Data Since TRANSFORM allows point descriptions that contain spaces e g iron pipe the fields for each line of the source file must be comma delimited the fields cannot be space delimited Furthermore since each of TRANSFORM s point records is associated with a specific coordinate system a Best Fit System can contain a pont 450 and the Target System can contain a point 450 Note While TRANSFORM is an ideal tool for analyzing the differences between two different surveys differences that may be indicative of errors it is not a blunder detection tool for analyzing input errors when mathematizing a prior survey Therefore it is up to you to make sure the coordinates you import accurately reflect the mathematics of any given survey If you supply TRANSFORM with coordinates that are in error the results will be also be in error regardless of how good the transformation appears to be The next section Creating Import Data 4 2 Creating Import Data The first step in performing a best fit transformation is to convert a prior survey s courses and distances into a coordinate system Arguably this is the most important aspect of performing any transformation since an erroneous coordinate system will surly result in a flawed transformation
238. eful in certain circumstances such as when trying to hold a single point In such instances you can enter a variance of 0 0001 which will be displayed as 0 000 in read mode Under most circumstances that will result in that linked pair having a residual of zero If it doesn t then all the other variances can be increased in size which will decrease the size of the residual to zero for the held pair see Weighted Solutions Intermixing Variances By changing the variances so that all variances are not equal you can create weighted solutions that give some linked points greater weight than other linked points as will be seen in the next section Weighted Solutions 8 10 Weighted Solutions TRANSFORM performs weighted solutions by converting each linked pair s variance into weight Since weights are inversely proportional to variances the smaller a pair s variance is the larger its weight will be TRANSFORM will always use the supplied variances to perform a transformation If all variances are all the same then TRANSFORM produces an un weighted best fit transformation In most circumstances there will be no need to change the solution s variances However if there are only a few target points and one of them is of questionable quality or if there are many target points but some target points are bounds and some are iron pipes for instance then you may want to assign variances accordingly giving bounds more weight and pip
239. em in the Coordinate System dropdown list Status Bar The status bar is located along the bottom of the application The status bar tells you how many points are contained in the system and how many are currently displayed due to the system s filter criteria The status bar also tells you which units of measure the coordinates are in meters or feet For more information on this subject see the section entitled View s Status Bar The next section Configuration Options O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 235 9 2 Configuration Options The following topics address the System Points view s configuration options p E Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform CEA File Edit View Tools Help gt 7 SEM PICCE TA I EA Label a Northing Easting Elevavon Description Y Coordinate Sytem 7 3901 82050 10236 18110 0 00000 SPIKE g aan ai 2 10000 00000 10000 00000 00000 SPIKE 3 Sytems Taget m 3 1012298321 9590 23839 0 00000 SPIKE hone 5 3380 13770 903198391 0 00000 SPIKE a G 341542845 8582 31317 0 00000 SPIKE g E E 9290 78502 8245 20964 0 00000 PK 3 Soe 8 934868796 789706405 0 00000 pk Ongnal Coordinates 9 710 34594 7625 19396 0 00000 SPIKE Transtommed Coor nates 100 977711894 10376 85876 0 00000 BND 2 101 9820 80012 10316 90219 0 00000 REBAR Not Transfomed w 9846 28907 10282 17049 0 00000 BND Leaning 2 User Tronsiomation 103 9778 24280 10240 3483
240. ent or by simply doing a visual comparison of the two maps being compared In a CAD environment this would typically be done using a block representation of one survey inserted into the other CAD drawing and then moving it around until you get it to roughly fit the other survey For the Subdivision Example one such pairing is subdivision point 830 and field point 174 Pairing points manually O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 35 Scroll down the listing of points for the Best Fit Coord System until you find point 830 which is one of the points identified as being a probable pair with Target point 174 in the previous section Click in the empty cell to the right of point 830 located in the Target Point column as shown below That opens a dropdown list that display all the non filtered points contained in the Field Survey system If there aren t any paired points selected yet as is the case in this example the Target point column will not show any points and when the dropdown list is initially displayed as shown below the Target System s points will appear in numerical order Notice that TRANSFORM also provides the description of each point in the dropdown list to help you select the right kind of point In this instance only points with the corner marker descriptions are shown because we previously applied filters to the system Scroll down the dropdown list and select point 174 which is an iron pipe as shown below
241. enu and then clicking the Precision tab Check the contents of the Transformations view Click on the Transformations tab along the left edge of the application window TRANSFORM now displays the 1981 Highway Layout as the best fit system and the Field Survey as the target system a Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform GE x Hig yout Example PrimaCode Transf a z File Edit View Tools Help p lt 2 a SVU SS IIRIVE VAD O Best Ft Coord System a Error Rad cate a Link Target Variance ___ BrgResidual Dst Residual 2 1981 Highway Layout ON Z 80 z 3 Target Coord System _ 802 Reid Survey 803 z gt T gos s Best Ft System Params iat 805 3 Rotation 95 Precision 806 307 A a 95 Precision 808 i 809 810 811 812 Translation North 95 Precision 2 815 Translation East S5 Precision 816 4 7 818 Target System Rotation 819 None 820 821 0 00 00 00 822 823 z Linked Pairs 0 of 0 95 Cl Ready TRANSFORM selected the Best Fit System and Target System automatically Since the Field Survey cannot be the subject of a transformation TRANSFORM selected it as the logical Target System The points listed in the Best Fit Point column of the table are those points contained in the Best Fit Coord System Likewise the points that will later be listed in the Target Point column of the table are associated with the Target Coord System Notice also that the
242. equently damaged or it may have been located incorrectly by the modern survey Tip To limit the points displayed by TRANSFORM click the View Only Paired Points toolbar button Then sort the grid s list by the magnitude of the distance residuals by double clicking the header of the distance residual column The tweaking process starts by comparing the largest linked pair residual to the solution s 95 confidence interval or twice the 68 confidence interval If the residual is greater than the solution s 95 confidence interval then clear its link When you do TRANSFORM will generate a new confidence interval and an all new set of residuals Based upon the new confidence interval and the new largest residual the process described in the previous paragraph is repeated iteratively until all the remaining linked pairs have residuals consistent with the solution s confidence interval Remember as the number of linked pairs decreases for a transformation so does the reliability of the transformation decrease except when the pair being removed is clearly in error You can see direct evidence of this by monitoring the precision values for rotation and scaling as you add and remove linked pairs from a solution TIP TRANSFORM displays the confidence interval in the application s status bar The confidence level for the confidence interval can be set on the Precision tab of the Tools Options dialog box or by clicking the desired precision on
243. er i e the scaling parameter TRANSFORM reverses the effects of scaling by forcing that correction into the solution s residuals However residuals are supposed to represent the solution s random errors therefore when scaling is removed the residuals become a hybrid of two very incompatible elements one a systematic error and the other a random error To implement this contradictory procedure TRANSFORM starts at the centroid of the coordinate system and applies the compliment of the solution s scaling to each of its coordinate points the magnitude of the change being proportional to the product of the scaling s compliment times the point s distance from the system s centroid 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Removing System Scaling 261 When complete the residuals of point pairs at or near the centroid of the coordinate system will have changed very little or not at all while the residuals of points lying furthest from the system s centroid will pick up significant amounts of displacement not attributable to random errors In This Section Why Remove Scaling Removing Scaling Restoring Scaling Ramifications 13 1 Why Remove Scaling Occasionally there is justification for remove scaling form a best fit transformation One such instance is when the scaling is statistically insignificant Scaling is statistically insignificant whenever the magnitude of the scaling is less than its associated precision e g 45 p
244. ers or precisions then it probably should be kept in the best fit solution Generally speaking the smaller the precision values for each parameter the tighter the overall solution is See also Advanced Topics Scaling and the Law Examples Scaling Cause and Affect The next section Error Radii Error Radii Error radius values are a special case of the error ellipses that is typical to most least squares computations For the best fit transformation the semi major and semi minor axes of the ellipses are always equal hence a radius is reported instead of an ellipse The error radius The Error Radius column shows the maximum estimated error or positional uncertainty of the coordinate position at the specified statistical confidence level Unlike residual values TRANSFORM displays an error radius for every point contained in the Best Fit or transformed system as can be seen in the next screen shot when filtering is turned off 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started a File Edit View Tools Help t gt ATEO EA EE E Error Rad BestFit aj Link Target Variance Beg Residual Dst Residual 2 BestFt Coord System i 1981 300 Y 183 0 100 N 81 113357 W 0 128 1881 Highway Layat y 0088 901 125 0 100 SES 54 02 64 0 225 3 Target Coord System oor a Y 124 0 100 SEE aT LIF W 0 068 Feld Survey Y 0 068 93 Y m9 0 100 NOS 37 5367 E
245. es Are you sure you want to proceed review ramifications When complete TRANSFORM modifies the solution s scaling as shown below amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform elas File Edit View Tools Help 4 lt SOUP 3 UTA EE E Best Ft Coord System Error Rad BestFa al Link Target Variance 8 du Z 11981 Highway Layout 7 gt w wv 183 0 100 57908 47 4 3 Target Coord System 901 125 0 100 7101 902 Y 124 0 100 S 67 9 Field al pd CHAR Saw sd 903 Y 19 0 100 96 11 15 17 E 0 041 a Best Ft System Params 304 Y 120 0 100 N 14 34 43 18 E 0 049 3B Rotation 95 Precision 305 v 116 0 100 58020 481 E 125 E 0 00 00 00 20 07 10 306 Y 117 0 100 589 24 56 37 E 307 Y 107 0 100 N 40 47 18 99 y a Scaling 95 Precision Fa 908 00 ppm H 209 1 000 000 000 000 000 E 910 Y 106 0 100 N16 17 0399 T 0 0000 100 et 912 Translation North 95X Precision 913 102 0 100 484545091 20 062 ial 914 gt 103 0 100 Translation East 95 Precision el 95 5404 56192 0 062 Ll 916 100 0 100 N 36 35 00 99 E had Target System Rotation None Value Sytem HA 1981 Highway Layout F t 3 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 C 0 142 ft Ready Notice that the scaling is now noted as 1 000000000000 as shown above 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 122 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Also notice that the residuals are all displayed as Pseudo values
246. es as evidence before using the bearing evidence of a prior survey the land surveyor must first relate his survey to the meridian of the prior survey 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 306 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Furthermore when determining the difference in meridians between two surveys it is important to use as many of the original monuments as possible to conform with the other rule of evidence noted above that requires giving all the original monuments equal standing within the context of the written document that established them Once again the best fit transformation is an excellent tool for making such determinations since one of the four parameters it produces is the angle of rotation This parameter is the difference between the meridians of the two surveys being compared TRANSFORM also provides a precision for the rotation angle e by how much the angle could vary based upon the chosen reliability coefficient e g 68 90 95 99 Moreover the best fit transformation is the only solution that can compute a statistically most probable difference in meridians rotation angle between two surveys using all the available evidence monuments and measurements simultaneously in one unified solution Most Probable Positions Using Transform While there is no one rule of evidence that can be quoted that specifically mentions the use of a best fit transformation s most probable positions to reproduce missi
247. es exporting the transformed coordinates from TRANSFORM and then importing them into another CAD drawing How you import files into AutoCAD depends on which add on program you work with inside AutoCAD such as AutoDesk s Land Development Desktop or Carlson s SurvCADD The advantage of merging drawings in this manner is that it significantly reduces the likelihood that the merged coordinates will be incorrect The disadvantage of this method is that any line work or identifiers in the original drawing must be redone a second time to insure the end points of lines terminate on point nodes Starting the export process To export points from TRANSFORM start by clicking the Export Assistant icon on Transform s toolbar or select Export Assistant on the Tools menu This will open the EXPORT ASSISTANT show below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 131 r Export Points JEJ 8 Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options Poit Noth Eat vw Bev v Desr one File Name Browse Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Browse 1981 Highway Layout Finish Cancel Help Selecting the order of content Set the order of content and items that should comprise each line of the ASCII file using the six dropdown lists Most products accept content configured according to the default settings as shown above TRANSFORM will separate the items on each
248. es less weight In the example shown below point 125 and point 102 were both damaged bounds They were also the only two points with residuals larger than the solution s 95 CI which would normally suggest that they where no longer in their original and undisturbed locations 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 217 As such these points would be excluded from the solution be clearing their links but in this instance they are kept in the solution but given a lower weight by changing their Variances S Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform Lo x File Edit View Tools TE E EEEE Lo a di 183 A A EG Lees f J E Y W O N N 78 56 15 46 W E 1981 Huey Levent 1 cos 901 Y 125 BNDBRKN 0 100 83 20 17 08 W 0 175 T Target Coord Sytem _ 0 065 3902 Y 124 BND 0 100 06 03 14 29 W 0 024 Fod Survey _ 0068 903 Y 119 BND 0 100 N 85 36 42673 E 0 097 0067 20 Y 120 BND 0 100 N 4904 2891 E 0 104 g Golf Seton Penns o2 905 y 116 BND 0 100 S63 0Y 4027 E 0 150 3 Rawon 95 Precision 0062 06 Ow 117 BND 0 100 S71 45 4458 E 0 139 E 15 420397 20 00127 0071 907 Y 107 BND 0 100 N77 39 26 65 W 0 023 Es 85 fedia 0 075 910 Y 16 BND 0100 N 3715 55 47 W 0 033 es a mis 102 BNDLesming 0 300 S61 47 18 29 W 028 0 108 914 Y 103 BND 0 100 S87 11 5552 W 0 076 1 000 073 588 419 180 0111 916 Y 100 END 0 100 NST OF 30 54 W 0 083 0 0074 100 Translabo
249. esiduals As noted in the previous section a residual is the amount by which the coordinates of the Best Fit point differ from the coordinates of the Target point From a mathematical standpoint the residuals represent the solution s random errors e g the part of the best fit solution that cannot be attributed to one of the solution s four systematic errors i e its transformation parameters In the context of land surveying a residual can be thought of as the amount by which the monument found on the ground differs from its theoretical or best fit location Elimination theory The analysis process should always start with all possible pairs linked and the start looking for outliers from there An outlier is any point with a residual that is inconsistent with the quality of the overall solution indicating that the point was originally set in error had been subsequently damaged or had been located in error However it should be remembered that an outlier can also be an indication of a possible error associated with the mathematics used to convert the prior survey s measurements into coordinates A good indicator of how accurately the prior surveyor set the monuments marking his survey i e the quality of the overall solution is the 95 confidence interval located in the application s status bar When the residuals of all the linked pairs are consistent with the solution s overall 95 confidence interval the outliers wi
250. et point If you change the variance of a target point TRANSFORM will continue to use the new value you supplied thereafter If you change the variance of any currently defined pairing all future pairings will automatically be assigned the new variance 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 215 To change the default point variance used for new projects select Options on the Tools menu and select the Application tab The Application tab allows you to change the default variance to some other value Thereafter all new best fit transformations and projects will use the new default value a Options Application Comections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units Significant Digits Coordinates 5 decimal places Seconds 2 decimal places Distances 3 decimal places Preset Values Default Pair Variance WEEE feet Detect Pairs Variance 15 feet Max Allowable Scaling 05 feet 100 feet Confidence Level 68 un modified 90 error O 95 error 99 error affects the display of error radiuses confidence interval and precisions When defining a new default variance or when reassigning all variances for a solution you can only enter up to three decimal places which is the number of decimal places TRANSFORM displays in the transformation table read mode Note Because weights are inversely proportional to variances a variance of ze
251. ever the scaling is statistically significant i e the scaling parameter is larger than its associated precision then it is generally inappropriate to roll back scaling since a real difference in unit length was detected between the measurements used to describe the two surveys being compared Rolling back scaling To roll back or remove scaling from a best fit solution simply right click anyone of the scaling boxes and select Remove Scaling from the popup context menu Alternatively you can also select Remove System s Scaling on the Tools Menu As a precaution every time you choose to roll back scaling TRANSFORM will display the following warning that by doing so the solution s residuals will pick up the difference Scaling Roll Back ES Taking this action will force one of the solution s four systematic A errors its scaling into the solution s random errors its residuals Adding that linear bias to the residuals will render them and the solution s confidence interval CI un usable for analysis purposes Are you sure you want to proceed review ramifications 2 3 O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 55 When complete TRANSFORM modifies the solution s scaling as shown below 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform ola is File Edit View Tools Help t D lt lt lt ERA MAEA ETA A VERO Best Ft Coord System Error Rad Best Fa al Link Target Variance gt x i ee 1
252. ey 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Advanced Topics 297 Remember this difference is not necessarily a function of the devices it can also be a result of other applicable corrections such as sag slope atmospheric etc Lastly the precision of the solution s rotation and scaling provide some measure of how tight the solution is When the solution s scaling or rotation is less than its associated precision that value is considered statistically insignificant To demonstrate this point simply apply the precision to its associated value by adding and subtracting it These two new values describe the upper and lower limits of the value If those limits encompass the value of zero then that is one of its probable values The next section Scaling and the Law 18 2 Scaling and the Law This section discusses the pro s and con s of scaling and the general support for scaling found in the law of evidence governing the practice of land surveying See also Scaling Cause and Affect Measurement Errors There are two fundamental types of errors associated with the measurements used to describe boundary markers systematic errors and random errors Systematic Errors Systematic errors as their name implies are errors that are equally applicable to every measurement for a particular survey Systematic errors are typically attributable to some characteristic of the measuring device and are relatively consistent in nature
253. f for some reason TRANSFORM does not display 21 paired points manually select the remaining pairs so that TRANSFORM looks the same as above Note By momentarily holding the mouse over each point identifier in the Best Fit Point column or the Target Point column TRANSFORM will display a tooltip message telling you what the point s description is If there is not a description there will not be a tooltip message You can also choose to show a column in the table for best fit point descriptions and target point descriptions by selecting that option on the View menu About the residuals With each new selection of a target point TRANSFORM updates the pseudo residuals for all the paired points as if a best fit transformation had been performed By checking the magnitude of the pseudo residuals you can get some idea if the pairings are reasonable Note At this point you should not be evaluating the residuals If there is any chance that two points are marking the same position on both surveys you should pair them Only omit pairings that result in very large theoretical residuals In this example the largest residual is about 1 5 feet for point 851 which is not enough at this point to rule out the possibility that this is a proper pairing Pseudo residuals are only provided as an aid for identifying all possible paired points The residuals do not mean that a best fit transformation has not been performed That does not happen until
254. f the online user s guide to the section that compares differing ways of reproducing a missing corner and then tabulates those results to demonstrate how using scaling compares to not using scaling Tweaking Transformations When selected opens the of Advanced Topics section of the online user s guide that discusses the method and theory behind tweaking a best fit transformation Transform amp the law When selected opens the Advanced Topics section of the online user s guide that discusses how TRANSFORM can be used in harmony with the Law of Evidence PrimaCode Online When selected opens your default web browser and goes to PrimaCode s home page on the web Check for Updates When selected opens your default web browser and goes to PrimaCode s Revisions History web page This page displays the most current version of TRANSFORM and list the changes made for that version as well as previous versions To check which version you currently have installed click About Transform on the Help menu Purchase Product When selected from a trial version of the product will open a page on PrimaCode s web site that discussed the options available for purchasing TRANSFORM for Windows This option is not visible for retail copies of the application Activate Product When selected will open a dialog box that allows you to edit your personal information and to enter an activation code for retail products Optionally this dia
255. ferent confidence levels shown on the View menu When you choose the 68 confidence level TRANSFORM displays the normal unadjusted value for confidence interval error radius and parameter precision When you choose a higher confidence level TRANSFORM re computes the magnitudes for all the dependent values based upon the selected confidence level The next section Table Sorting 8 15 Table Sorting You can sort the transformation table based upon the values contained in any one of its columns and you can sort it in ascending or descending order O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 250 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide File Edit View Tools Help e A AVUPO 3 TA A EEE TO Error Rad BestFit Link Target Variance Beg Residual Best Fit Coord System 1 l i SF EY 907 Y 107 0 100 89 19 21 80 W 0 002 Homey ayat 0068 10 Y 106 0 100 N 57 14 01 32 W 0 038 T Target Coord System 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 78 18 57 05 w 0 083 Feld Survey 0097 902 Y 124 0 100 50 59 31 62 W 0 088 0068 903 Y 119 0 100 N 72 55 5099 E 0 063 Best FR System Poems 0 095 gs Y 103 0 100 S6330 4690 w 0067 Rotaton 95X Precision 0 067 908 Y 120 0 100 N21 43 31 72 E 0 076 E Conr 20 00 10 0 057 906 y 117 0 100 85 45 3208 E 0 122 Ly aS 95 Precision _ 0w 300 Y 183 0100 83 06 2375 w 0 128 S aoa 246 3 pom _ 0058 905 Y 116 0 100 S76 32 19 76 E 0 131 00 91
256. fier Type radio buttons 1 Add or subtract increment each label in the specified range of points by the value you provide in the Modifier box 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 247 2 Prefix each label of the specified range of points by the value you supply in the Modifier box 3 Post fix each label of the specified range of points with the value you supply in the Modifier box Relabeling Restrictions amp Caveats If point labels within the range of points being relabeled are prefixed or post fixed with letters the label will still be incremented without regard to the prefix or suffix letter Since TRANSFORM does not allow embedded letters or numbers in a point label attempting to perform a relabel operation that would result in an embedded letter or number is not allowed If you relabel points in error the relabeling can be reversed with the Undo button 0 from within TRANSFORM The next section Undo Redo Options 9 11 Undo Redo Options Anytime you edit or delete a point record or point system you have the option of undoing and redoing the operation TRANSFORM supports multiple levels of undo and redo so you can undo redo any number of deletions or edits Point options To undo any deleted point or to undo an edit of a point right click in the grid and select Undo or select undo on the edit menu while the insertion point is in the grid To redo the undo repeat the above process but select
257. for the rotation angle If you finished the INSERT operation and the rotation is wrong use AutoCAD s undo command and repeat the INSERT process outlined above using the opposite sign for the rotation angle That completes the process of merging AutoCAD drawings At this point you need to validate the insertion Validate the results The quickest and most reliable way to do validate the insertion process is to compare the coordinates of a point node in AutoCAD with the same point in TRANSFORM Next enter Explode on the command line and press the Enter key Select the inserted block and press the Enter key Zoom in on Point 821 for the inserted block and select it Then right click and select Properties in AutoCAD s context menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started e AutoCAD now displays the coordinates for Point 821 Next switch to TRANSFORM and click the System Points tab Select the transformed system in the Point System dropdown box Click the Transformed Coordinates radio button as shown below ED 1934 Subdivision ban maCo fos x File Edit View Tools Help q e UN 3 5 VO 2 Cim Label a i Northing Easting EBevadon Description sous T 800 10569 96905 9682 32379 0 00000 E a yo 10269 89750 9369 15561 0 00000 T System s Target 802 10200 09596 9460 60112 0 00000 Field Survey 803 10502 78200 3756 32405 0 00000 204 10660 72508 9965 41736 0 00000 805 106
258. g and then bring the new points from that drawing into a previously defined system in TRANSFORM Using the Import Assistant The IMPORT ASSISTANT allows you to add new points or revise previously defined points using a complete ASCII text file dump When TRANSFORM encounters a coordinate point in the ASCII text file that is identical to that already defined in TRANSFORM it will be ignored Only new coordinate point information is imported to TRANSFORM Therefore you will never need to edit an ASCII text file to eliminate all but the new or changed points You just create a new ASCII text file containing every point in the system from your data collector of AutoCAD drawing and import it into TRANSFORM The Import Assistant checks for changes to existing points and prompts to ignore or overwrite each modified point Using the System Points editor If you only have one or two points to add or edit it is often easier and faster to make the changes manually To do so switch to the System Points view select the system that contains the point to be added or edited select original or modified coordinates and then select the part of the point s definition that you want to edit 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 136 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ie ea ry ae o fos x File Edit View Tools Help e lt A IEA TA 9 Label Northing Easting I Elevadon Description iz E Cmime Sytem 7 9922 19083 9065 6815
259. gies Import Assistant 145 r Import Points TJEJ Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Pont y North Eat Bev Desr vw none gt File Name 1981 Highway Layout Coords bd Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options Import Original Coords Import Transformed Coords Filter optioins e Include all points Exclude all points Include listed identifiers gt Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Located in TRANSFORM updates the contents of this box whenever you choose a new file to import TRANSFORM keeps a record of the most recently used path for all Open Save Import and Export operations and restores that path at the beginning of any of those four operations TIP When the path is too large to fit in the text box the complete path can be viewed by momentarily holding the mouse over the path box When you do this the IMPORT ASSISTANT displays the full path in a pop up box Using Coordinate systems The Systems dropdown box is used to define a new system or choose an existing system to contain the points you wish to import To define a new system representing the coordinates for a single survey click the New button or simply replace the text in the system dropdown box with the name of a new system When th
260. he Assistant will also provide you with an option to skip all points with a duplicate identifier or to overwrite all points with a duplicate point identifier In the event that a point in the ASCII text file has the same identifier and the same definition as the one contained in TRANSFORM the IMPORT ASSISTANT will silently skip over that point By handling duplicate points in this manner you will not need to create special ASCII text files for only those points that were not handled since the date of the last import such as when new points need to be added to a system or when the definition of points must be revised Key Features Following are a few of the key features of the IMPORT ASSISTANT 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Import Assistant m e Import multiple ASCII text files from a single import session e Create new coordinate systems from within the IMPORT ASSISTANT e Populate any number of coordinate systems from a single import session e Import only those points from the source file that have certain identifiers e Import only those points from the source file that have certain descriptions e Add new points and update old points using the IMPORT ASSISTANT e Import from source files with any arrangement of data fields per line e IMPORT ASSISTANT will automatically detect and provide TRANSFORM with some filters e Extensive error checking is provided to alert the user of potential problems e Three types of on line help provid
261. he AutoCAD drawing correctly you should always compare some of the coordinates of the rotated CAD drawing with some of the coordinates displayed on the System Points tab of TRANSFORM To check coordinates switch TRANSFORM s solution back to the System target meridian for the Field Survey s by clicking the radio button as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies e PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Bt savin Emp PimaCode Tano File Edit View Tools Help y lt y a ma TERA OA A EEE TO g Bes Ft Coord Stem z 830 Y S27 18 28 85 11324 Sutrdiieion x 832 Y N 74 12 4247 E 3 Target Coord System 833 Y N 80 27 43 88 W 837 Y N71 OF 39 40 E i 838 Y N42 56 44 67 E Best Ft System Params 839 Y S37 40 39 19 E i Rotation 95 Precision 240 Y N79 46 1312 E E 0 00 00 007 20 08 13 841 Y N 10 45 07 76 E A 96 Pedin 842 Y S06 23 37 72 W 1162 0 pom 2 1226 6 pom us af SW OLIW su Y 19 35 02 08 W 0 998 837 966 721 662 245 o 13 28 2252 W 0 1162 100 ss Ti N 58 48 37 99 W Tutto cen a 77921 y AT a 851 N37 29 07 63 E Translation East 95 Precision 852 NSIT 46 5721 E 4688 13395 20249 853 N36 OF 1565 E 854 N 45 20 59 80 W Target System Rotation 855 60 03 52 19 W A None Vae Sytem 859 25 18 1142 W Linked Pairs 19 of 21 Next switch to the applications System Points tab Select the Field Survey system in the Coordinate System dropdown box and then select the Transformed Coor
262. he Tools menu and then selecting the Precisions tab The next section Copying And Pastin 3 1 12 3 Copying and Pasting The section discusses how to move information from TRANSFORM into an AutoCAD drawing using the windows clipboard to copy values from Transform s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and paste them into AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK and INSERT dialogs Because this method does not require any keyboard entry of values there is little chance of input errors Likewise because you copy enhanced precision values from Transform s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog round off errors are all but eliminated This benefit of merging drawings in this manner is that your line work and symbols are preserved Set the UNITS in AutoCAD In AutoCAD enter Units on the command line and press the Enter key This will open the DRAWING UNITS dialog as shown below ry Drawing Units E Length Angle Type Type Decimal z Surveyor s Units v Precision Precision 0 0000 y N 040000 E y Clockwise Insertion scale Units to scale inserted content Feet y Sample Output 1 5000 2 0039 0 0000 3 0000 lt N 45d0 0 E 0 0000 Lighting Units for specifying the intensity of lighting Generic v Screen shot from AutoCAD 2009 Select Decimal Feet and Surveyor s Units as shown above and then select a Precision of 5 decimal places for Length and 1 decimal place for the seconds of directions Click the OK bu
263. he next section Rotating an AutoCAD Drawing 3 2 13 2 Rotating an AutoCAD Drawing Rotation the AutoCAD drawing Start by selecting the None radio button in TRANSFORM s Target Meridian group if it is not already O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 125 E A Lond e Ta Ss fos x File Edit View Tools Help om e lt SOUS Oe 39 VV EE E 2 Beal Cond Sytem _Error Rad BestFit a Link Target Variance Brg Residual _ Dst Residual an 0 101 300 Y 183 0 100 NET 1133 57 W 0 128 l kiote Levent 0 088 01 125 0 100 SES 54 0264 0725 T Target Coord System 0 097 902 Y 124 0 100 S66 41 34 30 W 0 068 Feld Survey _ 0 068 903 Y 119 0 100 N 83 37 53 67 E 0 063 E _ 0067 30s Y 120 0 100 N 3725 34 40 E 0 076 go Dek yate Poems 0 058 905 Y 116 0 100 60 50 17 07 E 0 131 raton 95 Precision 0057 906 z 117 0 100 70 OF 2940 E 0 122 FAO 534202 6804301105 2000127 b 0065 w wi wr 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 al Scaling 95 Precision 4 i 308 496p0m 257 1 ppm oe 0 068 910 Y 106 0 100 N 41 3158 66 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 0087 911 0 0050 100 0064 912 A A OE an z e ee 1 Y I z TY wi p 1 18841 t y da ow 915 Translation East 55 Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 36 54 37 W 0 043 4190 89753 10 056 Target System Rotation OS None Value Sytem 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0130ft Ready Double click th
264. he point range information from you selection set and enters that range in the identifier Filter List box as shown below Note You also have the option of selecting single points and or individual point ranges from this dialog 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 24 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Ip sores Points Ara E Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Point v Noth East v Bev v Descr none v File Name Field Survey amp Subdivision Coordinates bd Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Subdivision Example Systems options System Field Survey y 9 Import Original Coords Filter optioins Include all points Exclude all points 9 Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Filter List 1 241 Include listed descriptions C Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Frish Cance Hep _ Filter Criteria The IMPORT ASSISTANT automatically selects the Include listed identifiers option for you If you had wanted to define an exclusion range you can switch to Exclude listed identifiers Define a new system A new system can be defined in either of two ways You can either click the New button and enter the name of the new system or you can click in the Systems dropdown box and simply start typing the name of the new system Either option will cause the IMPORT ASSISTANT to automatically save a
265. he results Save a project To save your work as a project simply click the Save button on the toolbar or click Save on the File menu This opens a standard SAVE PROJECT dialog box for saving files EN Save As E Save in fj Desktop X E Y Pp y L AAA E Libraries Dennis a 7 ll System Folder R System Folder Recent Places USFS i i wr f A Computer y Network toa System Folder A System Folder Desktop N Projectl tfm i 167330 Transform Project a 3 File folder 21 4 KB s Libraries 8 Project2 tfm Transform Project fi lhe 41 1 KB Computer Network File name Project 1 ttm v Sae Save as type Transform files tfm Cancel Project Name Project1 Project Number Use the Save in dropdown list to select the folder where the project will be saved Next provide a name for the project in the File Name text box You do not need to add the file extension TRANSFORM will do that for you Optionally you can also supply a project name and project number which information can appear on printed reports For more information see user Options Projects 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 138 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide rf CAES Application Corrections _ Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units Options Project Information User Name Dennis C Drumm Company Name PrimaCode Technologies Project Name Project1 Project Number Date La
266. he scaling is statistically significant see Rolling Back Scaling later in this tutorial Interpreting precisions Using the Precision values you can evaluate how loose or tight a solution is and what the potential significance is of each parameter For example based upon the scaling s precision of 1475 1 for this example at a 95 confidence level there would only be one chance in 20 that the scaling could be less than 313 1 or greater than 2637 1 See also Transform_and the Law Scaling and the Law The next section Rotating Target Meridian 3 1 10 Rotating the Target Meridian This section discusses how to rotate the meridian of the Field Survey system to agree with the meridian of the 1934 Subdivision This section also shows how to produce transformed coordinates for the 1934 Subdivision that either best fit the Field Survey s original meridian or best fit its modified meridian Meridian s use and reliability More often than not the primary goal of tying into a prior survey is the desire to reproduce the prior survey s meridian Aside from the requirement in some jurisdictions to reference a known meridian the reproduced meridian can be a key component in reproducing any missing points marking the prior survey And the more reliable the reproduced meridian is the more reliable the reproduced points marking the prior survey will be No other means of reproducing a prior survey s meridian is more comprehensive and ore
267. he target system As such it can be considered the movable system Confidence Interval The confidence interval CI is the best fit solution s overall reliability similar to the error radii for each best fit system point The solution s confidence interval is always based upon one of the four statistical confidence levels 68 90 95 99 Note a confidence interval computed at a 68 probability it is equal to the solution s standard deviation Coordinate System A coordinate system is a collection of point records for a single coordinate system in TRANSFORM that all share a common origin a Linked Pairs 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 4 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide The collection of paired points that are linked comprise those pairs that TRANSFORM will use to compute a best fit solution for the two systems being compared Paired Points Pairing two points tells TRANSFORM that one point in the best fit system is supposed to describe the same theoretical point in the target system Point Records A point record refers to the collection of information that defines a single coordinate position in one of Transform s systems E Precision Precision is a measure of the accuracy associated with each of the four transformation parameters Precisions are based upon one of the four statistical confidence levels 68 90 95 99 Residuals A residual is the difference in northing and easting
268. hen the None radio button is selected the Target system is not rotated as is shown in the Target System s Rotation group box and the Residual values are based upon an un rotated Target system a E Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olaa File Edit View Tools Help A e lt a SEM M AET GORIWVE 2100409 PE O II EIC IICA II IC 2 1 Y 1 N81 17 TW 2 1981 Highway Layout 7 0 088 901 125 0 100 TOG 238 T TergetCoord System 0 097 902 Y 124 0 100 S65 4134 20 W 0 058 Field Survey m 0 068 903 Y 19 0 100 N 88 37 5367 E 0 063 0067 904 Y 120 0 100 N 3725 440 E 0 076 g Coot FR System Poems 0058 205 Y 16 0 100 60 50 1707 E 0 131 Z Rotation 95 Precision 0057 906 Y 117 0 100 70 03 29 40 E 0 122 E 15 42 02 68 20 00 12 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 E Scaling 95 Precision j 0067 908 496 pom 257 1 pom 0 069 909 0 068 910 Y 106 0 100 N 41 31 58 64 w 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 0087 911 0 0050 100 oos 912 a o aa a O gar 6281 188341 20 056 Oss Y 0 100 79 12 49 58 W 7 0 101 915 Transiaton East 95 Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 35 54 37 W 0 043 4180 89753 20 056 Target System Rotation None Value System 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0130 ft Ready In this instance the difference in meridian s between the Best Fit system and the Target system is applied to the Best Fit system as can be seen in the Bes
269. hing Easting Elevation Description nt n 3698 15737 i 771255915 0 00000 END E aaae d 0 9525 49555 7807 98515 0 00000 BND T System s Target MIE 9531 09924 781627449 0 00000 BND field Survey MIES 9489 62331 8520 23134 0 00000 BND sos 9406 20253 8539 516 0 00000 BND E 205 9975 84605 9006 18943 0 00000 BND Comi Sin Deiat 06 9922 23233 9065 56734 0 00000 BND T Orignal Coordinates 307 10073 48002 9427 91939 0 00000 END 3 Transtomed Coordinates ss 10153 39489 9431 56069 0 00000 BND 2 s09 10148 33154 9542 87769 0 00000 BND Not Translomed sw 10068 40602 9539 23705 0 00000 BND User Translomation m 9995 17667 10040 57246 0 00000 BND 2 Best F2 Transformation m 9926 98580 9998 72022 0 00000 END No scale Transformation 913 9646 39503 10282 34232 0 00000 BND 91 9778 25496 10240 41478 0 00000 BND saan 915 9730 01297 10338 69535 0 00000 BND o T 916 9777 039638 10376 83573 0 00000 END Showing Points 17 of 50 Parameter reliability TRANSFORM also provides a precision value for each of the four transformation parameters O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies ne PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 2 10 The precision values are the estimated reliability of each parameter at the specified statistical confidence level For the Highway Layout example there is a 95 probability that the error in rotation will not exceed 12 seconds Parameter significance Precision is also very helpfu
270. ick the system s Start button and then click All Programs and then PrimaCode Projecti PrimaCode Transform File Edit View Tools Help a LH de L 23I8 VT O 2 Codnate System a Lt Northing Easting Elevation Descngoon Feld Survey System s Target hone Transformabor Coord System Atrixtes Orgnal Coordinates System Ports Nat Traraformed User Translomation Best Fe Transformation No scale Transformation New System New Pont Showing Points 0 of 0 System Units Feet Start the Import Assistant To open the IMPORT ASSISTANT click Import Assistant on Transform s Tools menu or click the Import Assistant toolbar button TIP You can identify the function of each toolbar button by momentarily hovering the mouse over each toolbar button TRANSFORM displays a tooltip message indicating each button s function 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Point Noth East Bev y none y File Name Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Select the order and type of content Browse ea o e Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Finish Cancel Help By default TRANSFORM selects the order of content for each line of the ASCII text file as shown above This is the correct order for the content in the supplied sample files so do not change these settings Had you created you
271. ide to that section In This Section Application Tab Used to configure how TRANSFORM functions Corrections Tab Used for state plane coordinate operations future version Filters Tab Used to define filters for each point system Precisions Tab Used to specify significant digits and confidence levels for output Projects tab Used to define project information for printed reports Transformations Tab Used for user defined transformations Units Tab Used to select input preferences O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 166 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 6 1 Application Tab TRANSFORM uses the application tab to select options that affect how transform will function Options les Application Corrections Fiters__ Precisions Projects Transtomations Units Settings Re Load last work space on startup v Confirm action when deleting points Y Sort target point lists by most probable match Y Show Error Radius column in transformation grid F Show Best Fit point description column in transformation grid E Show Target point description column in transformation grid Y Show Variance column in transformation grid Y Show Elevation column in point list grid Show Northing and Easting Residuals Disable Upgrade Notification Service Re Load last work space on startup Check this box to re load the last opened job each time TRANSFORM is started Confirm action when deleting point
272. ield Survey 0 075 303 Y 119 E 0077 905 Y 120 g Bat FR Syatem Paren 0076 305 Y 116 2 Rotation 95 Precision 0 077 906 Y 117 0 00 01 06 20 00 14 0 101 907 Y 107 3 Scaling 95 Precision E 0 104 908 524 pom 1635 pom pl on 909 _ 0 109 910 Y 106 1 000 092 354 462 5390 0 147 311 0 0082 100 0 143 912 Taon O mn O n a 1 2 7 A 4845 0432 0 06 02 315 Translation East 95 Precision x76 916 O 100 5404 22004 20 067 _ Target System Rotation None O Voie System 15 47 02 68 Linked Pairs 8 of 12 95 Ci 0 133 ft Ready Therefore in this configuration the meridian for both the Target system and the Best Fit system can have some amount of rotation Also unique to this mode is that each time the Value button is selected TRANSFORM updates the amount of Target system rotation and Best Fit system rotation such that the Best Fit system once again is not rotated Equal System Option When the System radio button is selected TRANSFORM rotates the Target system s meridian by an amount equal to rotation of the Best Fit system as is indicated in the Target System s Rotation group box Likewise in this mode the Residual values are now based upon a Best Fit system that is not rotated 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 274 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide See O ETEO o es File Edit View Tools Help y gt lt lt POUR SS IOBVWT VER 0 D Dan ErmoeRod BestFit a
273. ies 24 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ee om EUITIO 33 O Label 1981 Highway Layout copy 1 Symens Target hone Coord System Atributes Orignal Coordinates Transtomned Coordinates Not Transformed 5070 45518 O User Translomaticn oe 8 3698 Best Fi Transformation O 0 5148 36331 517361795 Then select one of the four available options noted in the previous section to delete the selected points Note If you inadvertently delete the wrong points you can always restore them by clicking the Undo button A The next section Edit Points 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 245 9 9 Edit Points To edit any part of the information that describes an existing point including its label select the correct coordinate mode i e Original or Transformed click in the grid s cell that contains the information to be edited e enter a new value wh sy Layout Example PrimaCe nsfo O lt File Edit View Tools Help e lt lt A ITA ETA GO Northing Easting Blevation Description qene Sree 927 125832213 2377 56723 0 00000 75 6367 E ae tae lhl En 499867574 5003 32249 0 00000 41 98 22 Sytems Target es 943 54637 5148 25882 0 00000 40 45 88 fa s0 4244 97871 2475 08027 0 00000 BND 901 4104 58032 2613 57708 0 00000 BND a 902 411222711 262013671 0 00000 BNO Coord System Naas 3 239 51640 3336 33413 0 00
274. ifference is due to systematic error and what part of the difference is due to random errors The systematic errors are reported as the four transformation parameters while the random errors are reported as residuals When scaling is removed from the solution the systematic error associated with it must be moved into the residuals That means the residuals are now a hybrid combination of random error and systematic error and therefore their values can no longer be viewed as purely random error Since the new hybrid residuals are no longer representative of each point s random errors they can no longer be used to evaluate whether or not the pairing is usable or unusable i e the found point is still in it original and undisturbed location That is why TRANSFORM does not allow the scaling to be rolled back and kept in that state while changing the conditions that define a best fit transformation managing linked pairs and their variances In the example shown above TRANSFORM reports the scaling as 1 000 000 000 000 000 and it is shown in red text When the mouse is hovered over the red explanation icon TRANSFORM displays a message explaining that the scaling that was rolled back was statistically significant i e that the scaling was larger than its 99 precision When scaling is statistically significant as is the case in this instance the ramifications of rolling back scaling are more significant that if the scaling had not been sta
275. ighway Layout Coords bt E Pp ah Peccat Pacs _ Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coords bd E Field Survey Coords txt Libraries Documents F A Music Pictures El Videos 1 Computer amp Local Disk C Ea Local Archives F es Removable Disk J Ed data massgis state ma us X File name Field Survey Coords tt ASCII Text files asc auf cs Open v Cancel Using this dialog you can select a new source file containing points to imported When the Open button is clicked you are returned to the IMPORT ASSISTANT and your selection is updated in the File Name box as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 150 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Import Points JE 8 Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Pom Noth Eat vw Bev v Desr v mone Flo Name Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options System Field Survey gt New 9 Import Original Coords Import Transformed Coords Filter optioins Include all points Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List gt Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Fnsh Cancel Hep Using description filters You can also determine which points contained in the source file will be imported into any given system by applica
276. imaCode Technologies 2 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ra Options Pe sx Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System 1981 Highway Layout y View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List 9 Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List BND Filter another system Next select the Field Survey system in the Systems dropdown box We will filter this system to show all the bound points using a description filter 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started os Options mes Application Comections Fiters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers gt Exclude listed identifiers Filter List Include listed descriptions gt Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Point description filters Click the Select button in the description filter group box 2012 PrimaCode Technologies o PrimaCode Transform User s Guide a Point 100 103 106 107 116 117 119 120 121 124 125 171 9777 11894 9778 24240 10068 43482 10073 48820 9975 78211 9922 19089 9459 82482 9406 26293 9234 77360 9531 07619 9698 17690 9525
277. ing As a check you can also inverse between the nodes of a pair in AutoCAD and compare that inverse with the Direction and Distance residual reported by TRANSFORM for any one of the paired points as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 254 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 bin Layout ample rmaCode Tom Ca File Edit View Tools Help A e lt lt ATEO EA EE E 2 Best Ft Coord System i Eee it bots a link i nas DE Da Resided Y 14 f Y 1 7 75W 12 BG 361 Hotway Layat 7 0098 901 125 0 100 S73 11 59 96 0 225 3 Target Coord System gt 0097 902 Y 2 50 59 31 62 W 0 068 Feld Survey _ 0068 303 Y 19 0 100 N 72 55 5099 E 0 063 0067 204 Y 120 0 100 N21 43 31 77 E 0 076 g Doft Sytem Peras _ 0058 Y 16 0 100 76 32 19 76 E 0 131 3 Rataton 95 Precision _ 0057 906 Y 7 0 100 85 45 12 08 E 0 122 E 0 00 00 007 20 07 107 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 89 19 21 80 W 0 032 5 san 95 Precision _ 0068 910 Y 106 0 100 NST 14 01 37 W 0 038 TA rasan 0 098 913 02 0 100 42 38 0 095 ou Y 103 0 100 S63 20 46 90 W 0 067 PEE ee 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N74 1857 05 W 0 043 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision 484521933 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision 540637714 0 056 Target System Rotation None O Value Sytem 15 47 0265 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0 130 ft Ready Note Since the distance of a residual is so short this check wi
278. ing Example The drawing is entitled Retracement Survey rotated dwg Comparison of results The first three columns of the following table compare how the theoretical point to the found point and the point reproduced by the three different intersection methods The next three columns compare the distance from each found point to each of the other four points i e the original point the most probable position and the three intersection points Diff Type Pt Pt Inverse Comp Method zz i 0 04 4 error radius OS 1 101 0 01 residual 101 102 249 196 fnd fnd 1 501 6 0 02 2 bear bear 101 502 249 172 bear bear fe 601 0 23 2 orig dist dist 249 270 orig dist dist 1 701 scaled dist dist 101 602 101 249 187 702 scaled dist dist error radius _ residual 185 055 fnd fnd bear bear 185 020 bear bear orig dist dist 102 185 150 orig dist dist scaled dist dist 185 087 scaled dist dist 603 103 703 lll ba O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Examples 315 error radius residual 103 104 al 45 292 fnd fnd bear bear 103 45 227 bear bear 504 orig dist dist 103 45 250 orig dist dist 604 scaled dist dist 103 45 234
279. ints Filtered Point Lists Error Radius Column Best Fit Description Column Target Description Column Variance Column Bearing amp Distance Residuals Northing amp Easting Residuals 68 Confidence Level 90 Confidence Level 95 Confidence Level 99 Confidence Level 3 Filtered Point Lists Elevation Column Y Refresh One part per Scale Notation gt Refresh Transformation Tab View Menu System Points Tab View Menu View Sorted Target Lists When enabled will re sort the Target Point dropdown list for each row of the grid by placing the most probable match for the corresponding Best Fit Point at the top of the list to help identify pairs properly This feature is on by default When turned off TRANSFORM sorts the target list by point identifier instead View Only Paired Points When enabled will display only those points contained in the currently selected Best Fit System that have a corresponding point selected in the Target System i e the system s paired points The remainder of the Best Fit System points will not be visible but will remain a part of the system View Filtered Point Lists When enabled will display only those points contained in the currently selected System that conform with the System s filter criteria This option affects both the Best Fit System and the Target System This option only affects the visibility of a point it does not remove points from the system
280. ints View Explains how to create new systems or points edit existing systems or points and delete systems or points Merging Drawings Explains the dialog that displays AutoCAD coefficients used to merge drawings Cloned Points Explains what a cloned point is how to create one and what they are used for Inversing Points Explains how to obtain the bearing and distance between any two points from within TRANSFORM even if the points are contained in different coordinate systems Removing System Scaling Explains how to roll back or remove the scaling for a system that is the subject of a best fit transformation 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Introduction Rotate System Meridian Explains how to rotate the meridian of the target system to match that of the best fit system Menu Items Explains Transform s various menu options Report Printing Explains how to generating hard copies of a transformation for submission to outside sources Technical Assistance Discusses the various options for getting help using TRANSFORM Advanced Topics Discusses how to use TRANSFORM in harmony with the Law of Evidence Examples Provides a step by step approach to solving specific types of problems using TRANSFORM Glossary Provides an alphabetical listing of the special terms and their meanings used by TRANSFORM 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 2 About Transform TRANSFORM is a standalone utility that provides a q
281. ion the modern distance reported between any two found and held monuments will be exactly the sum of the original distance times the transformation s scale correction plus that part of each points residual that falls in the direction of the inverse e Likewise when an original survey s meridian can be accurately reproduced and a missing point is reproduced via a bearing bearing intersect from two original and undisturbed monuments the two resulting distances will have been implicitly scaled The reason as previously stated is because the distances reported by both surveys are a combination of both random errors and systematic errors The new distances reported are then a reflection of those random and systematic errors associated with the original placement of the monuments and their subsequent re location Since systematic errors by definition are comprised in part by a scale correction the distances must have been scaled e Proration is a legal concept that almost every surveyor knows and accepts It is applicable to blocks of lots that are conveyed from a single plan on which each lot is given a specific portion of a single line such as street frontage When it is discovered that the distance between those original monuments is different than the distance describing that same line on the original survey then the land surveyor must adjust the frontage of each individual lot in a manner that will divide the access or deficiency proportionally
282. ion East 95 Precision 928 Y 231 0 100 E 837 44354 20 068 Target System Rotation HH None Valve System 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 9 of 16 95 Ci 0 104 ft Ready TRANSFORM recomputes the coordinates for the Best Fit Coord System by holding the current rotation angle from the best fit transformation the statistically most probable rotation while holding a scale factor of 0 ppm The rescaling effectively starts at the centroid of the coordinate system and pushes the correction out radially from there to achieve the desired O ppm scaling Therefore the further a point is from the center of the system the greater the affect on its adjusted coordinate position The adjustment which is actually done with the best fit solution s transformation parameters results in a transformation with a new Translation North a new Translation East and all new paired point Residuals and a new CI confidence interval Furthermore as can be seen above the transformed system no longer reports Error Radii or a Scaling Precision and reports the residuals as Pseudo Residuals To understand why the residuals are no longer valid it is first necessary to understand what what the residuals represent 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Removing System Scaling 263 A best fit solution is based upon a least squares solution that looks at the differences between the two coordinate systems being compared and then quantifies what part of that d
283. ion is a measure of the amount by which a value can potentially vary from the truth In the context of a best fit solution it is used in combination with a specific confidence level TRANSFORM reports three different types of precision the precision of the solution confidence interval the precisions of the transformed points error radii and the precisions of the four transformation parameters rotation scaling translation north translation east Project A TRANSFORM project is the collection of all the coordinate systems and all the settings associated with each system that is saved as a single file Probability The precision probabilities are used to express the likelihood that a given value will fall within certain limits Residual A residual is the difference between a best fit point s transformed coordinates theoretical or most probable position and the target point s position found on the ground fixed coordinates It is also that part of the target point s position that cannot be attributed to application of the four transformation parameters to the best fit point s coordinates and is thus classified a random error It is sometimes also thought of as an estimate of a point s variance i e the difference between where the original surveyor intended the point to be set versus where it actually was set Rotation The rotation is one of the four transformation parameters used to compute transformed coordinates It is the sta
284. ions e Define System Filters e Show Filtered Lists e Show Only Paired Points e Toggle Linked States e Detect Point Pairs e Reassign All Variances e Help Contents TRANSFORM displays a pop up message describing the function of each toolbar button after holding the mouse over a button for a few moments See the appropriate section of this manual for the use of each button The next section View s Status Bar 8 17 View s Status Bar TRANSFORM s status bar is located along the bottom edge of the application The status bar displays the number of linked points the number of paired points the confidence interval the confidence level and a section for a progress bar when the application is waiting for a process to complete Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130 ft Ready TRANSFORM updates the number of pairs and number of linked pairs each time you select a target point or click a link check box The first of the two values is the links the second is the pairs TRANSFORM labels the confidence interval with the confidence level used to compute it i e 69 90 95 or 99 TRANSFORM uses the remainder of the status bar to indicate the state of internal processing When all processing is complete the status bar reads Ready When processing takes more than a moment such as displaying the target point dropdown list TRANSFORM displays a progress bar to let you know that what is going on 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 232
285. is when there are some linked pairs and some un linked pairs When this is the case the first time the Toggle Linked State toolbar button i is clicked TRANSFORM links all the remaining un linked pairs The next time the toolbar button is clicked it clears all links E Hig earn c Folo File Edit View Tools Help e SAVAPO 3 AAA SAR 0 S Beat Ft Cond Sytem Error Rad BestFi a Link Target Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual a gt om 300 Y 183 0 100 NES 44 34 58 Ww 0 086 E Hgy Layout T ow 301 Y 125 0 100 86 10 50 03 W 0 183 3 Target Coord System 0 106 902 Y 124 0 100 19 57 07 35 W 0 033 Feld Survey 006 903 Y 119 0 100 N87 2007 72 E 0 103 005 905 Y 120 0 100 N53 10 33 10 E 0 106 Beat Sytem Poses b 0067 ws 16 0 100 68 44 2167 E 0 155 i Reeaton 95 Precision 0 066 906 Y 117 0 100 S77 18 0524 E 0 148 E 1542 05 74 20 00 13 0 073 907 y 107 0 100 N 10 33 36 77 W 0 022 z Scaling 95 Precision 308 54 4 pom 2 621p0m a 0078 El 0 076 910 Y 106 0 100 N 00 38 48 93 E 0 048 1 000 054 421 377 820 00 m 0 0054 100 0093 912 a a a a a 1 Y f 4606 57 V 3 628122437 20 065 lomo E Translation East 95 Precision om 916 Y 100 0 100 N 11 44 0261 W 0 053 4190 78347 20 065 pal Target System Rotation La None Value Sytem iz 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 12 of 12 95 Cl 0 167 ft Ready Note TRANSFORM will
286. it is customary to select the two best monuments found marking the prior survey and use them to rotate the meridian of the field work to agree with the prior survey s Using the more comprehensive method noted above some surveyors will tabulate the result of all the inverses and computer all the differences in directions and use those differences to compute some average using the best of the monuments to rotate the field survey s meridian The more comprehensive method can also be used to compute the difference in unit of measure for the two surveys by tabulating all the difference in length for the inverses and dividing that difference by the length of the line If one common trend in scaling is observed then it can be assumed there was a difference Once the field survey is rotated to agree with the prior survey s meridian then traditional bearing and distance computations are used to reproduce lost or missing monuments marking the prior survey Usually this would involve bearing bearing intersections from two adjacent monuments that were thought to be original undisturbed points or the use of a bearing and original distance possibly adjusted for differences in unit of measure Unfortunately this means of reproducing a prior survey suffers from an abundance of subjectivity when analyzing the evidence and puts far too much reliance on only a small subset of the evidence when making adjustments for meridian When some of the evide
287. it system to the meridian of Target System chosen Coordinate Values Depending on which Target meridian option is chosen TRANSFORM will provide options to view and export both Original and Transformed coordinates for use in other applications such as AutoCAD See also User Options Transformations Tab 15 Menu Items In addition to the usual set of features typically found in any Windows application TRANSFORM has a number of additional features worthy of mention that are covered in this section TRANSFORM s menus and toolbars will show different content for different views When you select the Transformations Tab TRANSFORM will only display menu items that are applicable to transformations Likewise when you switch to the Systems Points tab TRANSFORM will only display menu items that are applicable to Points In this section File Menu Discusses the recently used projects list and paths Edit Menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 278 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Discusses issues associated with the System Points tab View Menu Discusses how to configure TRANSFORM s display of data Tools Menu Discusses TRANSFORM s various productivity and configuration tools Help Menu Discusses TRANSFORM s Help menu options 15 1 File Menu TRANSFORM provides all the usual menu items found in a standard Windows application Following is an explanation of the non standard items TRANSFORM offers E New Ctrl N J Open
288. itches from display mode to read mode by removing the intervening spaces used to making it easier to read so that this value can be copied and pasted into other programs thereby minimizing the chances of round off and input errors in the transfer process Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 2 57 1 ppm 49 6 ppm 2 57 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 00004958390471 0 0050 100 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 183841 0 056 6281 183841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 4180 89753 0 056 Translations North amp East The Translation North and Translation East values are provided only as a means to perform manual check computations using the formulas provided above These values have no significance outside the context of those formulas To see the affect of a best fit transformation on any given coordinate position open the Options dialog on the Tools menu and then select the Transformations tab 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 228 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide r gt Options P Ea Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System 1981 Highway Layout 4 T
289. ithin the error radius of the transformed coordinate then his point will be just as defensible as yours TIP You can hide the error radius column by removing the check mark on the menu item Error Radius Column in the View menu TRANSFORM offers this option to simplify the view by hiding non essential information The next section Rotating Target Meridian 3 2 11 Rotating Target Meridian Often it is desirable to rotate the meridian of the field survey to match some known meridian such as a prior survey Following are the steps necessary to do that for the highway layout example Rotating the field survey system in Transform 2012 PrimaCode Technologies ns PrimaCode Transform User s Guide lt Switch to the Transformations tab in TRANSFORM show only pairs E off File Edit View Tools Help lt 3 lt I o Han REA AAA EE ET E Bete Coord Sytem l wr E NST 11 33 57 Ww E 1881 Mgmeyleye ooo 098 It See se 0260 W 3 Target Coord Sytem 302 Y S66 aT 30 W E 3 N8837 5367 E a 90 N37 25 24 40 E Best Ft System Params 205 S60 50 1707 E i Rataton 95 Precision 906 S70 03 2940 E E 15 47 0265 20 07 127 907 N74 58 25 52 W o 95 Precision gt 496 571 eee aoe 910 TELA 1 000 049 583 04 710 31 0 0050 100 912 6281 18841 20 056 a Translabon East 95 Precision 103 i e N 58 36 54 37 W 4180 893753 20 056 Target System Rotation None Valve Yten 0 0000 00
290. its Feet m Screen shot from AutoCAD 2009 Switch back to TRANSFORMT s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and copy the 1934 Subdivision drawing s Base point coordinates and paste them into AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog as shown above Click the Select objects button in the Objects group box Enter ALL on the command line to select everything in the drawing s workspace or use a AutoCAD selection box to select that portion of the drawing s workspace for the subdivision drawing and press the Enter key twice Make sure the Destination path and file name for the new block is written to the location of your choice and make sure the Insert Units are set to Feet Click the WRITE BLOCK dialog s OK button to finish defining the block definition of the 1934 Subdivision drawing Note If your 1934 Subdivision drawing and Fieldwork drawing share the same drawing space in AutoCAD you will probably want to open the new block drawing just created and change the point tags for each node by a factor of 100 so you do not windup with duplicate point tags in the same drawing space Open and edit block drawing in AutoCAD Once the block has been created you can open it as a separate drawing in AutoCAD to edit point identifiers layers etc before the drawing is inserted into the field survey This is often necessary when inserting it into the field survey will create duplicate point tags Insert the AutoCAD block into the target system dr
291. ked pair Parameters Transformation parameters are the by product of a least squares two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation They are used to convert the coordinates of a best fit system into coordinates consistent with a target system The four parameters are rotation scaling translation north and translation east Paired Point A paired point is a best fit system point that has a corresponding target system point that describes the same theoretical coordinate position in both systems Point Record A point record is the collection of information TRANSFORM uses to define a single coordinate point including the point s label coordinates description system pairings etc 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 322 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Positional Tolerance The American Congress on Surveying and Mapping defines positional tolerance as the maximum acceptable amount of positional uncertainty for any physical point on a property survey relative to any other physical point on the survey Positional Uncertainty The American Congress on Surveying and Mapping defines positional uncertainty as the uncertainty in location due to random errors in measurement of any physical point on a property survey based on the 95 confidence level See also error radii ppm ppm is an abbreviation for parts per million and is one of three ways TRANSFORM describes the magnitude of a transformation s scaling Precision Precis
292. kers was mostly a matter of intuition since comparative inverses are only capable of providing information for two monuments at a time In contrast given a sufficient number of points found in common to a prior survey and a retracement survey the best fit transformation provides a fast reliable means of evaluating physical and measurement evidence which utilizes all the available evidence in one unified solution As is the case with any statistical computation the reliability of a best fit transformation increase as the number of points located in common to both surveys increases as redundancy increases By comparing the size of the residuals associated with monuments found in common to the original survey and the modern survey it is easy to determine how precisely the original surveyor s monuments were set by looking at the magnitude of the residuals Once that is known it is easy to identify those monuments that are most probably not in their original and undisturbed locations since those monuments will have errors that are much greater than norm determined for the original survey Once the process of evaluating the evidence is complete TRANSFORM provides the statistically most probable difference in unit length between the measurements used to describe both surveys 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Advanced Topics 301 This difference is reported in the form of a scale correction and is expressed in a multiplier that is usuall
293. king a prior survey can be said to fulfill either the direct or indirect reference requirements the land surveyor must generally fall back on the preponderance of evidence rule of law to reproduce the boundaries Often the monuments found marking this type of survey have been set by several different land surveyors or even by a number of laypersons TRANSFORM is an excellent tool for reproducing this type of survey since it provides the land surveyor with a means of basing his conclusions on a preponderance of the evidence i e by identifying and using the largest possible sub set of the found monuments that reasonably fit the record document s measurement evidence Such is often the case for very old subdivisions which often pre date municipal regulations Using TRANSFORM i e using a preponderance of the evidence the land surveyor can easily formulate a defensible set of monuments to base his retracement survey and hence fix the subdivision to the ground in a reasonable and defensible manner Using Record Monuments If on the other hand the prior survey is marked by monuments that are directly or indirectly referenced on the record documents as noted above then it is those monuments that will fix the survey to the ground per the law of evidence It is not uncommon for municipal agencies to produce a highway layout that does not show monuments anchoring it to the ground Typically this type of survey will show only a right of way corri
294. king point pairs Transform s status bar should now indicates that there are 21 of 21 Linked Pairs and it indicates that the transformation that results from the currently selected linked pairs has a 1 142 CI confidence interval based upon a 95 confidence level Dual mode cells Four of the columns in the transformations table error radius variance bearing residual distance residual display their contents in two different formats By default these columns display formatted text with the number of significant digits set to that as configured on the Precision tab of Tools gt Options menu When you click in any of these cells the text is switched from the default formatted text into un formatted text with added significant digits to the right of the decimal point 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 43 The unformatted text for bearings will be the same as has been selected on the Units tab of the Tools gt Options menu The default formatting of the text can be restored by simply press the escape key or by leaving that cell in the table The next section Evaluating Evidence 3 1 8 Evaluating Evidence Evaluating evidence is one of the most important and critical functions performed by a Professional Land Surveyor You will find that using TRANSFORM to evaluate evidence is very fast and that the results are much more reliable than any other mathematical method since subjectivity is minimized and al
295. l Configure reports TRANSFORM uses the configuration of data and tables displayed in its views to generate printed reports with the exception of the information displayed on the Projects tab of user Options 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started Therefore how you configure each view s data and tables will determine how a printed report looks You can use the View menu or select Options on the Tools menu to change most of these settings You can change the sort order of a table by double clicking the table s column headers You can include such information as the company name and user who prepared the report on the Project tab of the OPTIONS dialog The next section Adding amp Revising Points 3 1 15 Adding amp Revising Points Suppose you are working with the merged example drawings from the previous section and discover that your field crew had found iron pipes marking lot corners on the 1934 Subdivision but that those lot corners had not yet been mathimitized Suppose also that while in the combined drawing you define new coordinate positions for those lot corners Since the 1934 Subdivision has been transformed in the combined drawing the new lot corners you computed will now have transformed coordinates But since TRANSFORM allows you to import either original or transformed coordinates that is not a problem Next suppose you decide to send the field crew out to find more lot corners and make some
296. l evidence is considered simultaneously Link points The evaluation process should always start by linking all the points that are common to both systems Each linked point contributes to the best fit transformation or solution under consideration Linking is done using one of the two methods discussed in the previous section Show only paired points To simplify the evaluation process it is often convenient to hide all the points in the Best Fit Coord System that do not have a target point TRANSFORM makes it easy to do this by automatically applying another type of filter when detecting pairs and the number of rows will not fit the current size of Transform s grid To turn this feature on and off simply expand the View menu and select view Only Paired Points gt d or click the View Only Paired Points toolbar button oP When we ran the Detect All Pairs in the previous section TRANSFORM automatically switched to this viewing mode so all the paired points could be displayed without the need to scroll the table lt gt gt When the View Only Paired Points filter enabled TRANSFORM highlights the GP toolbar button as gt shown below By clicking the toolbar button ES a second time you can toggle this feature on and off O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies a PrimaCode Transform User s Guide a 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform fea File Edit View Tools Help Svus
297. l inspection of each monument with TRANSFORM s statistical analysis for the purposes of determining which monuments are most probably in their original and undisturbed locations This approach also provides the advantage of allowing the land surveyor to establish some norm for the measurements used to describe the monuments of the prior survey With that knowledge the retracing land surveyor can more reliably reproduce missing corner markers by using measurements that are consistent with the unit of length used to measure the original survey 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 304 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide With TRANSFORM s comprehensive statistical analysis of both the monuments and the measurements describing them the retracing land surveyor is far better equipped to apply the laws of evidence applicable to these two types of original survey evidence The law of evidence Following is a list of just some of those rules of evidence that are potentially impacted by the application of mathematical principles such as those covered by TRANSFORM Quoting from Brown Robillard and Wilson s Evidence and Procedures for Boundary Location 5t edition The positive position of the original corner locations positions must be predicated on the recovery identifications and interpretation of original evidence and not on applying modern measurements by the retracing surveyor chapter 4 A surveyor cannot use more mo
298. l when determining the significance of the scaling parameter If the precision value is less than the amount of the scaling then it is very likely that the scaling is statistically significant i e there is a measurable difference in unit length between the two surveys If on the other hand the precision value is greater than the scaling then the scaling may or may not be significant since the sum of the scaling and precision could yield a number equal to zero or no scaling For the Highway Example the scaling is 49 6 ppm parts per million and its precision is 57 1 ppm Therefore the possible range of values for this transformation s scaling at a 95 confidence level is between 7 5 to 106 7 Since this range of values includes the value zero the scaling may not be statistically significant Had the range of probable values not included the value zero then the scaling would have been statistically significant in which case it would have been clear that there was a measurable difference in unit length for the original measuring device used for the 1981 Highway Layout and the measuring device used for the more recent Field Survey Precision monitoring For points that are close the criteria used to exclude or include link the pair it can be helpful to observe the affect that point pair has on the overall solution s parameters and their precisions If excluding the point doesn t significantly impact the paramet
299. lation Orig Elev Mod Hev Rotation amp Scaling Begining End Point Rotation 0 00 00 00 Scaling 1 000000000000000 Use the Base Point dropdown list to select the base point of rotation and if desired supply a new coordinate for the Base Point as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 276 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide f Options AE lean Conecions Fite Precisens Prieas System Field Survey Y Transformation Base Point 1 of rotation scaling amp translation User Translation Orig North 9801 82050 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10236 18110 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Elev 0 00000 User Rotation amp Scaling Beginning none 7 End Point none y Orig Bra Mod Brg Orig Dist Mod Dist Rotation 15 00 00 00 Scaling 1 000000000000000 In the Rotation box found in the Rotation amp Scaling group box enter the desired Rotation angle as shown above Note For more inform see the User Transformations section When you return to the TRANSFORM the Value radio button will be selected indicating that the Target system has been rotated as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Rotate Target Meridian 277 Eh Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help e e SEM sO SS GORVVE VA 09 3 Best Fe C System L Error Rad Best Fit Link re Variance Brg ee Ost
300. le Transformations 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 197 8 4 No scale Transformations Start by selecting Open on the File menu navigate to the Transformation Samples gt Scaling Example folder and select the Scaling Example tfm file as shown below fy Cral Examole PrimaCode Transi Paroa mym File Edit View Tools Help e a DA F ID 8 PTE VASO ErceRad BestFit aj Link Target Variance Beg Residual Ost Residual BestFt Coord System i l l i e gt ose 1 Y 101 0 100 73 41 3287 E Casio Survey _ Y ooo 2 Y 102 0 100 N 80 08 06 78 E 0 021 3 3 Target Coord System 0030 3 Y 103 0 100 28 00 37 95 W 0 022 Pod Survey _ 0031 4 Y 104 0 100 N 49 27 17 65 W 0 069 a 0032 5 Y 105 0 100 SIW 412241 E 0 004 y BestFt System Params 0 042 6 Y 106 0 100 N 43 47 24 20 E 0 021 3 Rotation 95 Precision 0 089 7 Y 107 0 100 S 76 59 37 44 W 0 014 E 14 06 10 43 20 00 187 la S 0 342 5 pom 288 3 pom t 0 999 657 518 012875 H 0 0342 100 Transiaton North 95 Precision 3934 44312 0 027 Translation East 95 Precision 6370 30034 0 027 E Target System Rotation None Value Syzem i 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 7 of 7 95 Cl 0 050 ft Ready TRANSFORM provides a method for removing or rolling back the scaling parameter for any best fit transformation By selecting Remove System Scaling on the Tools menu
301. le and select Copy on the context menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 130 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Switch back to AutoCAD and enter the full precision rotation angle value in the command line Check to see if you need to reverse the sign for Cartesian coordinates Press the Enter key on the keyboard to complete the rotation of the block Select the inserted block again so that its grip is shown Select the grip so that it is highlighted Press the spacebar three times to scale the block Switch back to TRANSFORM and click in the second middle Scaling text box TIP When you click in the Scaling text box the box with a value near one TRANSFORM converts the text to AutoCAD format by removing the spaces and showing all possible significant digits Right click in the Scaling text box and select Copy on the context menu Switch back to AutoCAD right click in the command line select Paste Press the Enter key on the keyboard to complete the scaling of the block Type EXPLODE on the command line and press Enter on the keyboard Select the block that was inserted and press Enter on the keyboard Compare the coordinates of at least two points in AutoCAD and TRANSFORM If the coordinates do not check use AutoCAD s Undo to reverse the copy Repeat the process using the opposite sign for the rotation angle The next section Combining Drawings Using Coordinate Files 3 2 13 5 Combining drawings using coordinate files This option involv
302. lected will open a special dialog box that allows you to view the inverse bearing and distance between any two points This dialog box can be open at anytime on the screen and allows you to continue working in TRANSFORM When you make changes in TRANSFORM the INVERSE dialog box is automatically updated The points inversed can be in the same system or two different systems You can also perform the inverses using original coordinates or transformed coordinates in either system For more information on this subject see the section entitled Inversing Points Detect Point Pairs When selected will search for the most probable pairings between the Best Fit System and the Target System based upon the user defined variance for detecting pairs The detection process can be run any number of times using different pairing variances To change the pairing variance click Options on the Tools menu and select the Precision tab Merge Drawing Coefs When selected displays a dialog that contains all the information necessary to merge two CAD drawings using the best fit transformation data For more information see the Merging Drawings section Define System Filters When selected will open the user options dialog and select the Filters tab TRANSFORM uses filters to limit which points in a system will be visible to the user and which points in the system will be considered for each new best fit solution For more information on this subject see th
303. line of the export file with commas There is not an option to create an ASCII text file using space delimiters because TRANSFORM allows spaces in the description text for each point When you change the order of content TRANSFORM remembers your settings so it can restore them next time you import or export points Provide a file name Enter the name of the file to contain the exported points in the File Name box This can be an existing or new file For this example use the file name Export Coordinates txt To change the folder where the file will be located use the Browse button and navigate to the folder TRANSFORM will automatically update the EXPORT ASSISTANT S Located In text box TIP TRANSFORM will always default to the last folder used so in this instance the path will be the same as the path used when you imported points earlier Select the systems O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 132 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Select the 1981 Highway Layout in the Systems dropdown list f Export Points IA a E Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options Point y North Est v Bev Desr none y File Name Export Coordinates bd Located in C Users Dennis Desktop Systems options System 1981 Highway Layout Export Original Coords 0 Export Transformed Coords Modify Labels 4 Export full precision values Filter options Include all points
304. ling and the Law Next Section Merging AutoCAD Drawings 19 2 Merge AutoCAD Drawings The User s Guide has two tutorials that discuss different ways to merge CAD drawings using information from TRANSFORM The tutorials are entitled Subdivision Example and Highway Layout Example Both provide a step by step treatment of merging two CAD drawings See Also Merging Drawings Next Section Construction Layout Example 19 3 Construction Layout TRANSFORM is an excellent tool for determining if the initial layout of a building fits the design parameters for the building A typical situation One such example would be when determining if the steel when it arrives on site will fit the anchor bolts that have been previously laid out and are now set in concrete In practice when the steel arrives on site the contractor will start mating the steel with the anchor bolts set in the concrete foundation structure of the building In some instances the contractor will not be able to easily if at all determine which anchor bolts are in error if it is found that the steel does not mate properly with the anchor bolts If the contractor guesses wrong and makes adjustments to the holes in the steel for the wrong anchor bolt in order to make things fit there can be a resulting domino effect that adversely changes the angular relationship of many of the other steel elements of the building 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 38 PrimaCode
305. ll come up with a slightly different location since all measurement is subject to error All too often we see land surveyors agree that the lots of a subdivision fronting on an established highway layout should have their frontages prorated to accommodate any excesses or deficiencies associated with the measurements describing those monuments but will put a higher weight on the measurement as evidence when reproducing the highway layout in the absence of an abutting subdivision By doing so that land surveyor is not only in conflict with the Law of Evidence but he is also being inconsistent with his own practice since in one instance he gives monuments more weight than measurements and in the other he give measurement more weight than monuments An added consequence of placing measurement as evidence above monuments as evidence the abutting land owner can never be assured of compliance with local zoning regulations either such as when considering set back requirements since every land survey who does so will have a slightly different interpretation as to where to place the boundary line In fact in jurisdictions where local zoning ordinances allow building right up to the boundary lines such as in commercial districts holding measurement over boundary markers will very likely result in interpretations that place buildings over boundary lines onto abutting properties Hidden Uses of Scaling Land surveyors routinely apply scaling to the me
306. ll have been eliminated from the solution and the resulting 95 confidence interval will now be a fair representation of the prior survey s work Therefore a good rule of thumb for identifying outliers is to compare the magnitude of the solution s largest distance residual with the solution s 95 confidence interval Using twice the 68 confidence interval will also provide about the same result If the solution s largest distance residual is greater than the solutions 95 confidence interval then it is highly probable that this point is an outlier meaning that either the best fit point or target point are in error as discussed previously Resort the table To make the process of identifying the largest residuals easier resort the table by the magnitude of the distance residuals To do this simply double click the column header for the Distance Residuals TRANSFORM now looks like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies to PrimaCode Transform User s Guide File Edit View Tools Help x e SOUsor 3 GOs VVTTAR 0 MEE epp mefa DOET Teet since Batea Tene 2 7 7 Y 107 N 10 33 36 77 W 1981 Highway Layout gt gt E Wi 0 106 902 Y 124 0 100 19 57 07 35 W 0 033 3 T Target Coord System _ 0 108 914 Y 103 0 100 N 69 44 06 57 W 0 042 Feld Survey _ 007 910 Y 106 0 100 N 00 33 48 97 E 0 044 om 916 Y 100 0 100 N 11 44 02 61 W 0 063 g Doft Sten Poems b om oo uw 182
307. ll very often report directions that are slightly off due to round off but the distances should be the same 11 Cloned Points Cloned points provide a means of targeting multiple systems when performing best fit transformations Using a cloned point it is therefore possible to best fit one point system to points that originate in many different systems A good example for using cloned points is when trying to reproduce an old subdivision that references a missing monument set to mark point on a highway layout In such instances you can create a clone of the monument s theoretical position by first performing a best fit transformation of the highway layout When the clone is created TRANSFORM puts a copy of the monument s theoretical position into the Target System Then you can reproduce the old subdivision using a best fit transformation that uses the same Target System and hence the cloned point The advantages of using cloned points in this manner instead of simply copying coordinates from one point to create a new point in the Target System are as follows TRANSFORM will prevent you from targeting the replicated point when performing a best fit transformation of the system from which the cloned point was created which would lead to confusion and erroneous results If you subsequently transform the best fit system from which the cloned point was created TRANSFORM automatically updates the cloned point s coordinates whereas if
308. log can also be used to update the time remaining for a trial product by clicking the Activate Trial button following a request to PrimaCode for additional evaluation time About Transform When selected this option will open the following dialog box 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Menu Items 287 About Transform ese PrimaCode Transform for Windows Version 1 7 0 1 Copyright 2004 2007 PrimaCode Technologies All rights reserved Portions of ReportPrinting Copyright 2003 Michael Mayer All nghts reserved This product is licensed to User Name Dennis C Drumm Organization PrimaCode Technologies Serial Number DEDAB B8 6DA4 467E 8BD8 607E3A2B2B3E View the End User License Agreement Waming This computer program is protected by copyright law and intemational treaties Unauthorized reproduction of distribution of this program or nay potion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law The version number displayed by this dialog is the version of the product you currently have installed The serial number displayed by this dialog is a unique number that is assigned to your computer By clicking View the End User License Agreement hot link TRANSFORM will open a dialog box that allows you to read or print your license agreement This is the same license agreement that was displayed during the installation process 16 Report P
309. lude listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Path name The Located In box determines where the destination file will be created You can change the destination folder by clicking the Browse button From the Browse dialog you can choose an existing folder or create a new folder When you click the OK button the Located In box is updated accordingly 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Export Assistant 157 TIP When the path is too large to fit in the text box the complete path can be viewed by momentarily holding the mouse over the path box When you do this the EXPORT ASSISTANT displays the full path in a pop up box Systems dropdown Use the Systems dropdown box to select which systems you wish to export Once a system is selected you must use the Filter Options to tell the EXPORT ASSISTANT which points in that system will be exported Using EXPORT ASSISTANT you can export coordinate points from any number of systems into a single destination file Coordinates types You use the Export Original Coordinates radio button and the Export Transformed Coordinates radio button to specify which type of coordinate value to export for any given system The destination file can contain original coordinates for one system and modified coordinates for another In this way you can create a single file that contains coordinates from more than one coordinate system but having a common origin for both For in
310. lve a simple comparison of matching distances on the baseline Simple comparisons of measurements are not adequate to detect small systematic errors associated with the device due to centering devices that are out of adjustment improper prism offsets atmospheric conditions or anomalies in the software portions of the device that apply corrections for atmospheric conditions for instance National Geodetic Surveys has prepared a set of guidelines that if followed involve a least squares treatment of the measured distances and yields a statistical analysis of the measuring device s characteristics which very reliably detects observation errors constant errors and scaling errors With such calibrations the land surveyor is alerted to potential problems associated with his equipment Retracement Surveys in Principle It is a well accepted principle of land surveying that the retracing land surveyor should attempt to walk in the foot steps of the original surveyor when reproducing a prior survey To address the ramifications of that statement in the context of the question of scaling it is useful to look at a number of other rules of evidence To quote Brown Robillard and Wilson s Evidence and Procedures for Boundary Location 5 edition The positive position of the original corner locations positions must be predicated on the recovery identifications and interpretation of original evidence and not on applying mode
311. ly transformed Since the Field Survey system has not the Import Modified Coordinates radio button is disabled Import criteria The IMPORT ASSISTANT allows you to select which points to import from the ASCII text file by applying filters There are two types of filters available for each new system point identifier filters and point description filters The Filter List for point identifiers can contain any number of identifiers or identifier ranges separated by commas for example 101 105 110 150 181 etc The Filter List for point descriptions can also contain any number of filter arguments separated by commas Each filter argument can also contain a leading or trailing wild card character Allowable wild card characters are and The wild card stands for any combination of characters and can appear onetime at both the beginning and the end of the argument text The wild card stands for any single character and can appear multiple times at the beginning or the end of the argument text Examples IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON IRION IRION etc You can define filter criteria in either of two ways You can select one of the radio button options and then supply the filter criteria or you can visually select points or groups of points from the ASCII text file by clicking the Select button For this example we will define the group of point identifiers that we want to import into the Field Survey sy
312. m such that the rotation of the 1981 Highway Layout would also be zero but in this instance the amount of rotation applied is static in nature and will not be updated when you modify a Pair s Link or Variance By selecting the User Transformations toolbar button ay or by selecting User Transformations on the Tools menu you can open the following dialog and view the changes made to the Field Survey system s Rotation and it Base Point of rotation Options 2 Jm Application Comections Fitters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey y Transformation Base Point 2 X of rotation scaling 4 translation User Translation Orig North 10000 00000 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10000 00000 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Elev 0 00000 User Rotation amp Scaling Beginning jnone y End Point none Orig Brg Mod Brg Orig Dist Mod Dist Rotation Scaling 1 000000000000000 As can be seen TRANSFORM found the coordinate position that appeared to have assumed coordinates and used that for the Base Point of rotation Had there not been such a point you would have been asked to select a base point Note To restore the Field Survey system to it original state simply remove the Base Point and Rotation angle from the TRANSFORMATION dialog shown above or click the Undo toolbar button See also User Options Transforma
313. me folder where the shortcut to start the program is located The folder s name is PrimaCode Transform and it is located in Window s Start menu group TRANSFORM also provides F1 help from anywhere within TRANSFORM When F1 is pressed for a particular text box or program feature the user s guide will is automatically opened to that section or topic Alternatively you can open certain sections of the online user s guide from TRANSFORM s Help menu Tip The help framework keeps the user s manual on top of TRANSFORM by default which can make it difficult to follow along in the manual while using the program To work around this limitation open the help manual from the system start menu the same folder that contains the shortcut to start TRANSFORM The next section Technical Assistance 17 4 Technical Assistance PrimaCode offers the following options for those instances when you need assistance Frequently Asked Questions PrimaCode maintains a web based site to address commonly asked questions As these types of questions are identified PrimaCode will update its web site accordingly O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Support Options 295 Before using either of the other options listed below it we suggest you check out our frequently asked questions web site located at www primacode com to see if someone else has already asked your question Web based support For general usage questions PrimaCode asks that you use its web ba
314. mensional conformal coordinate transformation All the monuments that are still in their original and undisturbed locations can be easily identified by comparing each point s residual with the solutions 95 confidence interval Conversely those monuments with errors inconsistent with norm can be assumed to have been set in error damaged or located in error As noted above a discovered called for and undisturbed original monument accurately determines position irrespective of the measurements used to describe it Its position is unalterable fixed and has no error of location If measurements to the point differ from the record the measurements are in error the position occupied is correct Therefore the proper identification of original and undisturbed monuments is critical to any retracement type survey Using TRANSFORM the land surveyor can easily supplement his visual inspection of a monument with a statistical analysis of the monument which statistical analysis can be used to help determine if it is in its original and undisturbed location Distances as Evidence Using Transform As noted above it is important to understand that when modern measurements are related to original measurements the analysis must be in terms of the original creating units and not in terms of the more modern measurements Likewise for any conveyance or description of real property the length of the unit measurements is that measurement that
315. ments set marking its other end by approximately 3 2 feet due to the scale error And since every land surveyor would have a slightly different interpretation of how to place those measurements on the ground the end result would be that no two surveyors would ever agree on where that highway layout should be placed on the ground This could lead to encroachments zoning setback violations and all sorts of other confusion including an inability for any land surveyor to securely fasten a boundary lines survey to the highway layout On the other hand if every land surveyor complied with the law of evidence and gave the original monuments more weight than the measurements used to describe them then every land surveyor would agree on the location of the highways sidelines since it would be the locations of the monuments themselves that would control Affect on issues of zoning Lastly a boundary line that cannot be pinned down to a single location on the ground is a boundary line that cannot be used for zoning setbacks and other dimensional requirements By holding monuments instead of measurements every land surveyor land owner or builder has the same perception of where the boundary line is located on the ground and can be confident that its location line will not change with the next surveyor s attempt to reproduce it 19 Examples Each of the examples contained in this section detail one typical use of TRANSFORM Each example
316. mount of scaling is very small or when the magnitude of the scaling s precision exceeds that of the scale its self Copy full precision values form Transform and paste into CAD When merging two drawings in AutoCAD TRANSFORM allows you to copy its values and paste them directly into AutoCAD s INSERT dialog When copying values from TRANSFORM you are automatically provided additional decimal places to minimize the affects of round off This also speeds up the process of merging the drawings while reducing the likelihood that you will key in a number in error E Tailor Transform s input and output options to your needs Using the view menu or the Tools Options menu you can configure many of Transform s settings such as the number of decimal places to display type of units default variance etc 2 4 Terminology and Methodology Basic Terminology The following terms are central to the use and understanding of TRANSFORM For a more comprehensive list of terms see the Glossary ASCII Text Files ASCII text files provide the primary means of moving coordinate information between other data sources and TRANSFORM via the Import and Export Assistants Each line of the text file is comprised of comma delimited fields that describe each of a single coordinate point s attributes e g point number northing easting elevation description Best Fit System The best fit system is the system that will be transformed or best fit to t
317. n North 95 Precision 6281 13340 0 060 Translation East 95 Precision 4180 73981 20 060 Target System Rotation None Value Sytem 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 12 of 12 95 Cl 0 171 ft Ready See also Variances Fixed Point Transformations The next section Residual Analysis 8 11 Residual Analysis TRANSFORM s table of Residual values are nothing more than the difference between the northings and eastings of each paired point for the two systems being compared i e the best fit system and the target system Those Residuals listed for linked pairs represent that part of the best fit solution that cannot be attributed to the solution s four transformation parameters i e the solution s systematic errors i e Rotation Scaling Translation East Translation North Therefore those values listed in the Residual columns for pairs that are not linked not contributing to the best fit solution are not actually solution residuals but rather are simply the difference between the two points an inverse These values are shown in powder blue to remind the user that they are pseudo values representing the amount of error between the best fit point and the target point 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 218 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 6 amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ollo File Edit View Tools Help a e j lt SEME TEA AAA TAR 0 MAOHI EmorRad BestFit a Li
318. n a best fit transformation A couple of those reasons might be 1 one monument found marking the prior survey is far superior to all the others 2 only one monument found marking a prior survey is a record monument Note Using this same methodology two points could also be held however the resulting solution would not be a best fit transformation since holding two points using a weighted solution is the same as a solution with only two linked pairs Since two linked pairs comprise the minimum number of links to perform a transformation such solutions have insufficient redundancy to generate statistical information To hold a point simply assign a very small variance to the pair being held e g 0 0001 and much larger variance to all the other pairs TRANSFORM will affectively hold one linked pair while floating the other linked pairs in a weighted solution Note you cannot assign a variance of zero The weights TRANSFORM uses to perform best fit transformations are inversely proportional to variances therefore a variance of zero would result in a divide by zero error 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 200 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ED H File Edit View Tools Help m roa nya a A tI SVU 3 OA A EEE Y Petra Coord Sytem _ Error Rad BestFi a Link Target Varisnce Beg Residual Ost Residual_ 1981 a 0 101 900 Y 183 0 100 8306 23 75 W 0 128 0 098 301 125 0 100 S73 1
319. nable or disable filtered lists click the View Filtered Lists toolbar button y or select Filtered Lists on the View menu When enabled the toolbar button will be highlighted as shown below DOUs ass DM PE Cocednate System Field Survey X System s Target hone Transtormatons Coord System Mtriutes Original Coordinates Transtormed Coordinates Not Transformed User Transiommation Best Fa Transformation The status bar along the bottom of the this view shows the Number of Points shown as a result of the filters versus the total number of points contained in the Coordinate System To see all the points simply click the View Filtered Lists toolbar button again 2012 PrimaCode Technologies System Points View 237 Hiding showing columns If you do not wish to have the Elevation column displayed you can hide it by selecting Elevation column on the View menu Doing so clears the check mark to the left of that menu item and TRANSFORM will now look like this y Layo File Edit Tools Help SEMS MEAE AIN K VFO Label a Northing Easting Description i Seer DE 100 3777 118948 1 10376 85876 Lo 2 lBeiSuey x 102 384620907 10082 17049 BNO Leaning 3 System s Target w 9778 24240 10280 34887 BNO 2 ia 106 10068 43482 353921154 BNO 107 10073 48820 7 88888 END ie 116 29975 78211 900630402 BNO is a J m 3922 18069 9065 68157 BNO IF Original Coordinates ns 94
320. nce having equally standing i e all original monument that will be held is ignored when reproducing the prior survey s meridian it puts the reproduced meridian at odds with the commonly held rules of evidence governing the practice of land surveying since it requires that all original and undisturbed monuments to be given equal weight Subjectively selecting one or two monuments from a larger group or original monuments could also violate a number of others rules of evidence see Transform and the Law Even if the more comprehensive method noted above is used while there will be greater compliance with the rules of evidence the process will be very time consuming and prone to error 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 7 As you will see TRANSFORM helps you to achieve these same goals but in a far quicker and more comprehensive manner and with far better compliance with the rules of evidence that results in a more defensible work product See also Transform and the Law The next section Importing Points 3 2 3 Importing Points The IMPORT ASSISTANT provides a quick means of moving coordinates from other sources such as AutoCAD drawings and data collectors into TRANSFORM The following steps describe that process Start Transform To begin start TRANSFORM by clicking the Transform For Windows shortcut located on the Windows Start menu contained in the folder PrimaCode To find this folder cl
321. nce that is more consistent with the rules of evidence governing the practice of land surveying e Providing a more reliable means of extending aged control networks Save time and money because e Evidence evaluation using TRANSFORM is far quicker and easier than using the traditional by gosh by golly method of comparing all those inverses e You will now be able to produce new solutions testing different evidence as quickly as you can set or clear a check box e Field crews can now recon for points with pin point accuracy in wire fence lines under black top surfaces etc e Using TRANSFORM you do not need to setup and run each best fit solution individually In this section Key Benefits of Transform Discusses some of the more common benefits of TRANSFORM Typical Uses of Transform Discusses some of the more common uses for TRANSFORM Transform Feature List Provides a quick overview of Transform s capabilities Terminology and Methodology Provides a quick overview terms used in this guide 2 1 Key Benefits of Transform Following are some of the key benefits you will derive from using TRANSFORM Best Fitting Prior Surveys At the heart of TRANSFORM is the classic best fit transformation least squares two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation which is unquestionably the most rigorous and most reliable mathematical processes available for best fitting two coordinate systems Evidence Evaluation TRANSFORM
322. nd used a more subjective means of analyzing and using that evidence O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Advanced Topics 307 Combining Surveys using Transform More often than not combining surveys for the purposes of performing a retracement survey using a best fit transformation will not be defensible under the rules of evidence If surveys are to be combined for the purposes of a best fit transformation both must have measurements with exactly the same unit of length exactly the same meridians exactly the same quality of monuments and the monuments must have been set to exactly the same standard of care Strictly speaking for that to be true the combined surveys would have to have been done by the same personnel under the same atmospheric conditions using the same measuring equipment and have the same type of monuments It is very unlikely in the extreme that all of these criteria could be meet therefore surveys should almost never be combined for the purposes of a best fit transformation Often when dissimilar surveys are combined for the purposes of performing a one best fit transformation the results of the transformation will be skewed Typically the paired point residuals will be much larger than if the two individual best fit transformations had been done instead The next section Unmonumented Original Surveys 18 4 Unmonumented Original Surveys Questions always arise when attempting to retrace an original survey that
323. ne File Name Field Survey Coords bd Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options Smem Fed Sey ew 9 Import Original Coords Import Transformed Coords Filter optioins Include all points Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List The next section Validating Import 4 4 Validating Import Once you have imported coordinates into TRANSFORM there are a couple of ways to validate those coordinates Coordinate Comparison This coordinate comparison method involves comparing the coordinates displayed on the System Points tab of TRANSFORM with the contents of the source file that was imported or with the coordinates of points in the drawing used to generate the source file 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Import Assistant 153 f Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform File Edit View Tools Help e da A ICI INTE O i o 5 label E Field Survey X 3 E Sytems Target J 3 pow EE 6 i Coord System Attrintes 8 6 Orignal Coordinates 1 9 10 101 ee Not Traraformod Tm User Translomation 1 403 Best Ft Transformation T tos No scale Transformation DT 1085 106 Delete Ports Tom Edt Point 5 Duplicate System Relabel Ports 1 m 19 120 1 122 Northing 9801 82050 10000 00000 10122 9832
324. new or existing system File Name Field Survey 4 Highway Layout Coords bd Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Highway Example Systems options System Field Survey y New 9 Import Original Coords Import Transformed Coords Filter optioins Include all points 9 Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List 2012 PrimaCode Technologies so PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Notice that the IMPORT ASSISTANT automatically enters the Field Survey system into the Systems dropdown box for you This is the default system for every TRANSFORM project The Field Survey system is the only TRANSFORM system that you cannot scale delete or selected as the subject of a best fit transformation By putting your fieldwork in the Field Survey system you insure that your field measurements will not be accidentally scaled as part of a best fit transformation Note for those rare instances where field work does need to be put in a different system other than the default Field Survey system TRANSFORM provides a feature that allows you to roll back scaling after best fitting it to another coordinate system in this instance usually another field survey Specify coordinate type This option is only available if the system selected to contain the imported points was previous
325. nformation exported from a data collector while the 1981 Highway Layout Coordinates txt file would have been produced by converting its measurements to coordinates and then exporting those coordinates from the computer program used to mathematize it The next section The Objective 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 2 2 The Objective The objective when retracing any prior survey is generally to e evaluate the prior survey s measurements e evaluate the on the ground evidence found marking the prior survey e rotate the meridian of the field work to agree with the prior survey s e when using a CAD program merge the two survey drawings e reproduce any damaged or missing corner markers e report your findings Traditional Approach Traditionally this process will involve comparing the measurements reported on a prior survey to the inverses between those same points found by your field survey in order to determine which points found in the field are the best A more comprehensive method employed by the more conscientious of us is to mathematize the prior survey and then compare all possible inverse combinations between the two surveys While this method is far more apt to detect monuments that have errors at right angles to the measurement reported by the prior survey it involves a lot more work and carful tabulation of the results and thus is far more time consuming Following the analysis
326. ng corner markers there are a number of references in the Law of Evidence that appear to support a position reproduced in this manner In compliance with the rule of evidence stating that no one corner or monument recited in a description has any greater dignity than any other corner or monument recited a corner relocated ata best fit transformation s most probable position is probably the only means by which to comply with this rule In compliance with the rule of evidence stating When modern measurements are related to original measurements the analysis must be in terms of the original creating units and not in terms of the more modern measurements the most probable positions provided by a best fit transformation would provide better compliance with this rule than any other solution because as a natural result of any best fit solution all the distances of the prior survey will have been scaled to conform with the unit length of distances for the retracing survey In compliance with the rule of evidence stating When modern measurements are related to original measurements the analysis must be in terms of the original creating units and not in terms of the more modern measurements the most probable meridian provided by a best fit transformation would provide better compliance than any other solution because as a natural result of any best fit solution all the directions of the prior survey will be rotated to conform with the me
327. ng the subdivision s transformed coordinates Of course rotating the Target system s meridian also causes the direction for all the paired point residuals to change accordingly since their directions are reported relative to a fixed system i e the Field Survey s meridian The directional output for the Transformations tab of TRANSFORM can be swapped on the fly between None Value or System target meridian by simply clicking the appropriate radio button in the Target System s Meridian group as shown above When the None radio button is selected Transform s output for the Best Fit system is displayed relative an unmodified Target meridian When the Value radio button is selected the output for the Best Fit system is displayed relative to fixed rotation for the Target meridian The amount of Target system rotation is updated every time the Value radio button is clicked such that the Best Fit system will have no rotation When the System radio button is selected the output for the Best Fit system is displayed relative to a dynamically linked Target system meridian that is updated each time a Pair Link or Variance is changed such that the rotation for the Best Fit system will always be zero When either of these three radio buttons are clicked TRANSFORM is simply applying a user transformation for you To see what is actually taking place select Options on the Tools menu and then select the Transformations tab Mak
328. nge but now the center point s residual is zero and the residuals for the remainder of the points increase in magnitude as you move in either direction along the baseline from its center point Notice also that all residuals except the center point have the same direction one that is in line with the direction of the baseline Conclusion While it would be impossible to encounter a real life situation where there were no random errors by eliminating the random errors we can clearly see the negative ramifications of removing scaling Looking at the no scale result you can see that the residuals are actually not at all representative of random errors but rather represent a linear progression the magnitude of which have been forced into the residual values The very fact that the residuals increase in magnitude in a linear fashion as you move from the baseline s center point towards its end points is a clear indication that the residual values are now something that would fall outside the normal probably distribution of random errors They are in fact an exact reflection of one systematic correction that has not been applied scaling This phenomenon is not unique to just this baseline example either The same linear progression of values are forced into the residuals for any other transformation However the normal transformation will report residuals that are comprised of both random errors and the systematic errors With both errors
329. nge filter with a comma for example 101 102 110 115 125 135 150 175 etc 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 170 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide EA Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey z E View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers D Exclude listed identifiers Fitter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Using the radio buttons select which type of range to define In the example shown above the range is defined as 1 thru 603 inclusive Therefore TRANSFORM will hide points that do not fall within that range If you choose to use both types of filters for a system identifier and description take care not to create conflicting criteria TRANSFORM will attempt to resolve any conflict but you may have a difficult time understanding why a particular point is shown or not shown Select points dialog Clicking the Select button in the identifier Filter options group box opens a dialog that will display all the points contained in the currently selected System as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 171 a 10236 18110 10000 00000 9590 23939 9031 98391 8582 31317 8245 90964 7897 06405 7625 19386 10376 85876 10316 80219 10282 17049 10240 34887 9608 25132 95
330. nging the variance of a pair will automatically restore the best fit solution s scaling so that you see unmodified residuals To reapply scaling following some number of changes to the conditions describing the best fit solution simply remove scaling again as noted above Lastly the Undo and Redo toolbar buttons can be used to swap between un scaled and scaled solutions without dealing with the nag screen The modified coordinates As with all the other conditions imposed on the solution once you have removed system scaling for the 1934 Subdivision TRANSFORM automatically provides modified coordinates for that system Therefore viewing modified coordinates for the 1934 Subdivision on the application s System Points tab and the exported modified coordinates will both reflect develop coordinates without scaling The next section Merging Drawings 3 2 13 Merging Drawings There are three basic ways to merge drawings in AutoCAD using Transform s values The first is by exporting the transformed coordinates from TRANSFORM for use in AutoCAD and the other two methods use the best fit transformation s parameters While each method will produce the same result you will find that using the parameters method can be much faster and easier if you wish to preserve the CAD drawing s line work and identifiers For the sake of this demonstration it is assumed that the solution s scaling has been restored and that the Field Survey
331. nic Measuring Errors Systematic errors are also common in electronically measured distances The most typical cause of such errors is improperly calibrated devices measurements reported incorrectly or improper correction of measurements for temperature pressure and humidity Many land surveyors fail to recognize the importance of these potential errors by considering them too small to matter However their accumulative affect can be quite significant and easily detected by a least squares transformation or a least squares calibration test More often than not land surveyors are under the mistaken impression that the manufacturer calibrates their electronic measuring device each time they have it serviced In reality the manufacturer does not perform a calibration that complies with NGS standards primarily because it does not test the device under a wide variety of atmospheric and user imposed conditions using the same accessory equipment you use on an every day basis Instead the manufacturer s calibration takes place in a very controlled environment To insure a measuring device is operating correctly it should always be compared to an established calibration baseline using the same accessory devices normally used on a daily basis and the comparison should be performed by those same people that normally use the equipment 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Advanced Topics 299 Furthermore the calibration should not merely invo
332. nk Target Variance Brg Residual _Dst Residual pa gt EJ ono 300 Y 183 0 100 NET 113357 W 0 128 mny Layat 0 098 901 125 0 100 S 88 54 02 64 v 0 225 T Target Coord Sytem 0 087 902 Y 124 0 100 66 41 4 00 W 0 068 Feld Survey _ 0068 303 Y 119 0 100 NES 37 5367 E 0 063 _ 0 067 908 Y 120 0 100 N37 25 34 40 E 0 076 g Dont Sytem Poems 0058 905 Y 116 0 100 60 50 17 07 E 0131 Retaton 95 Precision 0 057 906 Y 117 0 100 70 03 2940 E 0 122 E 15 42 0269 20 00127 0 065 7 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 022 amp Scaling 95 Precision eos 308 496pom 257 1p0m e 0 068 910 Y 106 0 100 N 41 31 58 64 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 04 710 007 91 0 0050 100 0086 912 E E e eee x 7 v 7 1 18841 l is 0101 915 Translabon East 95 Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 36 54 37 W 0 083 418089753 0 056 Target System Rotation O None Value Sytem 0 0000 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0 130 ft Ready As noted in the Parameters section that follows the solution s systematic errors are the best fit solution s four transformation parameters noted in the Transformation Parameters group as shown below Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 20 167 8 Translation North 95 Precision 6281 18841 0 056 _ Tra
333. not already in Transform s system it will be imported without further comment Importing modified coordinates 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Recall that the coordinates for the new lot corners for the 1934 Subdivision were computed using transformed coordinates in the combined drawings When you import these transformed coordinates into TRANSFORM their coordinates will be reconciled according to your selection of the Modified coordinates option you set in the IMPORT ASSISTANT Therefore it will be as if you went back into the original subdivision drawing and defined the new lot corners and then imported them using Original coordinates Conclude this example That concludes the Quick Start section of the User s Guide To get even more acquainted with TRANSFORM you should go next to the Getting Started section which steps you through another example project 3 2 Highway Layout Example This section provides a somewhat more detailed introduction into the use and features of TRANSFORM by best fitting a highway layout to a more recent field survey In this section you will learn how to compare and transform two surveys as well as how to use the output from TRANSFORM in other common scenarios Follow these steps to learn more about TRANSFORM using the sample data 1 About this Example 2 The Objective 3 Importing points 4 Applying Filters 5 Pairing points 6 Using variances 7 Linking
334. not toggle all links to the checked state if the same target point appears in more than one pair In that instance the best link for the transformation will be linked the others will not Show only paired points To make it easier to view only the paired points in the grid without scrolling the view or viewing un gt paired points simply click the View Only Paired Points toolbar button amp or click Only Paired Points on the View menu Repeat the process to undo this option 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 24 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide E High Esample ranstorm oo Es File Edit View Tools Help A e lt lt RATE ASE E E Er EEEE m Best Ft Coord oo Error Rad Best Fit Link Target Variance Beg Residual Dst Residual gt db orn so vw 18 0 100 N 8 46 34 58 WI 0 086 g 1981 Highway Layout J 0 107 901 Y 125 0 100 S 86 10 50 03 W 0 183 5 A 3 Target Coord System _ 0106 02 Y 124 0 100 19 57 07 35 W 0 033 RetiSuver 0076 303 Y 19 0 100 N 87 2007 77 E 0 103 0075 905 Y 120 0 100 NSS 10 33 10 E 0 108 g Beat Fit System Params _ 0067 905 Y 16 0 100 68 44 2167 E 0 155 3 Rotation 95 Precision 0066 906 Y 7 0 100 S77 18 0684 E 0 148 E 15 42 05 74 20 07 13 7 0073 907 Y 107 0 100 N 10 33 36 77 W 0 022 s semen Sk Peckion _ 0076 910 Y 106 0 100 N00 38 4897 E oou jiza OTA 62100m _ 0 10 13 Y 02 0 100 S61 41 18 39 W 0 166 0 108 14
335. nslation East 35 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 Another characteristic of residuals is that the sum of all linked pair northing residuals will always equal zero as will the sum of all the linked pair easting residuals Lastly in keeping with the laws of probability and statistics residuals will always be random in nature with their algebraic sign having as good a chance of being positive as being negative when residuals are viewed as differences in northings and eastings A residual can be thought of as representing a combination of the error in setting the monument by the original surveyor and the error associated with the locating of the monument by the retracing surveyor 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 219 In practice the residual is often considered an estimate of how accurately the prior surveyor performed his work based upon the assumption or fiction that the more modern work is without error As such the residual provides the primary means of evaluating the monuments found marking a prior survey and they also provide the primary means of tweaking a best fit solution Northing amp Easting Residuals TRANSFORM displays two types of residuals Direction and Distance residuals or Northing and Easting residuals By default TRANSFORM displays Direction and Distance residuals To switch between these two modes select the Northing amp Easting Residuals item on the View menu ra
336. nt Export System Points When selected starts TRANSFORM s EXPORT ASSISTANT This utility is the primary means of moving coordinate information from TRANSFORM into other sources such as AutoCAD and data collectors For more information on the use of this utility see the section entitled Export Assistant Reload on Startup When checked this option will automatically open the last project you worked on each time you start TRANSFORM Clone Point When selected while the cursor is in a cell for any Best Fit System point will open a dialog box that defines a new coordinate point in the currently selected Target System the coordinates of which are tied to its parent point in the Best Fit System 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 264 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Cloned point coordinates are dynamically updated each time you make a change that resulst in new transformed coordinates for the best fit system Therefore you will not be able to edit the coordinates of a cloned point from the System Points tab Nor can you designate a cloned point as a target point if that point was created from the current best fit system Cloned Best Fit points can be used as Target points for other transformations For example you may need to target a missing highway layout bound in order to reproduce an abutting survey that references that bound For more information on this subject see the section entitled Cloned Points Inverse Points When se
337. nt In this manner every land surveyor will place the boundary back on the ground in the same location regardless of measurement because they are all holding the same unmoving point on the ground Affect of eminent domain proceedings Some land surveyors argue that the measurements of a state s eminent domain proceedings must hold over all else including the monuments set to anchor the layout to the ground 2012 PrimaCode Technologies sto PrimaCode Transform User s Guide While its nice to think that the measurements associated with an eminent domain proceeding have more weight than other types of measurement there are real problems with placing them above monuments when reproducing the sidelines of the layout Suppose a highway layout was surveyed during extreme winter or summer temperatures in the 1950 s using a steel tape Now suppose that due to sag corrections and inaccurate application of temperature corrections the survey s measurements have a uniform scale error of about 200 parts per million or 2 hundredths of a foot per 100 feet which is not uncommon for surveys performed without tension handles and when temperatures were not measured on the ground were the measurements were actually made If this layout is several miles long say three and is reproduced from its beginning point using modern measurements made with an EDM device and with all proper corrections applied the reproduced layout would overshoot the monu
338. nt button This operation places the insertion point in the last line of the grid Once in the last line you simply type in the new definition Remember regardless of the number of significant digits TRANSFORM displays you can enter as many significant digits as you choose TRANSFORM will maintain those additional significant digits internally TIP All edit and delete operations in Transform s System Points view can be undone and redone using the edit menu or the context menu This is true for points as well as systems The next section Saving Your Work 3 2 15 Saving Your Work TRANSFORM allows you to preserve all of your input and settings associated with any number of systems and transformations as a single project file Reasons to save It is important to save project for two reasons the first is that it creates an electronic record of the current state of each defined system Second it allows you to revisit and revise what you have previously done Revisiting projects Being able to revisit a project to make changes and additions is extremely important One such instance is when the field crew is sent out to recon for additional monuments based upon a preliminary best fit transformation 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started If new points are found you will not need to re run the transformation or re enter anything just add the new points to the appropriate system pair and link the point then analyze t
339. nt information The next section Using Variances 3 2 6 Using Variances For this example we want all found points to have equal weight therefore we will not need to change any of the point Variances However if we had points of differing reliability such as a mix of bounds and pipes we might want to modify some of the values appearing the Variance column to perform a weighted solution 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started os E File Edit View Tools Help BEMS E A 23394 YSIS EEEO 9 Best Fa Coord System Error Rad Best Fat Link Z 11981 Highway Layout p 500 i 3 Target Coord System 901 25 0 100 f 902 24 0 100 Fod Survey x EA E 903 19 0 100 Best Ft System Params 904 120 0 100 Rotation 95 Precision J 305 16 0 100 m 306 117 0 100 p 307 107 awn Ni f ka Scaling 95 Precision 910 106 0100 NO 38 4897 E Linked Pairs 0 of 12 95 a Ready In practice variances can be thought of as the estimated accuracy of the point found on the ground As such it represents a combination of the accuracy by which it was set and the accuracy by which it was located Since the error associated with locating a point is usually going to be far smaller than the error associated with setting the point only the error associated with setting the point need be considered in most instances When all variances are equal TRANSFORM ignores the Vari
340. ntext of a best fit transformation a variance is the estimated difference between the intended position of an original point and its actual location However it should be noted that the difference between the point s actual position and that which the modern surveyor reports may also contribute to variance Since the error associated with measuring a point s location is generally much less than the error associated with the setting of it the error in locating it can usually be ignored TRANSFORM uses variance estimates to produce weighted solutions The range of valid values for variances is between 0 001 feet and 10 000 feet 0 001 meters 3 000 meters O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Index 325 Index Ca Cloned Points 254 os Examples 310 Export Assistant 154 Using Assistant 155 Using files 164 OE Getting Started 15 Highway Layout Example 74 Subdivision Example 16 Glossary 319 Import Assistant 140 About Files 141 Creating File 141 Using Assistant 143 Validating 152 Introduction 6 Inversing 258 L Law of Evidence 303 Q QuickStart 15 R Removing Scaling 260 Report Printing 287 Rotate System Meridian 269 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Ss Scaling Cause 8 Affect 311 Scaling Discussion 297 Support Options 293 System Points Edit System Name 240 Status Bar 248 Toolbar 247 System Points View 232 Configuration Options 235 Define New Point 241 Define New System 239 Delete Point 242 Delete System
341. nument s top surface Under this theory the land surveyor is of the belief that the long standing rule of evidence that monuments should hold over other types of evidence is respected without unnecessarily changing the measurement evidence used to describe the original monuments Along with this line of thinking some land surveyors will also argue that this approach is reasonable since the original monuments were probably set to an accuracy about equivalent to the area of the monument s top surface Some land surveyors also argue that when it comes to municipal highway layouts there is some overriding intent in the public domain process that gives measurements more weight than the monuments used to anchor the layouts to the ground While this approach would seem to deserve some merit there are a number of troublesome consequences of doing so Regulatory authority as a consideration For those land surveyors who are required by statute or regulation to meet a specific accuracy standard a retracement survey that does not report exactly what the land surveyor found may appear to be in error since he or she will have reported dimensional relationships between monuments that are not the same as what has actually been found An undesirable side affect of this type of reporting is that it seemingly degrades the accuracy of the newer survey to that of the older survey Prevents future surveyors from accurately reproducing a missing monument
342. ny filter criteria defined for the previous system Click the New button and enter 1934 Subdivision in the Systems dropdown box as show below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 25 import Points EE Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Point gt North X East ba Bev v Descr v none Y File Name Field Survey amp Subdivision Coordinates bd Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Subdivision Example Systems options System 1934 Subdivision y New 9 Import Original Coords nport Transformed Coords Filter optioins D Include all points 9 Exclude all points gt Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List gt Include listed descriptions gt Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Select the points to be imported In the point identifiers group box click the Include listed identifiers radio button and then enter the point range 800 900 in the identifier Filter List box as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide E Points MEN sz el Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Point Noth East Bev Desr none File Name Field Survey 4 Subdivision Coordinates bd Browse Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Subdivision Example Systems options System 1934 Subdivision
343. o 0 0 100 noores eE 7867 A di w oO w 010 sorsearsrw 71916 909 106 N06 06 56 64 E Linked Pairs 0 of 13 A Best Fit System can only target points contained in a single target system however using cloned points you can simulate targeting more than one system For more information on this feature see the section on Cloned Points The next section Linking Pairs 8 8 Linking Pairs TRANSFORM computes a best fit transformation using linked points and their variances By linking a pair of points you associate a point in the Best Fit System with a corresponding point in the Target System TRANSFORM does not perform a transformation until at least two pairs have been linked Pairs that do not contribute to a best fit solution are always shown in powder blue and when there are no linked pairs TRANSFORM also labels the column header Inverse residuals 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 210 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide fi amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform loz File Edit View Tools Hep AA OA A EEE g BestFt Coord System Error Rad Best Fit al Link Target Variance t Resid 2 1981 Highway Layout 7 500 Pes 0 100 3 Target Coord System 201 125 0100 2 902 124 0 100 Reid Survey a 4 ena 903 119 0 100 E m Best Ft System Params 3904 120 0 100 E 3 Rotation 95 Precision 905 116 0 100 E 506 117 0 100 907 107 0 100
344. o TRANSFORM will be BOLT BND IP PIN When you have selected one or more of each point description that you want to be in the Filter List click the OK button to return to the FILTERS tab As you can see your description selections have been added to the Filter List box as shown below and the Include listed descriptions option is automatically selected O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 32 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Options RIE Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Field Survey y E View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Filter List Select O Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Filter List BOLT BND IP PIN Select Notice also that the IMPORT ASSISTANT also recognized that you has selected several descriptions that had several characters in common When this happens the attempts t condense those selections by adding a wildcard character as is the case for the IP argument Using wildcard characters The point description Filter List can contain any number of arguments separated by commas and each argument can be comprised of some number of characters preceded or followed by wildcard characters You can also edit the arguments in the Filter List manually by adding the necessary wildcard characters yourself The wildcard
345. ocated points are compared to the most probable locations from the best fit transformation If the traditionally relocated points are within the error radius of the most probable locations from TRANSFORM then the computation is in theory defensible Verify that construction site fixtures comply with design criteria Following the placement of anchor bolts and other fixtures on a construction site you can use TRANSFORM to determine which of those points do not meet design criteria before attempting to mate the building materials to the fixtures With this approach the magnitude of Transform s residual values is compared to the diameter of the hole in the building material By utilizing this procedure the number of corrections that will be necessary to make the building materials fit the fixtures is minimized and the proper angular relationship of all structures is maintained Compile adjacent surveys into one homogeneous map When you need to compile many surveys with differing meridians and dimensions into one homogeneous map for GIS or Assessors Mapping purposes TRANSFORM is the ideal tool Compiling maps in this manner minimizes scale errors and the propagation of inconsistencies that occur when joining adjacent maps using only a single point or line As the compiled map grows new maps can be tied to points spanning many compiled maps using cloned points 2 3 Transform Feature List Following are some of the many features you will find
346. ode Transform User s Guide Each point must have as a minimum a point identifier a northing and an easting Each line in the ASCII text file must be comma delimited TRANSFORM makes a record of your preferences and restores them each time the IMPORT ASSISTANT or EXPORT ASSISTANT are started Destination file name The File Name box is where you provide the name of the ASCII text file that will contain the exported data This can be either a new or an existing file To select an existing file click the Browse button opposite the File Name box select the file and click the Open button For existing files the EXPORT ASSISTANT will prompt you to either append the new information to the end of the existing file or overwrite the file replacing its contents with the new information Once a valid destination file is provided the EXPORT ASSISTANT enables the Systems options group box as shown below ro Export Points EATE E Export Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options Point Noth Eat Bev Desr none gt File Name Browse Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Browse Systems options System 1981 Highway Layout Export Original Coords 9 Export Transformed Coords Modify Labels 4 Export full precision values Filter options Include all points 0 Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Inc
347. og reminding you that the direction and distance residuals along with the solution s confidence interval appearing in the status bar will no longer be valid for analysis purposes 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 262 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Scaling Roll Back sz Taking this action will force one of the solution s four systematic A errors its scaling into the solution s random errors its residuals Adding that linear bias to the residuals will render them and the solution s confidence interval CI un usable for analysis purposes Are you sure you want to proceed review ramifications e ae After clicking the Yes button TRANSFORM will look like this gt ED 1949 County Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edt View Tools Help 4 a E LA de 3 GOR PET 43809 g BestFt Coord System Eror Rad Best Fit al Link Target Variance Da a 1949 County Layout NA 903 wm o2 om Target Coord System 20 Y 60 0 100 3 E 905 Y 289 0 100 Field Survey E 906 Y 283 0 100 g Best System Params 907 220 0 100 E Rotetion 95 Precision 914 Y 263 0 100 5 06 g 18 21 13 49 20 00 27 _ 915 Y 265 0 100 6 a d 316 Y 262 0 100 54 SE e 917 264 0 100 6213 Sees CI 919 255 0 100 EET 1 000 000 000 000 000 Q _ 922 261 0 100 1484 0 0000 100 323 280 0 100 3 324 168 0 100 o ea AO 926 165 0 100 sd 20068 927 193 0 100 Translat
348. ogies Getting Started 23 r ai Contents of Field Survey amp Subdivision Coordinates file a Northing Easting 10056 56287 10076 04383 227 10048 22358 10084 04016 0 00000 EP 228 10058 24638 10107 31005 0 00000 EP 229 10051 29193 10082 64664 0 00000 UPOLE5 230 10104 34449 10094 02417 0 00000 HEDGE JUNIPER 231 10114 56114 10148 05449 0 00000 HEDGE JUNIPER 232 10103 39146 10091 12485 0 00000 WALL 233 10092 00218 10057 80343 0 00000 WALL 234 10089 81861 10017 22133 0 00000 HSE 235 10113 00900 10030 56662 0 00000 CLRD 236 10072 92969 10054 20440 0 00000 CLRD 237 10028 81705 10077 46787 0 00000 CLRD 238 10004 54381 10083 22038 0 00000 CLRD 239 9981 35610 10084 00113 0 00000 CLRD a 240 9928 06849 10081 69985 0 00000 CLRD FI 241 9892 09531 10064 72857 0 00000 CLRD 800 5000 00000 5000 00000 0 00000 801 4699 57976 4706 49075 0 00000 802 4629 69660 4778 01938 0 00000 803 4932 73479 5074 08635 0 00000 804 5090 86163 5183 30658 0 00000 805 5108 55416 5106 05693 0 00000 Click point 1 and while holding down the left mouse button drag down the Point column until you reach point 241 as show above When you reach the bottom of the dialog pump the mouse up and down just below the last point in that column to force the dialog to continue scrolling its contents This will allow you to select the remaining points Click the OK button to return to the IMPORT ASSISTANT When you do the IMPORT ASSISTANT retrieves t
349. older entitled Transformation Samples which in turn can be found in ether the Windows Documents folder or the Windows All Users Documents folder If Windows shared folders are enabled the Transformation Samples folder can also be found by accessing the system s shared folders 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started If you are having trouble locating these files use the Windows search utility to find them or start TRANSFORM TUTORIALS in the Windows Start menu s PrimaCode folder The project file The file entitled 1934 Subdivision Examle tfm is what you will have at the completion of this tutorial It is provided so you quickly get the feel of TRANSFORM or to check your progress against the final product The drawing files To compare two surveys you will typically have two drawings one representing the survey being retraced the other representing the your recent field work For this example those drawings are the Field Survey dxf and the 1934 Subdivision dxf Both files are also provided in pdf format for those who do not use CAD programs Take a moment to open and inspect these drawings The coordinate files This sample project also has three txt files containing the coordinates for the two survey drawings The Field Survey Coordinates txt file contains the coordinates for the FIELD SURVEY drawing The Subdivision Coordinats txt file contains the coordinates for the 1934 SUBDIVISION drawing The Field Survey amp S
350. om the user Tool Tip A tool tip is a pop up message that appears when the mouse is momentarily held over a toolbar or text box to provide information about that item Transformation A transformation converts the coordinates of one system into coordinates consistent with another system TRANSFORM implements two types of transformations user transformations and best fit transformations Best fit transformations utilize a mathematical model called a least squares two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation This type of transformation utilizes redundant equations to develop probabilistic parameters and a statistical analysis Translation The translation parameters comprise two of the four transformation parameters for a two dimensional transformation the northing and easting modification of the coordinate system s origin User Transformation User transformations are performed by supplying transformation parameters on the Transformation tab of the Tools Options menu see User Options Weight The weight of each pair is inversely proportional to the variance of the pair Therefore as the magnitude of a variance decreases the magnitude of the associated weight will increase Point pairs with very small variances will have the highest weights and vise versa When all variances are equal TRANSFORM produces an un weighted solution Variance 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 324 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide In the co
351. ommands Use this method to combine drawings by copying a drawing to the windows clipboard and then pasting it into another drawing using AutoCAD s command line options to enter the four transformation parameters Combining drawings using coordinate files Use this method to combine drawings by exporting coordinates from TRANSFORM and subsequently importing them into your AutoCAD environment 3 2 13 1 Checking AutoCAD Units Before merging drawings always check the AutoCAD UNITS settings To do this type units in the command line of AutoCAD and press ENTER This opens the following dialog 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 124 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Ly Drawing Units a Length Angle Type Type Decimal Surveyors Units y Precision Precision 0 0000 y N040000 E y E Clockwise Insertion scale Units to scale inserted content Feet y Sample Output 1 5000 2 0039 0 0000 3 0000 lt N 45d0 0 E 0 0000 Lighting Units for specifying the intensity of lighting Generic z Screen shot from AutoCAD 2009 Select Decimal and a Precision of typically a minimum of 5 decimal places in the Length group select Feet in the Insertion Scale group and Surveyor s Units with a precision of 0 1 in the Angle group as shown above The Feet is the only setting that is absolutely required the others are optional and help with verification of the merge afterward T
352. ompatible with the fieldwork select Transformed Coordinates Select a point filter To export all the points contained in the 1934 Subdivision select Include all in the Filter options group box 2012 PrimaCode Technologies eo PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Export Points AE E Expor Assistant Export points from any number of systems Export options Point Noth Eat Elev Descr none File Name Export Coordinates bt Located In C Users Dennis Desktop Systems options System 1934 Subdivision X 9 Export Transformed Coords Export Original Coords v Export full precision values Filter options 9 Include all points Exclude all points Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List _Frish_ cance Hee Complete the export Click the Finish button to create the file Inspect the file Navigate to the folder containing the export file open it with Windows notepad as show below and compare its coordinates with Transform s coordinates 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started st 3 Export Coordinates bd Notepad o e is File Edit Format View Help 800 10570 4210256521 9682 03630137292 801 10270 0007836521 9388 52705437292 802 10200 1176296521 9460 05568337292 803 10503 1558196521 9756 12265437292 804 10661 28265
353. on t use point variance to weight solutions then this column can be hidden by clearing the check mark for this option You can also control this feature on the Application Tab of Options found on the Tools menu View Bearing amp Distance Residuals When checked will display bearing and distance residuals instead of northing and easting residuals Clear the check mark on this menu option to switch from viewing bearings and distances to northings and eastings You can also control this feature on the Application Tab of OPTIONS dialog found on the Tools menu View Northing amp Easting Residuals When checked will display northing and easting residuals instead of the default bearing and distance residuals Clear the check mark on this menu option to switch from viewing northings and eastings to bearings and distances You can also control this feature on the Application Tab of OPTIONS dialog found on the Tools menu View Elevation Column When checked will display an elevation column in the System Points view Clear the check mark on this menu option to hide the elevation column from view You can also control this feature on the Application Tab of OPTIONS dialog found on the Tools menu Confidence Levels Select which of the four 68 90 95 99 statistical confidence levels should be used to display the four transformation parameter precision values and the error ellipses for each point in the transformed system You can also
354. on parameters taken together represent that part of the difference in the two coordinate systems that cannot be attributed to random errors Transform How it works TRANSFORM performs all computations concurrently in the background in conjunction with each user selection entry That means you never need to setup and then run a solution 2012 PrimaCode Technologies About Transform 15 As soon as you enter or change a setting TRANSFORM automatically computes a new solution and updates all relevant values associated with that solution An important aspect of TRANSFORM that deserves special mention is that the program will never alter the original un transformed coordinates you supply Therefore if a discrepancy is discovered between the coordinates in TRANSFORM and the drawing used to create them the discrepancy will always be associated with the source 3 Getting Started The getting started section contains two tutorials that introduce you to some of the uses and benefits of TRANSFORM Each tutorial provides a step by step approach to using the supplied sample data The sample data for both is based upon real data obtained from two different retracement surveys Location of sample data When TRANSFORM is installed the sample files for the tutorials discussed in this section are copied to the Administrative user s Documents folder and to a second folder entitled A Users Documents Non Administrative users will need
355. ons Resizing Columns The width of each column in the table can be re sized by resizing the application window Each column in the table will be resized proportionally as you resize the application The next section Best fit Transformations Best fit Transformations The mathematical model TRANSFORM uses to perform a best fit transformation is the least squares two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation see Adjustment Computations by Wolf and Ghilani This model utilizes a system of redundant equations to solve simultaneously for a rotation angle a scale factor a northing translation and an easting translation Transformation Parameters In addition to performing a best fit transformation the least squares solution also provides a number of very useful statistical values such as parameter precision error radii and confidence interval These statistical values are useful for determining the quality of a best fit solution and for determining the positional uncertainty for each point in the transformed system Unique to any best fit transformation is that the sum of the squared errors residuals times their respective weights will always be minimized Therefore a best fit transformation will always yield the smallest possible residuals associated with each linked point and will therefore require the least amount of adjustment to the transformed system to accomplish the best fit solution The next section No sca
356. orrect but only that there is a difference between the two Another interesting point to make here is that the rules of evidence do not require either survey s units of measurement original or modern to be accurate relative to some know standard of unit length only that the intent implied by the measurements reported for the original survey be reproduced In other words it is more important to know the difference between the measurements used to make both surveys than it is to know that either was measured with absolute accuracy Using measurement in this manner allows the land surveyor to as nearly as humanly possible walk in the footsteps of the original land surveying when reproducing original surveys Furthermore using measurement in this manner allows the land surveyor to put an original monument back in its original position or as closely as humanly possible Remember measurement is just one type of evidence used to describe boundary lines and the courts traditionally place measurement evidence very low on the scale when compared to other types of evidence such as physical monuments Evaluation of Measurements Prior to the availability of best fit transformation programs the evaluation of measurement as evidence was a laborious and sometimes daunting task It often required countless comparative inverses for the original and retracing surveys and visual inspection of the monument Hence the evaluation of boundary mar
357. ow 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 102 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Options Application Comections Filters Precisions ae Projects Transformations Units Significant Digits Coordinates 5 Seconds 2 Distances 3 Preset Values Default Pair Variance 0 100 Detect Pairs Variance 15 Max Allowable Scaling 0 5 Confidence Level 68 un modified 90 error decimal places decimal places decimal places feet feet feet 100 feet 95 error 5 99 error affects the display of error radiuses confidence interval and precisions Change the Detect Pairs Variance value to 1 500 feet if it is not already set to that value or click the Defaults button Now click the OK button to return to TRANSFORM This insures that only points within the specified search radius will be detected as pairs This setting should be large enough to pick up a damaged points but not so large as to pick up points that were set marking other map points With only point 900 paired click the click Detect Point Pairs toolbar button Point Pairs on the Tools menu TRANSFORM will then look like this Ea or click Detect O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 103 Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help el hae TL ha EEE Best F Coord System Error Rad Best Fa al Link Target Variance or
358. owo NS83ISS37W 003 Target System Rotation None Value Sytem 0 00 00 00 nl Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 CI 0 130 ft Ready This feature is off by default because since TRANSFORM also provides a point s description by hovering the mouse of its point identifier and by including the description in the Target point dropdown list View Only Paired Points You can also switch between showing only paired points and showing all Best Fit system points by gt clicking the Show Only Paired Points toolbar button amp or selecting Only Paired Points on the View menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 193 amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform fe jfe iis File Edit View Tools Help BBWS Oe 3 OA EEEL BeF Coord Sytem ErocRad BestFi a Lik Target Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual gt 0 101 300 Y 183 0100 Nerz srw i 0128 E Soles Layat 0038 301 125 0 100 SES 54 02 68 W 0225 T Target Coord System 0 097 902 Y 124 0 100 S65 4134 20 W 0 088 Feld Survey _ 0 068 903 Y 19 010 N8S3TSIETE 0 063 _ 0067 90s Y 120 0 100 N37 25 4 40 E 0 076 Best FR System Poems 0058 905 Y 116 0 100 60 50 17 07 E 0 131 i Rawon 95 Precision 0 057 906 Y 117 0 100 S70 03 2940 E 0 122 E 15 47 0265 20 07 12 0 065 7 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 E 96 Prechion 0068 910 Y 106 0 100 N 41 31 58 64 W 0 038 S
359. p TRANSFORM provides immediate feedback for many of its buttons text boxes dropdowns grid cells etc using tooltip messages Tooltip messages provide two types of information explanations of an items use or explanations about an item s content For instance the tooltip message for a point identifier is the point s description while the tooltip message for a toolbar button explains its function 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 204 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide To view the tooltip messages hover the mouse over an item for a few moments TRANSFORM will then display a small message in a yellow box The next section Context help 17 2 Help Provider TRANSFORM s IMPORT ASSISTANT and EXPORT ASSISTANT both provide a third type of help available on using the help button in the upper right corner of the dialog displayed as a question mark To get help on any item on the dialog first click the help button and then click the item you need help with Note this only works for items that are enabled If the item is disabled grayed then the user s guide will be opened instead 17 3 Context help PrimaCode provides a comprehensive user s manual which ships as an integrated part of the program PrimaCode also provides the user s guide in a PDF format which is available for download on its web site http www primacode com transform_downloads htm TRANSFORM places a shortcut used to start the help manual in sa
360. p Cut Ctrl X Cut Ctrl X ltt Copy Ctrl C l Copy Ctrl C Ej Paste Ctrl V Paste Ctrl V Select All Select All New Point New System 1 Edit Point Duplicate Point System Relabel Points Rename Point System Delete Point Delete Point System New System Clear All Pairs Duplicate Point System Toggle All Links Rename Point System Reassign All Variances Delete Point System Transform View Edit Menu System Points View Edit Menu Undo Undo will reverse almost any operation you perform that changes the attributes of a coordinate system or any of its points Redo Redo will reverse the last undo operation New Point When selected will place the insertion point in the last row of the point list table where you can enter values to define a new point Edit Point When selected simply displays a message instructing you to place the cursor in the cell to be edited Relabel Points When selected opens a dialog that allows you to relabel a range of points incrementally by prefix or by suffix 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 260 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Delete Point s When selected will delete a single point or a group of points To delete a point or group of points select the point or points in the table by holdig the control key down while clicking the row header for each point New System When selected will create a new empty coordinate system with a temporary name that you can change to your
361. pen another project or close the existing one The next section Printing Reports 3 1 14 Printing Reports Printed reports are important for a couple of reasons Not only do they provide a hard copy for your office but they also allow you to transmit those finding to others outside your office The process You can print reports showing the information depicted on either of Transform s views by clicking Print Report on the File menu or by clicking the Print Report toolbar button You can also preview what TRANSFORM will print by clicking Print Preview on the File menu The transformation report for the Subdivision Example will look like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 2O OO BD rose ems se yi ew sawasw os Tess y co wears e om es y eo oro neramu osm Ces e Y e em morse os i OO AAI i re ame razon oss Oz e oo INCA INC ess os y ws oo ewmoww om em ws Js ue raar 128 ess e y e _newassrerw om Ls os eo wwormere oss Los eo reee owe ems a ve cw ras ss Pos se Y 2 eo nsresare os js pos Y a em wwemsee em A ewe raso ome ss y et ewe aero ose Ds 7 ew emwnew om a PPE HAMS 8 8 2004 137 BI CL 212088 pom SCL 12088 p0m DLRCL 0249 BI CL 20249 S5 CL 95 Confidence Leve
362. pm 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 1162 100 1 860 6 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6910 67106 0 249 6910 67106 0 249 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 3815 68943 0 249 3815 68943 0249 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started so Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 13414 47 7942961277 0 05 05 13 14 47 7942961394 0 05 05 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 998 837 966 721 661 1 860 6 1 860 6 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6910 67106 20 249 6910 67106 0 249 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 3815 638943 0 249 3815 68943 0 249 Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 13 14477942961394 0 05 05 013 246609526705400 0 05 05 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 998 837 966 721 661 1 860 6 1 860 6 Translation North 95 Precision _ Translation Noth 95 Precision 6910 67106 0 249 6910 67106 0 249 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 3815 68943 0 249 3815 68943 0 249 To return the text
363. pm 78 ppm In the foregoing example the lower limit of the scaling is equal to 45 ppm minus 78 ppm or 33 ppm Likewise the upper limit of the scaling is equal to 45 ppm plus 78 ppm or 123 ppm Since the value of 0 ppm falls between 33 ppm and 123 ppm it is possible that the scaling for this solution could be equal to zero ppm Another such instance is when the two surveys being compared are measured with the same or very similar equipment under very similar conditions using very similar techniques performed by the same personnel In such instances the difference in scaling between the two surveys is typical very small One example of this might be when tying into previous ground control established by your own office The next section Removing Scaling 13 2 Removing Scaling TRANSFORM provides a simple means of rolling back the scaling for any best fit system to O ppm or scale factor 1 00000000 provided the systems has at least two linked pairs i e the system has been transformed Start by performing a best fit transformation as outlined in the sections entitled Linking Pairs and Residual Analysis Then roll back the scaling by either selecting Remove System Scaling on the Tools menu by right clicking anywhere in the grid and selecting Remove System Scaling on context menu or by selecting Remove Scaling on the context menu available by right clicking any one of the three Scaling boxes Doing so opens the following dial
364. point option If you had created the block with the WBLOCK command then you would insert the highway layout into the field survey drawing using AutoCAD s INSERT command If you had used the Copy method then you would insert the highway layout drawing into the field survey drawing using the Paste with base point command With the highway layout drawing inserted into the field survey drawing select the block s grip and slide or rotate the block to approximately fit the field survey Now you can note the points that are common to both surveys Pairing points manually Switch back to the Transformations tab Make sure the Show Filtered Lists option is enabled and TRANSFORM looks like this O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies os PrimaCode Transform User s Guide f amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ojo la File Edit View Tools Help RCA AAA EEE Pet Coord Sytem Ence Rad BestFit a Link Target Variance Brg Residual Dst Residual f gt 1 gt 300 f E 1981 Highway Layout gt 4 a 0 N OE A 3 Target Coord System 902 Fred Survey ej _ 903 30 a Best Ft System Params ref 905 Rotation 95 Precision 906 g 307 ES Scaling 95 Precision j 308 909 Linked Pairs 0 of 0 95 A Ready Click in the empty cell located to the right of point 900 located in the Target Point column as shown below Doing so opens a dropdown list that shows the li
365. profit in trying to tweak a best fit solution by monitoring transformation parameters However parameter precisions can provide a valuable secondary means of tweaking a transformation after considering residuals since the precisions are a measure of how tight the solution is See also Rotate System Meridian Removing System Scaling Transform and the Law Scaling and the Law The next section 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 229 Confidence Levels 8 14 Confidence Levels Confidence Levels are used to compute the statistically most probable precisions for the solution s four transformation parameters for the solution s confidence interval and for the transformed system s error radii Sorted Target Lists Only Paired Points Filtered Point Lists Error Radius Column Best Fit Description Column Target Description Column Variance Column Bearing amp Distance Residuals Northing amp Easting Residuals 68 Confidence Level 90 Confidence Level ES 95 Confidence Level 99 Confidence Level One part per Scale Notation gt Refresh For instance a rotation parameter of 20 19 35 having a precision of 0 00 15 computed at a 95 confidence level indicates that there is only one chance in 20 5 that the true rotation angle would fall outside the upper or lower limits of the computed most probable rotation angle You can select any one of the four dif
366. r Transiomation as 5148 36981 2006 68371 0 00000 eno Bost F Transformation Lj sos 517361795 411521211 0 00000 BND No scale Transformation m so 5035 69325 4133 33528 0 00000 BND mo m 516086111 4635 75785 000000 BND 912 5083 89235 461332064 0 00000 eNO New System New Pont 4 1 4 m 5083 06042 4908 75458 0 00000 BNO Delete Stem _ Delete Ports sua 5006 12045 4896 83211 ooo BNO Rename System J Edt Point 4385 54504 4995 45785 0 00000 BNO E J a 5041 92635 501852771 000000 BND Duplicate Stem Pelabel Ports Y 97 4443 91742 2924 24163 0 00000 AP m ne 4160 656578 4350 81655 000000 IRP as 1622 40844 412301377 0 00000 IRP 7 1000 10000 00000 10000 00000 0 00000 new poirt E Showing Points 51 of 51 System Units Feet Then use one of the following methods e click the Delete Point button e click Delete Point on the Edit menu e right click the selected line and select Delete Point on the context menu e press the Delete button on the keyboard Delete groups of points You can also deleted groups of points in the currently selected Coordinate System To select the points to be deleted click the row header for each point to be deleted while holding down the keyboard s Control key as shown below Alternatively you can hold the Control key down while dragging down the row headers with the left mouse button depressed O 2012 PrimaCode Technolog
367. r own text files with a different content ordering for each line of text file you have the option of changing the dialog s default settings TRANSFORM will remember your preferences and restore them each time you use the IMPORT ASSISTANT or EXPORT ASSISTANT Selecting the file to import Click the Browse button to navigate to the folder containing the Highway Example In the OPEN ASCII TEXT FILE dialog select the Field Survey 8 Highway Layout Coordinates txt file and click the Open button as show below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started Open ASCI Text File EA O de Transformation Samples Highway Example Organize v New folder m0 la Search Highway Example Pp oY Favorites 2 Documents library BZ Desktop Highway Example B Downloads T Recent Places Arrange by Folder Y 1 1981 Highway Layout Coords txt _ Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coords txt Librari _ Field Survey Coords bt A Libraries E Documents d Music E Pictures B Videos jE Computer amp Local Disk C Ea Local Archives F e Removable Disk J y data massgis state ma us Filename Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coords tt y ASCI Text files asc auf cs _ Open e Cancel This returns you to the IMPORT ASSISTANT Dialog with the file name and path displayed in the two text boxes provided for that purpose S Import Assistant Imports points into a
368. r s Guide 7 Transform Projects TRANSFORM uses projects to archive all the settings and information associated with a collection of coordinate systems in a single file This makes it possible to re visit a project at any time for the purposes of reviewing transformation criteria or for adding to or correcting prior work TRANSFORM saves the current state of every system so you have a permanent record of what you did without the need of printing reports In This Section Saving a Project Opening a Project 7 1 Saving a Project A project is defined by clicking either the Save button on the toolbar or Save on the File menu If the current project is a new one TRANSFORM will prompt you for a name You can supply a name with or without the file extension If a file extension is not present TRANSFORMappends one for you el Save As Eg Save in W Desktop vr 02 amp fv I A Libraries a 8 Dennis Recent Places jil Computer Su Network y 167330 heel Projectl tfm peke E Project2 tfm Libraries 7 A Computer a Network File name Project 1 ttm X Save Save as type Transform files ttm y Cancel Project Name Project 1 Project Number Whenever you make changes to an existing project TRANSFORM marks the project as changed If you attempt to open a new project or close the existing project TRANSFORM will prompt you to save your changes 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transform Projects 185
369. ransformation Base Point 800 v of rotation scaling amp translation Best it Translation Orig North 5000 00000 Mod North 9741 73636 Orig East 5000 00000 Mod East 10347 70922 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Elev 0 00000 Best it Rotation 4 Scaling Beginning none End Point none M Orig Bra Mod Brg Orig Dist Mod Dist Rotation 15 42 02 68 Scaling 1 000049583904710 ok Cancel Next select a Base Point in the dropdown list provided By comparing the Original North to the Modified North coordinates you can get a since of the translation taking place for any given point Note however that if you pick anther point the amount of translation will be slightly different Precision uses The parameter precisions are used to determine the statistical significance of each parameter at a given confidence interval e g 95 and can be used as a secondary means of tweaking a best fit transformation For instance if the scaling parameter s value is greater than its precision then the scaling is said to be statistically significant That is because the upper and lower limits of the scaling will never include the value zero However when the precision is greater than the scaling then the scaling is said to be statistically insignificant That is because the value zero falls between the scaling s upper and lower limits Note You will quickly discover that there is no
370. refore will potentially increase or decrease the number of pairs detected since TRANSFORM will only report pairs for Target system points that fall within that search area around each Best Fit system point Always select a search radius variance that is greater than the largest error you would expect a Target point to have Typically one to two feet will be sufficient to detect all valid point pairs If the search variance is too large invalid pairs will be identified and if it is too small some valid pairs will be missed especially when points have been damaged and are no longer in their original and undisturbed locations 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 207 r Options Application Corrections Filters Precisions Projects Transformations Units E g Significant Digits Coordinates 5 decimal places Seconds 2 decimal places Distances 3 decimal places Preset Values Default Pair Variance 0 100 feet Detect Pairs Variance 1 5 feet Max Allowable Scaling 0 5 feet 100 feet Confidence Level 68 un modified 90 error 95 error 99 error affects the display of error radiuses confidence interval and precisions Cosas ox cms The detection process can be re run any number of times using differing search radii TRANSFORM will remove points outside the new search radius and include any new points that are within the
371. reliable than that offered by TRANSFORM That is because meridians reproduced in this manner are derived from a treatment of all of the available evidence rather than some subjective sub set thereof and consequently produces the most statistically reliable meridian And because the on the ground evidence can be given equal weight as required by the rules of evidence the reproduced meridian will also be far more defensible under the rules of evidence Rotate the Field Survey s meridian To make the Field Survey s meridian in our example match that of the 1934 Subdivision simply click the System radio button in the Target System s Rotation group as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 52 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help r ala ERA TEA ETA A IEEE TO 2 Best Fe C System Error Rad_ Best Fit a Link Variance A Residual Dst 5S ou gt b 0 283 830 Y 74 0 100 S27 18 38 85 W 0 47 Subd 0 383 832 Y 165 0 100 N 74 12 42 47 E 0 560 3 Target Coord System _ 0 402 833 Y 160 0 100 N 80 27 43 88 W 0 902 Ped Survey 039 837 Y 167 0 100 N 71 01 39 40 E 0 608 a 0358 838 Y 171 0 100 N 42 56 44 63 E 0 559 g Doft Sytem Poems 0315 239 Y 72 0 100 S37 49 3919 E 0525 3 Retaton 95 Precision 0 289 240 Y 173 0 100 N 79 46 13 17 E 0 689 E 0 00 00 00 2004137 0 271 841 Y 175 0 100 N 10 45 07 76 E 0 709
372. ributes Onginal Coordinates System Poms Not Trarsiomed User Transiomation Best Fe Transformaton No scalle Transformation New System New Point Delete System Rename System Dupbcate System Showing Points 0 of 0 System Units Feet Either of these three options creates a new empty system with the name default name New System X Select the New System X text in the dropdown box and type a name for the new system such as 1935 Owens Subdivision TRANSFORM changes the default system name it provided to the name you provided The next section Delete System Delete System You can delete any system except the Field Survey system When you delete a system all points associated with the system are also deleted If you delete a system that was the target for a best fit transformation that system will no longer be transformed and all its references to the target system will be lost Note The Undo command or Undo toolbar button can be used to restore a deleted system O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 240 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide To delete a system select the system to be deleted in the system dropdown box then either click the Delete System button click Delete System on the Edit menu or right click in the system 9 5 9 6 name box and select Delete System on the context menu The next section Edit System Name Rename System You can edit any system name except the Field Survey system
373. ridian of the retracing survey In compliance with the rule of evidence that states that the retracing land surveyor shall attempt to put the boundary lines back in their original locations or as nearly as is humanly possible the most probable positions provided by a best fit transformation would provide better compliance than any other solution since the most probable positions alone can claim conformance with so many other rules of evidence as noted above Preponderance of evidence In the absence of evidence sufficient to relocate a boundary beyond a shadow of a doubt the land surveyor must be prepared to demonstrate that their conclusions are based upon a preponderance of the evidence When reproducing a prior survey that does not reference any record monuments the retracing land surveyor can often establish a preponderance by taking advantage of TRANSFORM s analytical output to better identify which of the monuments found are most nearly in conformance with the written record and making use of all such points in one unified solution While there may be many other legal considerations necessary to demonstrate that a surveyor has based his conclusions on a preponderance of the evidence the physical evidence found marking a prior survey would usually be one of the considerations that would carry the most weight Thus your survey will probably be more defensible than a competing survey that used only part of the available evidence a
374. rinting TRANSFORM provides the means of printing the content displayed by either of its primary views the transformations view or the system points view Printing reports provides an alternate means of transmitting and archiving the results of a transformation In This Section Configuring Printed Reports Printing Transformation Reports Printing Point List Reports Printing Custom Reports 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 288 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 16 1 Configuring Printed Reports The contents and format of a printed report is dictated by the configuration of the view s grid and the format of its contents Along with the grid TRANSFORM prints some supporting documentation such as project name system names etc e To change the number of significant digits displayed use the Precision tab of User Options e To change the type of units displayed meters or feet use the Units tab of User Options e To change the number of rows displayed in the grid use the Filters tab of User Options e To change the number of columns displayed in the grid select de select the appropriate columns on the view menu e To change the default content shown in the report sue the Projects tab of User Options The next section Printing Transformation Reports 16 2 Printing Transformation Reports To print a transformation report begin by switching to the transformation view You switch views by clicking the Transformations tab
375. rn measurements by the retracing surveyor chapter 4 A surveyor cannot use more modern precise measurements of course angle and distance to set a lost corner but only as supportive or combative evidence in support of lesser evidence chapter 4 Corners cannot be proven from evidence of lines found But lines are determined from the corners found chapter 4 No one corner or monument recited in a description has any greater dignity than any other corner or monument recited in the same description chapter 5 All original corners have equal weight in location of the parcel No single one is controlling and they must be considered as evidence of that survey chapter 5 When modern measurements are related to original measurements the analysis must be in terms of the original creating units of measurement and not in terms of the more modern units of measurements chapter 6 For any conveyance of description of real property the length of the unit of measurement is that measurement that was used and recited as of the date of the deed or survey chapter 6 Every measurement of distance or angle is subject to errors either known or unknown There is no perfect measurement chapter 6 An original monument found undisturbed usually expresses the intent of the parties of the conveyance fixes the point as between the parties and as such has no error in position All restored monuments e
376. ro would result in division by zero therefore a variance of zero cannot be applied to a point pair Tip ifall of the variance values are not the same TRANSFORM will not let you hide the variance column since the values in that column can affect the outcome of a best fit transformation Reassign all variances TRANSFORM also allows you to change all variances for the current best fit solution at one time To change all the variances select Reassign All Variances on the Tools menu or click the T Reassign All Variance toolbar button H TRANSFORM the provides the following dialog box 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 216 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Reassign Variances E New value 0 100 feet ox coca Enter the new default variance and click the OK button to chance all variance for the current project Acceptable range of values The minimum variance when working in both meters or feet is 0 0001 or one more decimal place than is shown by default The maximum variance when working in meters is 3 000 and the maximum variance when working in feet is 10 000 However you can provide up to four decimal places when entering individual variances in the transformation table The fourth or last digit is hidden until you click in the cell containing any give variance at which time TRANSFORM switches from read mode to edit mode The fourth digit while unreasonable as an estimate of accuracy can be especially us
377. roduce lost or missing monuments marking the prior survey Usually this would involve bearing bearing intersections from two adjacent monuments that were thought to be original undisturbed points or the use of a bearing and original distance possibly adjusted for differences in unit of measure Unfortunately this means of reproducing a prior survey suffers from an abundance of subjectivity when analyzing the evidence and puts far too much reliance on only a small subset of the evidence when making adjustments for meridian When some of the evidence having equally standing i e all original monument that will be held is ignored when reproducing the prior survey s meridian it puts the reproduction process at odds with the commonly held rules of evidence governing the practice of land surveying that requires all original and undisturbed monuments to be given equal weight as well as potentially violating a number of others rules see Transform and the Law And if the more comprehensive method noted above is used then there will be greater compliance with the rules of evidence but the process will be very time consuming and prone to error As you will see TRANSFORM helps you to achieve these same goals but in a far quicker and more comprehensive manner and with far better compliance with the rules of evidence that results in a more defensible work product See also Transform and the Law 2012 PrimaCode Technologie
378. rom the table it just removes it from the best fit solution When you did its value changed from 1 511 to 1 593 as a non dependent pairing Furthermore this value is no longer a residual it is simply the error associated with that pairing Note You can think of the solution s 95 CI confidence interval as being how reliably the points were set marking the 1934 Subdivision based upon the current best fit solution When you cleared the check box for the 851 176 pairing TRANSFORM performed a new best fit solution and concurrently updated all the associated display values as noted above and then resorted the table based upon the magnitude of the new distance residuals Elimination theory The 851 176 pairing is removed from the best fit solution on the theory that its error is outside the expected norm 95 CI for the 1934 Subdivision 2012 PrimaCode Technologies s PrimaCode Transform User s Guide It follows therefore that one must assume that point 176 is no longer in its original and undisturbed location or that it was located in error by the more recent Field Survey Of course another possibility that must be considered is that point 851 was computed in error when the 1934 Subdivision was mathematized Eliminate one point at a time Because the residuals and transformation parameters change each time a single pair is linked or un linked you should only un link one pair at a time and then compare the new
379. rvey in a matter of minutes By rotating the meridian of the Target System in TRANSFORM you can check TRANSFORM s modified coordinates for that system with a second source such as a CAD drawing to insure the rotation was performed correctly Furthermore by best fitting the prior survey to the rotated Target System in TRANSFORM you will be able to compare the transformed system s coordinates with those of the same system in your CAD drawing to insure the merger of the coordinates systems in your drawing was performed correctly The next section How to Rotate the Meridian 14 2 How to Rotate the Meridian There are two primary methods provided for managing the rotation of a Target System s meridian The first and easiest method is to manage the rotation of the Target system using the options provided in the Target System s Rotation group box shown on TRANSFORM Transformations view tab The second and more flexible option is to open TRANSFORM s Option dialog on the Tools menu and select the Transformations tab Using this dialog a system s transformation parameters can be set in a number of different ways Managing with the Transformations view tab O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 270 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide There are three options None Value and System provided in the Target Systems Rotation group box located on TRANSFORM s Transformations view tab as can be seen in the next graphic Equal None Option W
380. s The next section Pairing Points 8 7 Pairing Points TRANSFORM uses paired points to identify which of the Best Fit system points have a corresponding Target system point called a point pair Typically a point pair is comprised of some point in a prior survey that corresponds to a point found on the ground marking the prior survey In this scenario the prior survey is typically the Best Fit system while the field survey is the Target system However this is just one of many possible scenarios TRANSFORM provides two means of pairing points one is to select each pair manually the other is to allow TRANSFORM for find all probable pairs Initial identification of paired points The process of identifying points common to both systems usually starts by performing an approximate overlay of one survey drawing onto the other By visually sliding and rotating the inserted survey drawing around over another drawing it makes it possible to pick out those points that are common to both surveys If you are using a CAD environment the simplest ways to insert one CAD drawing into another is to right click in the drawing select Copy with base point on the context menu and when prompted select a base point Then switch to the other CAD drawing right click in the drawing select Paste as block and when prompted provide an insertion point When you have the first drawing inserted into the second drawing click the block and select it
381. s Check this box to be prompted before deleting points Remember that you also have the option of undoing and redoing edit and delete operations performed in the System Points view Sort target point lists by most probable match Check this box to sort the target point dropdown list by probability of being a suitable match for the best fit point in that same row of the transformations table When unchecked the target points will be sorted in numerical order when the dropdown list is displayed Show error radius column in transformation grid Check this box to add a column to the transformation table showing an error radius for each of the best fit points Hiding this column will allow you to compress the application window for smaller screen sizes and simplifies that view of TRANSFORM by hiding non essential information Show Best Fit point description column Check this box to add column to the transformations table showing a description for each of the best fit points O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies User Options 167 When displayed the description column will be located adjacent to and to the right of the best fit point column You can also see the description of each best fit point by temporarily holding the mouse of the best fit point s number or identifier Show Target point description column Check this box to add column to the transformations table showing a description for each of the target points When displayed th
382. s Getting Started to The next section Starting Transform 3 13 Starting Transform Open TRANSFORM by clicking the Windows Start button A Programs PrimaCode and then the Transform for Windows program icon F amp Projecti PrimaCode Transform o amp File Edit View Tools Help a LA Ss F 3I98 94 4 5409 2 Bes Fe C Sytem Error Rad BestFn Link Target Variance Beg Residual i Dst Residual F a 3 Target Coord System Reid Survey A 3 Best Fe System Params 3 Rotation 95 Precision E 5 a Scaling 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision Target System Rotation None Linked Pairs 95 Cl Ready TRANSFORM will start with a new empty project as show above Note If you had not already activated the product or if you have a trial version of the product TRANSFORM will present you with either the PRODUCT ACTIVATION dialog or a nag screen telling you how many days remain before the trial period will expire The retail version of the product will not do that Notice that you can hold the mouse over any of the toolbar buttons and a pop up tooltip tells you what the toolbar button does Every toolbar button also has a corresponding menu item Notice also that TRANSFORM has two main tabs along its left edge These allow you to switch between its primary view Transformations and its secondary view System Points The Transformations view is wher
383. s etc View only paired points Because TRANSFORM is able to display the complete list of filtered best fit system points without scrolling another of its optional filtering mechanism s was not automatically invoked This is the Show Only Point Pairs filter To limit Transform s view to showing only the paired points click the Show Only Point Pairs toolbar button amp or the Show Only Point Pairs option on the View menu TRANSFORM will then look like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 104 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide f amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform ojo la File Edit View Tools Help RIO OA r EEEL Best Ft Coord System ErrceRad Best Fit a Link Target Vanance Beg Residual Z 1981 Highway Layout zj pl 300 ST 0100 NET 46 3455 3 Target Coord System al 901 125 0 100 5 86 10 50 e ii 302 124 0 100 Fed Survey X j EL 4 E 903 119 0 100 m Best Ft System Params 3904 120 0 100 Rotation 95 Precision 905 116 0 100 568 44 2167 E 0 155 E 306 17 0 100 577 18 0684 E 0 148 a HF 907 107 0 100 NI 0 022 ie Sosro 95 Precision W 910 106 0 100 N00 3 48 97 E 044 913 102 0100 S61 41 18 39 V 0 166 914 103 0 100 2 916 100 0 100 N 11 44 0261 Linked Pairs 0 of 12 95 A Ready This filter makes it much easier to evaluate which points found on the ground are reliable and which are not by hiding non releva
384. s WRITE BLOCK dialog The Base Point coordinates represent the approximate centroid of the collection of linked pairs By using a centroid coordinate for the Base Point round off errors at the edges of the coordinate system are minimized when the block is inserted into the target system Inset Block group box The values contained in the Target Drawing group box are those values that will be used in the AutoCAD INSERT dialog The Insertion Point coordinates are the transformed coordinates that correspond to the Base point coordinates The Scale factor and Rotation angle are the same as are displayed in TRANSFORM s Transformation Parameters group box Merge Drawings Example For a step by step example of how to use this feature see the Highway Layout Example of the Getting Started section The next section AutoCAD s Write Block dialog 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Merging Drawings 251 10 3 AutoCAD s Write Block Dialog The AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog is used to define a collection of AutoCAD objects Because a block can be defined with a base point it is ideal for making a copy of the plan being transformed and later inserted into another CAD drawing To open the WRITE BLOCK dialog enter WBLOCK in AutoCAD s command line and press the Enter key r B Write Block 3 Source Block Entire drawing 9 Objects Base point Objects Pick point Select objects X 3727 0000 9 Retain Y 4670 0000
385. s a list of the various help menu items and a description of their function Index Search Glossary Getting Started Tutorial Content Scaling amp The Law Scaling Cause amp Affect Tweaking Transformations Transform amp The Law PrimaCode Online PrimaCode Support Check for Updates About Transform Contents When selected opens TRANSFORM s on line user s guide to the Contents tab where you can view all of the collected topics in one view Pressing Fi on the keyboard will also open user s guide to the Contents tab Index When selected opens TRANSFORM s on line user s guide to the Index tab where you can find topics based upon key words Search When selected opens TRANSFORM s on line user s guide to the Search tab where you can find topics based upon a supplied search criteria 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 286 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Getting Started Tutorials When selected open TRANSFORM s on line user s guide to the Getting Started section This section is designed to help first time users get acquainted with TRANSFORM for Windows Scaling amp the law When selected will open that section of Advanced Topics in the online user s guide The topic discusses some of the issues associated with scaling and the justifications that can be found for in the commonly accepted Rules of Evidence Scaling Cause amp Affect When selected opens the Examples section o
386. s a somewhat abbreviated step by step introduction into the use and benefits of TRANSFORM This tutorial will acquaint you with the basics of importing data exporting data analyzing evidence best fitting two surveys merging two surveys and some of the other associated tools you will find in TRANSFORM Follow these simple steps to perform your first best fit transformation and combine its results with your CAD drawing depicting your field work 1 About this example 2 The Objective 3 Starting Transform 4 Importing Points ul Applying Filters 6 Pairing Points 7 Evaluating Evidence 8 Transformation Parameters 9 Rotating Target Meridian 10 Rolling Back Scaling 11 Merging Drawings 12 Saving Projects 13 Printing Reports 14 Adding amp Revising Points 3 1 1 About this Example The 1934 Subdivision The 1934 Subdivision is an old survey of record that was used to convey building lots It does not show a single record monument or anything else that might fix it to the ground therefore the goal in this example is to reproduce the subdivision based upon a preponderance of evidence You can assume that the various points found marking this survey were set by any number of different individuals some land surveyors some probably not Locating the sample files When TRANSFORM was installed the files for this tutorial were copied to a folder entitled Subdivision Example This folder can be found in the parent f
387. s grip to slide or rotate the block until it visually fits the second drawing With the drawings overlaid make a note of each point that is common to both surveys Selecting Systems TRANSFORM identifies the system being transformed as the best fit system and identifies the system being transformed to as the target system In this context the best fit system is the movable system and the target system is the fixed system Using TRANSFORM you are always best fitting the best fit system to the target system Therefore you must select both a best fit system and a target system to perform a transformation By default TRANSFORM selects the Field Survey system as the target system since this system cannot be the subject of a transformation and is more often than not the system you want other systems to best fit Pairing Points 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 204 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide G File Edit DA ds Best Ft Coord System 1981 Highway Layout Target Coord System Field Survey Best Ft System Params Rotation View Scaling System Poets Translor mitoas Translation Noth Translation East Tools Linked Pairs 0 of 0 Y E Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform Help 2 J yy PUTE y ti u Y Link _ _ Error Rad Best Fit 300 301 902 903 SOs 905 906 907 3908 909 910 91 12 913 ELO 95 916 95 Cl a Ready 1116 119 120 121
388. s meridian has been rotated Therefore TRANSFORM should appear as follows 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 123 f amp Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform fol ols File Edit View Tools Help q e r lt RATE AE OT A EEE i oe a lt aL gt aa CEE L Coord System A 7 gt FV 1961 Higtarny Layat z 0 038 so 125 0 100 S 73 1159 36 0 225 T Target Coord Sytem 0 097 902 Y 124 0 100 50 59 31 62 W 0 068 Feld Survey _ 0 068 303 Y 119 0 100 N72 55 S0 99 E 0 063 _ 0 067 90s Y 120 0 100 N21 43 31 77 E 0 076 n BestFt System Params 0 058 905 Y 116 0 100 76 32 19 76 E 0131 Retaton 95 Precision 0057 CA 117 0 100 85 45 3208 E 0 122 E 0 0000 00 20 07 10 p 0 065 7 107 0 100 89 19 21 80 W 0 032 E Scaling 95 Precision 4 oos 308 49 6 pom 246 3 99m a gt 0 068 910 Y 106 0 100 N 57 14 01 32 W 0 036 1 000 049 583 04 710 007 91 0 0050 100 0 064 912 Tete mn e eer ae 4045 21933 20 056 3 Z om 915 Translation East Precision 01w03 916 Y 100 0 100 N 74 18 57 05 W 0 043 5404 37714 0 056 a Target System Rotation fal None Value Sytem 1981 Highway Layout Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 Cl 0 130ft Ready Combining Drawings Using AutoCAD Dialog Boxes Use this method to combine drawings using AutoCAD s WBLOCK dialog and INSERT dialog Combining drawings using AutoCAD c
389. s that the scaling is not statistically significant That is the case whenever scaling is less than its associated precision 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 124 Another legitimate reason to roll back scaling is whenever it is very small in magnitude and will have little or no effect on the overall best fit transformation Conversely whenever the scaling is statistically significant i e scaling is larger than its associated precision then it is generally inappropriate to roll back scaling This is because a scaling that is statistically significant indicates that TRANSFORM detected a measurable and real difference in unit length between the measurements used to describe the two surveys being compared Rolling back scaling To roll back or remove scaling from a best fit solution simply right click anyone of the scaling boxes and select Remove Scaling from the context menu Alternatively you can also select Remove System s Scaling on the Tools Menu Every time you choose to roll back scaling TRANSFORM will display the following warning that by doing so the solution s residuals will pick up the difference Scaling Roll Back 33 Taking this action will force one of the solution s four systematic A errors its scaling into the solution s random errors its residuals Adding that linear bias to the residuals will render them and the solution s confidence interval CI un usable for analysis purpos
390. s what you will have at the completion of this tutorial It is provided so you quickly get the feel of TRANSFORM or to check your progress against the final product The drawing files To compare two surveys you will typically have two drawings one representing the survey being retraced the other representing the your recent field work For this example those drawings are the Field Survey dxf and the 1981 Highway Layout dxf Both files are also provided in pdf format for those who do not use a CAD program Take a moment to open and inspect these drawings The coordinate files This sample project also has three simple ASCII text files containing the coordinates for the two surveys the type typically used for data exchange between different computer programs Each line of these files describes one coordinate position and is broken up into fields separated by commas representing a point identifier northing easting elevation and description Note TRANSFORM does not allow the use of space delimited text files since it allows point descriptions to have spaces The Field Survey Coordinates txt file contains the coordinates for the Field Survey drawing the 1981 Highway Layout Coordinates txt file contains the coordinates for the Highway Layout drawing and the Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coordinates txt file contains coordinates for both drawings Typically the Field Survey Coordinates txt file would have been produced via i
391. s which measuring units meters or feet are being used to display the coordinates To switch between meters and feet use the Units tab of User Options 10 Merging Drawings This section discusses how to use TRANSFORM s Merge Drawing Coefs dialog to merge two CAD drawings by copying information from TRANSFORM and pasting it into AutoCAD It should be kept in mind this is just one way to merge drawings For AutoCAD users there are any number of ways to accomplish the same end result 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Merging Drawings 249 No mater what CAD program you use you can always simply export modified transformed coordinates out of TRANSFORM and import those modified coordinates into some other CAD program In this section Checking AutoCAD Units Transform s Merge Drawings dialog AutoCAD s Write Block dialog AutoCAD s Insert dialog Validate the results 10 1 Checking AutoCAD Units Before merging drawings always check the AutoCAD UNITS settings To do this type units in the command line of AutoCAD and press ENTER This opens the following dialog r Ly Drawing Units 3 Length Angle Type Type Decimal z Surveyor s Units v Precision Precision 0 0000 Nod0000 E y Insertion scale Units to scale inserted content Fea z Sample Output 1 5000 2 0039 0 0000 3 0000 lt N 45d0 0 E 0 0000 Lighting Units for specifying the intensity of lighting
392. s while minimizing the chances of input errors and round off errors By double clicking the Rotation text box TRANSFORM will cycle through its six different angular formats 1 The angle is display with degrees minutes seconds symbols default and a fixed precision 2 The angle is display with degrees minutes seconds symbols format and maximum precision 3 The angle is displayed in AutoCAD format i e with degree symbol replaced with d 4 The angle is display in any one of the user selected input format Tools gt Options gt Units 5 The angle is displayed in decimal degrees format The Rotation text box displays the angular units in anyone of six different formats as shown below The first or default format is the fully symbolized format with the number of significant digits defined by Tools gt Options gt Precision Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 36 69 0 04 25 15 42 36 6909389775 0 04 25 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 186 2 ppm 1282 9 ppm 186 2 ppm 1282 9 ppm 1 000 186 210 557 790 1 000 186 210 557 790 1 53703 1 53703 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 32784 0 304 6281 327384 0 304 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4179 72628 20 304 4179 72628 0 304 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 226 PrimaCo
393. scaesdccuseideseceaseddeueccesapen 290 4 Printing Custom RE POMS ic lt cice ce sesececd decececevedeeccawesdenctpeztencdecdececeseueeccoustdeneesextercdentdenceertee 292 Part XVII Support Options 293 T Pop Up tooltip Nel pico ii da 293 2 Help Provider comio ninen uis eroun utsian anire inania neuria nutia nannini i riika nu ni 294 3 G nt xt h lp nAi A A A A 294 4 Technical Assista nCe ds 294 Part XVIII Advanced Topics 295 1 Tweaking TranstorMatiONS iii ic 295 2 Scaling and the LaWo einai eenia deca AANA SERNER R EKANA since deed feeeccdusneeanddseeenstueeeee 297 3 Transform and the LW devevensudeusted scuyceesseuars 303 4 Unmonumented Original SurveyS cccccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaeeeeeesaeeeessaeeeeeeeaneeeees 307 5 Breaking the R cord siernpre ay A A ES 309 Part XIX Examples 310 1 Scaling Cause and Affe Cl sceeteltieee ceeds teceecbacecaeee Shee scttiece adstee denier annene nnmnnn 311 2 Merge AutoCAD Drawings eisisiccscciecccis cectieccevenetcivvsiieceetenectd ita 317 3 Construction La yout AA sc vedert co E T T 317 4 Validating Tradition COMputatiONS ccccconnncccnonanincnnnnnoncnnnanocnnnnncrcnnnanrrnnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrcnnnnnane 319 Part XX Glossary 319 Index 325 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 6 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 1 Introduction In Welcome to TRANSFORM FOR WINDOWS the ultimate evidence analysis tool and best fit coordinates tool for Land Surveyors
394. section the concept of scaling is heavily supported by the Law of Evidence for retracing surveys The next section Transform and the Law 18 3 Transform and the Law This section discusses how to use TRANSFORM in harmony with the Laws of Evidence and it also discusses some of the ways it could be used that would not be in harmony with the Law of Evidence Evidence Analysis Using Transform The most important aspect of land surveying is the evaluation of evidence both physical and record It is this aspect of land surveying that separates the technician from the professional Boundary markers as well as the measurements that describe them are both a type of evidence When retracing a prior survey the land survey must evaluate both types of evidence prior to making any determinations Traditionally this task has been limited to observing the condition of each monument one at a time and then evaluating the measurement evidence describing any two of those monuments one measurement at a time TRANSFORM on the other hand unifies the evaluation process by providing you with an analysis of the monuments and measurements simultaneously in one mathematical process called a least squares two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation This approach provides the advantage of allowing the land surveyor to establish some norm for the monuments set by the prior land surveyor Armed with this value it is then possible to combine the visua
395. sed submission form at www primacode com PrimaCode will respond to your technical questions via email in a timely manner Telephone support For technical assistance issues that requires immediate attention you can reach PrimaCode technical support at 413 684 0996 Monday thru Friday between the hours of 8 00 AM and 5 00 PM EST 18 Advanced Topics This section provides an in depth look at selected subjects that may deserve special attention when working with least squares transformations These perspectives are offered by Dennis Drumm the creator of TRANSFORM and a long time Professional Land Surveyor in the state of Massachusetts The reader is encouraged to investigate these matters on an individual basis as well especially when reference is made to a rule of law since law is often a matter of interpretation that can change from jurisdiction to jurisdiction In This Section Tweaking Transformations This section discusses what you need to do to achieve the best results for best fit transformations Scaling and the Law This section discusses scaling and the support for scaling in the rules of evidence Transform and the Law This section discusses how TRANSFORM is used harmoniously with the rules of evidence Unmonumented Original Surveys This section discusses when a non record monument might be considered a record monument Breaking the record This section discusses the pros and cons of reporting what one finds vers
396. ser Transformations TRANSFORM also provides a means to manually transform a coordinate system by providing any of the four transformatoin parameters found in the Tools gt Options gt Transformations tab Options q System Field Survey y Transformation Base Point 2 of rotation scaling 4 translation User Translation Orig North 10000 00000 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10000 00000 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Bev 0 00000 User Rotation amp Scaling Beaming Era Pont he Orig Brg Mod Brg Rotation 15 42 02 68 Scaling 1 000000000000000 O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 202 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Options Pe Je Application Comections Ftere Precisions Projects Transformations Unis System Field Survey y Transformation Base Point 2 v of rotation scaling amp translation User Translation Orig North 10000 00000 Mod North 10000 00000 Orig East 10000 00000 Mod East 10000 00000 Orig Elev 0 00000 Mod Bev 0 00000 User Rotation amp Scaling Beginning 2 y End Point 3 Orig Brg N 73 17 35 00 W Mod Brg N 88 59 37 68 W Orig Dist 427 820 Mod Dist 427 820 Rotation 15 42 02 68 Scaling 1 000000000000000 System The System dropdown box provides the means of selecting any one of the systems defined within TRANSFORM Base Point
397. simulated best fit transformation however the coordinates of the Best Fit system have not been transformed at this point in time Tip Never set check marks to link pairs until the process of identifying all paired points is complete Once the first link is defined TRANSFORM begins computing residuals on a different criteria Detecting Paired Points TRANSFORM also provides a means of detecting paired points automatically with a single click O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 205 Detecting pairs can be run without first identifying likely pairs or after any number of pairs have been identified You do this by either clicking the Detect Paired Points toolbar button EQ or by or selecting Detect Paired Points on the Tools menu It is not recommended that this feature be used unless less or until each system has been filtered to limit processing time and improve the reliability of the results pa Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform oloo 3 File Edit View Tools Help SEMS M LACIE E VSS ESEC Best Ft Coord System Error Rad Best Fa Link Target Variance By ed 2 1981 Highway Layout x T sO ogs om 3 Target Coord System 901 125 0 100 5 902 124 0 100 Reid Survey Ll gt 903 19 0 100 s Best Ft System Params 904 120 0 100 S Retaton 95 Precision 905 116 0 100 E D xe 117 0 100 907 107 0 100 a Scaling 95 Precision 908 a 209 Linked Pairs
398. simultaneously with the other two transformation parameters Rotation Parameter The Rotation text box shows the difference in meridians with symbolized degrees minutes and seconds and the user defined precision for seconds by default When you click in the box TRANSFORM changes the text from the symbolized format to one of five different formats for copying and pasting into other programs TRANSFORM also adds all possible significant digits to the value when the user clicks the text box You can cycle thru the five different formats by double clicking in the Rotation text box Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 15 42 02 6804301109 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 257 1 ppm 49 6 ppm 257 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 20 167 8 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 18841 0 056 6281 18841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 4180 89753 0 056 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 113 Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 15d42 02 6804301 109 0 00 12 15 42 02 6804302033 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 2 57 1 ppm 49 6 ppm 257 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 0
399. so that the value can be copied and pasted into other programs as shown below To restore the formatted version simply press the escape key 2012 PrimaCode Technologies m PrimaCode Transform User s Guide a e ATTE AO EA EE E o ca g 907 Twat I vince ATEN 1981 Highway Layout y f 7 0 100 N 41 31 58 64 Ww Target Coord System 100 0 100 N5836 5437 W Feld Survey X 124 010 SBT 4136 30 W 119 0 100 N8837 5367 E Best Fit System Params 103 0100 ss S 79 17 49 58 Rotation 95 Precision 120 owo N 37 25 34 40 E 15 42 0265 20 07 12 117 0 100 S70 03 2940 E Scaling 95 Precision 439 6 ppm System Points Translor mations 183 0 100 N81 113357 w 116 0100 60 S0 17 07 E IEEE RA 102 0 100 58 20 16 39 W 125 owo SS 54 02 64 Ww 0 0050 100 Translation North 6281 188341 Translation East 418089753 Target System Rotation O None 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 10 of 12 95 C1 0 130 ft Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm Translation North 95 Precision 6281 18841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 The first scaling box is the multiplier converted to the familiar parts per million ppm notation The third scaling box show parts per hundred notation by default but can be toggled back and forth between this notation and one p
400. ssigned some arbitrary starting coordinates 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 180 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide By selecting the same coordinate value for the modified values you insure that the starting assumed starting coordinates will not change The Translation group The translation group shows the original coordinates for the chosen base point and provides you with the ability to define what the base point s modified coordinates will be as a result of the user transformation TRANSFORM automatically supplies the existing and transformed coordinates for the selected base point based upon the system s current transformation parameters For systems that have not been transformed the original and coordinates and the modified coordinates will start out equal If the system had been transformed the original and modified coordinate would not be equal Note When you click in any of the coordinate text boxes TRANSFORM switches from formatted mode to unformatted mode In unformatted mode TRANSFORM provides full precision values so you can see the internal representation of the coordinate To return to formatted mode simply press the escape key Using the three modified coordinate values new coordinates for the selected base point can be defined thus creating a user translation If the original and modified coordinates of the chosen base point are the same then no translation takes place but the base point still acts
401. st Changed Wednesday July 07 2010 Time Last Changed 10 21 10 AM Y Show this information on printed reports Finally click the Save button to complete the process The next section Printing Reports 3 2 16 Printing Reports To print a report for one of Transform s view simply click the Print Report toolbar button or click Print Report on the File menu TRANSFORM uses the current configuration of the view being printed to format the report Therefore you can determine how many decimal places to print which columns the sort order of columns the units of measure etc by configuring the view to be printed You can also see what the report will look like by selecting Print Preview on the File menu as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 139 al Print preview 42 00 88 Pae eee ee INICIOS HIMNOS INICIA EI e ronco rooonoeooo ooo S e i aa o oo OO o e U erm O e ssa n o O seme Oo o ee f o II S345 55756 7897 065405 O onoooo remem e ese mazos emm aros rs erez masas omo me INICIOS MANITO ICC INICIA INIA 000000 000000 O e IRMA soos f ooo IS eses moeone f cooo f meen o e san ea O ooo mo Rs gt e gt gt O s f ema f asoan f ooo 2 oea f seese ooo gt ae me mm gt we carseat INICIO IRMA INCA rasa roses omo __etway Os me rar Ce o IEEE INCITA Ps a II E TRANSFORM
402. st of filtered points contained in the Target System along with their descriptions When the Target system column in the table is empty the Target System point in the dropdown list will be shown in numerical order Notice also that the list only contains points with a description of BND or it variations This is because we previously applied a filter to the Target system 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started so i E 3 E Linked Pairs 0 of 0 Scroll down the list until you find field point 183 and select it When you do the dropdown list will close automatically As shown below TRANSFORM supplies each new point pair with the default variance of 0 100 feet and displays a pseudo residual Variances are used to perform weighted solutions Their use is discussed in more detail in the next section 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 100 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide File Edit View Tools Help SOUS OA 2 OT VERO Best Ft Coord System 1981 Highway Layout bd Target Coord System Reid Survey z Best Ft System Params Rotation 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision System Points Translor mations 900 901 902 903 304 905 906 307 908 909 sisisisisisis Target System Rotation O None 0 00 00 00 Linked Pairs 0 of 1 Selecting additional pairs Next click in the Target point column opposite Best Fit point 901 Notice this time
403. stablished by measurements have some error in position chapter 11 A monument set by the original surveyor and called for by the conveyance has no error or position It is legally correct in that only the description may be in error chapter 12 When a monument is called for in a written description that monument if it is undisturbed is controlling over all other elements in the description chapter 15 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 300 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Collectively these rules of evidence make it pretty clear what the role of monuments as evidence versus measurement as evidence play when performing retracement type surveys It is also clear from these rules of evidence that the modern surveyor must attempt to reproduce original monuments or corners using units of measurement that are consistent with the original survey In this regard the best fit transformation approach provided by TRANSFORM is the ideal tool for that purpose since it supplies the statistically most probable means of reproducing the original survey s meridian and its linier units of measurement By providing the land surveyor with a scale correction TRANSFORM is providing the means of equating the linear units of measurements of the original survey to that of modern survey It is interesting to note at this point the scale correction reported by TRANSFORM does not suggest which units of measurement are superior or c
404. stance you can best fit a highway layout to your fieldwork and export the points for both systems to a single destination file that contains coordinates consistent with the original field work so your field party can look for additional evidence marking the highway layout The Export Modified Coordinates option will only be available when a system has been transformed A transformed system is one that has been best fit to anther system or has been transformed by the user see Tools Options Transformations Label modifiers The Label Modifier box allows you to modify the label of each point in a given system by some fixed value The value you supply is added to the point s label if the label and modifier a both numeric values otherwise it appends the value to the point s label e g 125 to 125A Coordinate precision option The Export full precision values when checked will populate the destination file with eleven decimal place coordinate precisions the maximum allowable precision Clearing this option provides a means of exporting other coordinate precisions determined by the number of decimal places set on the Precisions tab of the Tools Options dialog By default the EXPORT ASSISTANT exports full precision values so that round off errors are minimized when the exported coordinates will be used to merge coordinate systems or drawings in other software applications Filter options The EXPORT ASSISTANT S Filter Options ar
405. stem by visually selecting them Start by clicking the Select button in the point identifiers group box You will see the following dialog which lists all the points contained in the currently selected ASCII text file 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started at l a Contents of Field Survey amp Highway Layout Coords file Pe sz Northing Easting Description 124 9531 07619 7816 22099 0 00000 BND 125 9525 48122 7807 76094 0 00000 BND BRKN 170 9276 69292 8143 03302 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT 171 9287 74818 8079 46090 0 00000 CLT WAY 172 9321 70859 7984 50983 0 00000 CLT WAY 173 9389 29293 7878 21634 0 00000 CLT WAY 175 9394 58904 7949 35615 0 00000 CL OLD RD APPR 176 9427 19757 7947 18392 0 00000 CL OLD RDAPPR _ 177 9763 52536 7616 60452 0 00000 CL SIGHT 4FT 7 178 9675 45279 7661 83276 0 00000 CL TWAY 180 9545 29722 7741 82176 0 00000 CL TWAY 181 9505 48259 7766 74537 0 00000 PC 183 9698 17690 7712 43309 0 00000 BND 201 9953 43655 7564 60710 0 00000 SIGHT LIMIT 2 202 9871 69574 7579 35307 0 00000 CL LANE 203 9795 23813 7603 68568 0 00000 CL LANE 204 9695 22539 7651 32692 0 00000 PT 205 9332 10226 7964 19865 0 00000 SIGHT LIMIT 2 206 9516 04526 7773 66139 0 00000 CL PT 800 5000 00000 5000 00000 0 00000 42 02 36 801 5034 92329 4896 55612 0 00000 43 11 54 802 5036 15159 4892 91787 0 00000 43 15 38 OK Cancel To select one or more single points hold the control key down while clicking on each point
406. stem s Parameters The Transformations Parameters group box displays the four parameters a best fit transformation produces rotation scaling translation north and translation east TRANSFORM uses these four parameters to convert the coordinates of the best fit system into best fit coordinates that agree with the target system Rotation The Rotation parameter is the most probable difference in meridians between the best fit system and the target system based upon a best fit transformation The rotation parameter is the amount by which the subject system s meridian must be rotated to agree with the target system s meridian Rotation Precision The rotation Precision is the amount by which the Rotation parameter might vary based upon the designated confidence level For example at the default 95 confidence level there is only one chance in twenty 5 that actual rotation angle would exceed the upper and lower limits obtained by apply the precision to the computed rotation Scaling The Scaling parameter is the amount by which the measurements used to produce the best fit system coordinates differ from the measurements used to produce the target system coordinates i e the difference in unit length for the measuring devices used to make the measurements for each system The scaling parameter is the amount by which the best fit system measurements must be scaled to agree with the target system measurements Scaling Precision Th
407. stically most probable corners would be Notice also that red figures also fall outside the error radius or positional uncertainty tolerance for each theoretical point indicating that this is a solution that is not statistically defensible Conversely the bearing bearing solution which did not require the input of any distance information produced a solution very nearly the same as that of the scaled distance distance solution and of the actual corner found in every instance Lastly notice that all but the un scaled distance distance intersect fall within the error radius or positional uncertainty for each point being reproduced with the exception of point 3 This point did not follow the norm due to having been reproduced via a very short distance Conclusions The Law Of Evidence requires land surveyors to hold original and undisturbed monuments over calls for bearings and distances Generally the courts consider original monuments to be fixed unalterable and without error The Law Of Evidence also requires land surveyors to walk in the footsteps of the original survey to as closely as humanly possible reproduce the location of missing corners As can be seen by this example to do that requires a correction for differences in tape length This example also demonstrates that whenever a land surveyor holds original monuments as required by the law of evidence and reports a distance that differs from that indicated on the original s
408. sult from the best fit transformation Status Bar The status bar displays the number of paired points the number of pairs that are linked and the confidence interval for the solution at the designated confidence level For very large systems of points TRANSFORM will also displays a progress bar in the part of the status bar that normally displays the Ready state during processing Dual Mode Cells Three of the transformation table s column s display values in one of two different formats the variance column and the two residual columns By clicking in anyone of these cells TRANSFORM switches from normal mode to extended precision mode as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 190 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 17 highway Layout Barrolle PimaCode Transform o fos x File Edit View Tools Help p e lt lt TEA OA A EEEL ca a _Error Rad BestFit a Link Target Variance Brg Residual _ Dst Residual ree 0 101 300 Y 183 0 100 N 81 1133 57 W 0 128 1863 Higherey Layent 0 098 901 125 0 100 SES Sr 0264 0 225 T Target Coord System 0 037 302 Y 124 0 100 66 41 4 20 W 0 068 Feld Survey _ 0 068 903 Y 119 0 100 N 88 37 5367 E 0 063 Gz 0 067 30s Y 120 0 100 N37 25 34 3970775286 0 076 2 Best Ft System Params 0058 905 Y 116 0 100 60 50 17 07 E 0 131 E Retston 95 Precision 0057 906 Y 117 0 100 S70 03 2940 E 0 122 E 15 47 0265 2000 127 0065 907 Y
409. t Fit System s Parameters group box Equal Value Option When the Value radio button is selected the Target system is rotated such that the Best Fit system s meridian will have no rotation as is indicated in the Target System s Rotation group box and thus the Residual values change to be consistent with an un rotated Best Fit system 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Rotate Target Meridian 271 Eh Highway Layout Example PrimaCode Transform folle la File Edt View Tools Help A e lt e ARA CIERTO ET EE E _ErrorRod Best Fit a Link Target Variance Brg Residual Ost Residual 2 BestFt Coord System 1 1 AA p 0101 0 Y 183 0 100 83 06 2375 W 0 128 a Cone 0086 901 125 0 100 S731159 22s T Taget Coord System 0097 902 Y 124 0 100 50 59 31 62 W 0 058 Field Survey C os 303 Y 3 0 100 N72 55 5099 E 0 063 0067 904 Y 120 0 100 N 2143 3177 0 076 g PoR System Poems oos 205 Y 116 0 100 76 32 1976 E 0 131 3 Raton 95 Precision 0087 906 Y 117 0 100 s8s 45 3208 E 0 122 0 00 00 00 20 0010 0 065 307 Y 107 0 100 89 19 21 80 W 0 032 pa z 0 067 308 Scaling 95 Precision Lj 496 pom 2463 ppm _ 0063 909 0 068 310 Y 106 0 100 N 5714 01 32 W 0 038 1 000 049 583 904 710 Fl oon a 0 0050 100 oos 912 Frente il e as si m am sersracsrw aw 424521933 20 056 i a 0 101 315 Translation East a Precision 0 103 916 Y 100 0 100
410. t computed by classical means with the theoretical coordinates of the transformed system If the point relocated by traditional means falls within the error radius of the theoretical point then the relocated point is probably defensible Error radius points TRANSFORM computes an error radius for every point in the best fit system the system that was transformed Confidence levels TRANSFORM computes error radii based upon the specified confidence level as is the case for parameter precisions Changing the confidence level on the View menu will change the magnitude of the error radii accordingly Hiding the error radius column You can hide the error radius column by clicking the menu item Error Radius Column in the View menu TRANSFORM offers this option to simplify the view by hiding non essential information when not used 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 224 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide The next section Transform Parameters 8 13 Transformation Parameters The transformation view has a group box entitled Transformation Parameters as show below Parameters Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 0 0050 100 Translation North 95 Precision 6281 183841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 This group displays the four basic transformation parameters used to compute transformed coordinates for
411. t points for a match at placed at the top of the list to help identify additional pairs To demonstrate this feature let s define the next pair combination for both coordinate systems Start by clicking in the empty cell to the right of point 832 located in the Target point column 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 36 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide ES nde Tanlo File Edit View Tools Help TA AAA SAR 0 Best Ft Coord System Error Rad Best Fit al Link Target Variance i 2 1934 Subdivision 821 3 Target Coord System a 82 Feld Survey si Ls 823 as ia 825 s Best Ft System Params ia 826 3 Rotation 95 Precision 827 E 828 3 829 Pa Scaling 95 Precision 830 Linked Pairs 0 of 1 95 Cl Ready Notice this time that Target point 166 is now at the top of the list and that the list is no longer sorted in numerical order Sorting of the target points in the dropdown list will be different for each Best Fit system point the order being dependent on the probability that a point in the target system will be a suitable match for the Best Fit point in the same row of the table Un Pairing Points To un pair a Target point simply delete the Target point s text and hit the Enter key or click in the Target point s cell to open the dropdown list and select the top entry of none Additionally the Undo toolbar button 0 can be used to undo the last action Detect remaining pairs While w
412. te for one of the points in the list of points for the Target system and if it finds such a point TRANSFORM selects it as the Base Point of rotation of the Target system If it does not find such a point you are prompted to select a Base Point of rotation from a list of the system s points This option is the desired option for situations when you want the meridian of your fieldwork is to be matched to the meridian of some prior survey as is the case shown above Note In the event that you wanted the base point of the Target System to be moved to another location you would do so here see User Transformations If a Base Point of rotation is not selected defined the modified coordinates of the rotated system will have substantially different coordinates and the northings may wind up very different than the eastings Managing with the Tools Options dialog The manual transformation method involves performing a user transformation to supply the desired rotation angle and base point using the User Transformations tab accessible from the Options dialog found on the Tools menu or using the User Transformations toolbar button 3 This opens the dialog shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Rotate Target Meridian 275 a IAE Application Corrections Fiters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System Fea Survey o Transformation Base Point none y of rotation scaling amp translation Trans
413. ted by the found iron pipe 101 thru 107 2 the point reproduced via the transformation s theoretical positions 1 thru 7 3 the point reproduced via a bearing bearing intersect 501 thru 507 4 the point reproduced via a distance distance intersect using un scaled distances 601 thru 607 5 the point reproduced via a distance distance intersect using scaled distances 701 thru 707 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 34 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide These alternate solutions were chosen as some of the more likely methods of reproducing a missing point on an original survey These solutions were also chosen because they clearly demonstrate the consequences of scaling and not scaling Three of the four alternative solutions for each corner marker were computed from the found corner markers on either side of the point being reproduced via a bearing bearing intersect or a distance distance intersect In this way we can compare the theoretical point computed from the best fit transformation to each of the other possible corner points i e the found point its residual the point from a bearing bearing intersect the point from a distance distance intersect and the point from a scaled distance distance intersect A CAD representation of this rotated Retracement Survey drawing was installed on your computer when TRANSFORM was installed and is located in your documents folder under the sub folder entitled Transformation Samples Scal
414. tem Rotation L 820 O None 821 0 00 00 00 e 823 825 Linked Pairs 0 of 0 95 0 Ready The list of points shown in the Best Fit Point column of the table shown above are those points contained in the currently selected Best Fit Coord System dropdown box to the left of the table Likewise the Target Point column is used to identify those points in the currently selected Target System dropdown box located to the left of the table that pair up with each Best Fit Coord System point Initially there will be no points listed in the Target Point column since none have been selected yet Identify paired points Pairing points is accomplished in either of two ways The easiest way is to simply direct Transform to find a probable pairs for you Provided you have already applied filters to each system simply click the Detect Pairs toolbar button EQ and TRANSFORM will perform a very comprehensive comparison of both systems and provide the solution that provides the greatest number of pairs with the best standard deviation Pairing points can also be easily accomplished manually TRANSFORM provides a number of aids to make pairing points manually faster and more intuitive To begin this process it is first necessary to identify one point that describes the same position on both the 1934 Subdivision system and the Field Survey system In most instances you will do this by overlaying one survey drawing onto another in a CAD environm
415. tent displayed by the IMPORT ASSISTANT the first time it is opened as shown above is the default setting For your own data you can select any ordering and types of content and the IMPORT ASSISTANT will always open with those selections thereafter Select a file to import 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 21 Click the Browse button and navigate to the folder containing the Subdivision Example This folder is located in the Transformation Samples folder which is located in your Documents folder as show below Open ASCI Text File x gO ry Transformation Samples Subdivision Example Organize v New folder Fe Favorites Documents library HI Desktop Subdivision Example Downloads Name Date modified Type Arrange by Folder y E Recent Places _ Field Survey amp Subdivision Coordinates bd 1 28 2008 9 30 AM Text Document EN Libraries L Field Survey Coordinates txt Text Document Subdivision Coordinates txt Text Document Documents d Music me Pictures B Videos m Computer amp Local Disk C amp Local Archives F Removable Disk J UY data massgis state ma us pP ftp primacode com Gs Network pd w L File name Field Survey amp Subdivision Coordinates txt y ascu Text files asc auf cs o Select the file named Field Survey 8 Subdivision Coordinates txt This file contains coordinates for two surveys a recent field sur
416. that TRANSFORM has re sorted the list of Target system points by their probability of being a match for point 901 TRANSFORM now puts point 125 at the top of the list indicating that it is the most likely pairing for point 901 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started Kum File Edit View Tools ADAP SS AAA SER 0 Coord System e Pre iim lewerse J inverse p pears Error Rad Best Ft aj Unk Target Variance Brg Residual Ost Residual E 1981 Highway Layout sj 300 183 0100 90 00 0000 E 0 000 3 Target Coord System gt 901 302 Fed Survey RES 903 Best Ft System Params 304 i Rotation 95 Precision 905 E 906 E 307 a Scaling 95 Precision Linked Pairs 0 of 1 Note By default TRANSFORM will always sort the Target system point lists by probability of being a match for the corresponding Best Fit system point in that same row of the table However you can disable this feature by clicking the Sorted Target Lists menu item on the View menu Detect remaining pairs While we could repeat this process for all of the points in the Best Fit system that we found to have a corresponding point in the Target system TRANSFORM provides a much faster and easier way complete the pairing process Let s start by checking the current magnitude of TRANSFORM Detect Pairs Variance Click Options on the Tools menu and select the Precision tab as show bel
417. that it can be copied and then pasted into other programs such as a CAD program Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 13 14 47 79 0 05 05 13 14 47 79 0 05 05 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 1162 0 ppm 1475 1 ppm 0 998 837 966 721 661 0 998837966721661 0 1162 100 0 1162 100 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6910 67106 0 249 6910 67106 0 249 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 3815 68943 0 249 3815 68943 0 249 To change the scaling back to the default formatted text simply press the escape key The whole number format of scaling is that which is used by TRANSFORM and CAD programs to modify a coordinate system and its associated attributes Parameter precisions In addition to the four transformation parameters TRANSFORM also displays four Precision values one for each of the four transformation parameters Precision values are unique in that their magnitude is dependent on the currently selected confidence level which can be modified on the View menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 51 The precision values like the error radii provide a measure of uncertainty for each of their associated parameters The precision for scaling is of particular importance since it provides a strong indication of whether or not t
418. the Field Survey system in this instance detect pairs would not accurately find or report probable pairs do Next click the Show Filtered List toolbar button which will limit which of the Field Survey points that will be considered when detecting pairs and vastly speed up the detecting process Notice that when filtered lists are enabled the Show Filtered List toolbar button is highlighted as shown below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 3 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform olog File Edit View Tools Help p e lt O SCA ECT EE ET 2 ic Error Rad Best Fit a Link Target Variance Beg Residual bye ae 2 1934 Subdivision ys M a T 3 Target Coord System a 823 5 825 Reid Survey LJ 826 s Best Ft System Params ia 827 3 Rotation 95 Precision it 828 E 829 B 830 e 0 100 a Scaling 95 Precision fis 832 833 su 835 836 Translation North 95 Precisi n f 837 T 838 Translation East 95X Precision 839 840 g 842 Target System Rotation 383 None Bes 0 0000 00 us e 846 Linked Pairs 0 of 2 95 Cl Ready Next click the Detect Point Pairs toolbar button Ea or select Detect Point Pairs on the Tools menu When you do TRANSFORM will identify all the points in the target system that are within the supplied variance of a corresponding points in the best fit system Detect Point Pairs also automatically enables the View Only P
419. the error radii all the paired point residuals and the solution s overall confidence interval Note Two point transformations are unique solutions since two points provide the minimum number of conditions equations required for a solution Therefore the residuals for a two pair solution are equal to zero and no statistical values for parameter precisions error radii or confidence intervals are displayed As noted earlier it is Transform s concurrent processing capabilities that make it such a powerful analytical tool in addition to a powerful transformation tool Linking recommendations As will be seen in the next section an essential part of doing a best fit transformation is fist deciding which point pairs to base the solution Analysis of point pairs should always begin with all the possible pairs linked This condition provides the best overall view of the data and the solution as a whole The next section Evaluating Evidence O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 109 3 2 8 Evaluating Evidence Evaluation evidence is the process of identifying outliers or what is typically considered those point that are no longer in their original and undisturbed locations TRANSFORM displays residuals in either of two forms a northing and easting residual or bearing and distance residual To switch from the default setting of bearings and distances click North amp East Residuals on the View menu Understanding r
420. the point s residual or random error As a result the transformation s residuals will no longer exhibit the random characteristics required by the laws of probability and statistics for such errors and therefore these values cannot be relied upon as a true representation of the points reliability That being the case the coordinates of a transformed system that has had its scaling removed cannot be said to predict the statistically most probable theoretical positions of missing original monuments nor can its residuals be used for the purpose of determining if found points are in their original and undisturbed locations Lastly since the Confidence Interval CI is computed from the solution s standard deviation and the standard deviation is computed in part from the solution s residuals the solution s CI is also no longer reliable once scaling has been rolled back Legal ramifications Because rolling back scaling has less effect on points near the system s centroid and a greater effect on the points furthest from the system s centroid the process of rolling back scaling has the affect of putting more weight on the points near the system s centroid and less weight on the points furthest from the system s centroid This artificial weighting of the solution in the context of a retracement survey breaks one of the primary rules of evidence that states that no original monument shall be given more weight or dignity than
421. the source file will be imported into a given system by first Include listed identifiers or Exclude listed identifiers and then providing a Filter List of point identifiers or point identifier ranges You can then supply a single point identifier or a list of point identifiers and point identifier ranges each separated by commas for example 800 802 806 809 816 820 etc By clicking the Select button you can also visually select which point identifiers in the source file should be imported The dialog looks like this r af Contents of 1981 Highway Layout Coords file Aa Northing Easting Description 5000 00000 5000 00000 42 02 36 801 5034 92329 4896 55612 0 00000 43 11 54 802 5036 15159 4892 91787 0 00000 43 15 38 803 5125 59015 4627 99808 0 00000 45 94 99 804 5126 84723 4624 27455 0 00000 45 98 82 805 5142 56879 4577 70680 0 00000 46 48 07 806 4666 69663 4417 04942 0 00000 RP 807 5167 81382 4383 18688 0 00000 48 45 49 808 5155 90132 4206 89891 0 00000 50 22 18 809 4488 97227 4251 96604 0 00000 RP E 810 5144 99957 4123 69453 0 00000 51 06 16 811 5144 47366 4121 03351 0 00000 51 08 87 812 5115 48147 4018 91749 0 00000 52 15 13 813 5113 51406 4013 69527 0 00000 52 20 71 814 5111 74249 4009 05173 0 00000 52 25 68 815 5055 77229 3862 34584 0 00000 53 82 70 8i6 4798 48107 3960 50577 0 00000 RP 817 4932 83602 3720 12505 0 00000 55 74 55 818 4850 67815 3674 20491 0 00000 56 68 67 819 4847 23891 3672 28263 0 000
422. til after an analysis of the evidence is complete That s because rolling back scaling artificially distorts the solution s residuals which form the primary basis for evaluating the monuments found marking a prior survey When scaling is statistically significant or its magnitude is fairly large rolling it back will artificially distort the magnitude of the solutions residuals the amount of which will be directly proportional to the distance the pair s residual is from the centroid of the geometric figure formed by the prior survey s courses and distances When scaling is rolled back and it is statistically significant TRANSFORM will alert you by changing the color of the scaling text to red and displaying a warning icon to the right of the middle scaling parameter Why roll back scaling There are some legitimate reasons for rolling back scaling and some not so legitimate reasons A few of those times are discussed here but for more information see the section entitled Scaling and the Law One legitimate reason for rolling back scaling is that it is not statistically significant That is the case whenever the magnitude of the scaling parameter is less than its associated precision meaning that from a statistical stand point scaling could be equal to zero Another legitimate reason to roll back scaling is whenever it is very small in magnitude and will have little or no effect on the overall best fit transformation Conversely when
423. ting Started 127 f Write Block 33 Source Block Entire drawing 9 Objects Base point Objects El Pick point Select objects X 3727 0000 0 Retain Y 4670 0000 Convert to block Delete from drawing o 104 objects selected Destination File name and path C Users Dennis Desktop new block dwg y a Insert units Feet X Screen shot from AutoCAD 2009 Click the radio button for Object in AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog Switch back to Transform s MERGE DRAWINGS dialog and copy the subject drawing Base point coordinates and paste them into the Base Point coordinates of AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog as show above Click the Select Objects button in AutoCAD s WRITE BLOCK dialog Enter ALL on the command line to select everything in the drawing s workspace or use a selection box to select just the portion of the drawing s workspace for the highway layout and press the Enter key twice Enter new block in the File Name text box Use the Browse button to select the folder for the highway example Select Feet for the insert units Click the OK button to complete the block definition Insert the AutoCAD block in the target system drawing Open the Field Survey dxf drawing in AutoCAD this is the target system in TRANSFORM Type INSERT on the command line and press Enter on the keyboard to open AutoCAD s INSERT dialog O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 128 PrimaCode Transform User s
424. tion of description filters Using description filters you can import all the points matching a description filter criteria or none of the points matching a description filer criteria You determine which option by selecting either the Include listed descriptions or Exclude listed descriptions radio button After making your selection you will then be required to supply the filter criteria in the Filter List text box The description filter criteria is comprised of a list of description arguments separated by commas each of which can be preceded or followed by either of two wild cards characters The wild card character means any single character and can appear any number of times at either the beginning or end of a description argument The wild card character means any combination of characters and can appear only once at either the beginning or the end of a description argument Examples IRON IRON IRON IRON IRON IRION IRION etc By clicking the Select button in the Filter options group box you can also visually select which points contained in the ASCII text file should be imported as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Import Assistant 151 a a Contents of Field Survey Coords file PJ Northing Easting 100 9777 11894 10376 85876 0 00000 103 9778 24240 10240 34887 0 00000 BND 106 10068 43482 9539 21154 0 00000 BND 107 10073 48820 9427 88888 0 00
425. tions Tab O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 120 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide The next section Rolling Back Scaling 3 2 12 Rolling Back Scaling This section describes an important feature of TRANSFORM that is also of extreme interest to the retracement surveyor Having a good working knowledge of scaling it causes affects and ramifications are fairly important for you as a retracement surveyor and for the proper use of this program While it may be tempting to just remove scaling using TRANSFORM take some time to read some of the discussion in this user s guide It provides a fairly comprehensive treatment of this subject that is worth considering For more information on the ramifications of rolling back scaling see the Ramifications section of Removing System Scaling Analysis before roll back It is important to note TRANSFORM does not allow rolling back or removing of scaling until after the analysis of the evidence is complete That is because rolling back scaling will artificially distort the solution s residuals which values form the primary basis for evaluating the monuments marking a prior survey Rolling back scaling also distorts the solutions Confidence Interval CI since that is also computed using the solution s residuals When TRANSFORM rolls back scaling it reverses the affects of one of the solution s four systematic errors used to transform the coordinates of one system into another i e the
426. tistically most probable amount by which the subject system s meridian must be rotated to agree with the target system s meridian Scaling The scaling is one of the four transformation parameters used to compute transformation coordinates It is also the statistically most probable difference in unit length for the measurements describing the two surveys being compared Standard Deviation Standard deviation is a measure of the solution s precision and is computed from the solution s coordinate residuals The solution s standard deviation is equivalent to a 68 Confidence Interval Status bar O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Glossary 323 The application status bar is the area along the bottom of the application window used to provide information about the current view Best Fit Point A best fit point represents a point record in the best fit system Best Fit system The best fit system is that system which is the subject of a transformation or best fit solution i e the system that is being transformed System A system represents a collection of point records the coordinates for which all reference a common origin Target Point A target point represents a point record in the target system Target system The target system is the fixed systems that a transformation references very often comprised of physical evidence located on the ground Text Box A text box is used as a means to convey data to the user or retrieve data fr
427. tistically significant Note Regardless of which confidence level the user chooses TRANSFORM will always measures the statistical significance of scaling against a precision value computed at the 99 confidence level The warning message and red text are not intended to prevent you from rolling back scaling but rather to discourage rolling back scaling when it is statistically significant since it is such an important part of the best fit solution However as long as you understand that the scaling was statistically significant and have a since of what is done with the scaling once it has been rolled back you are free to do whatever you feel is correct for the particular situation you are working with Because scaling is one of the four fundamental systematic errors that comprise any least squares transformation and because the residuals can no longer be used to detect outliers once scaling has been rolled back any change you make to the solution at this point will automatically restore scaling to the solution However you can roll back scaling again after completing any additional analysis and testing See also Weighted Solutions The next section Restoring Scaling 13 3 Restoring Scaling To restore scaling to a best fit transformation simply select the Restore System Scaling option on any one of the three menus noted in the previous section or change the link state of any pair or its variance 2012 PrimaCode Technologies
428. to vary based upon the chosen confidence interval e g 95 Note This parameter can be rolled back for any best fit solution by simply right clicking any of the scaling boxes and selecting Remove Scaling For more information see Removing System Scaling In practice the Scaling parameter is often thought of as applicable only to the system being transformed However a target system can also cause the solution to have scaling e g when performing fieldwork with an un calibrated electronic measuring device TRANSFORM displays scaling in four different formats 1 In parts per million notation first text box 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Transformations View 227 2 As a whole number used as a multiplier second text box 3 In parts per hundred notation third text box 4 And by double clicking the third box you can switch to one part per notation Transformation Parameters Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 000 049 583 904 710 Translation North 95 Precision Translation North 95 Precision 6281 183841 0 056 6281 183841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 4180 89753 0 056 When the whole number scaling notation text box is entered TRANSFORM sw
429. ts 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 246 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 9 10 Relabel Points Using TRANSFORM you have two options for relabeling points It can either be done using the EXPORT ASSISTANT which will leave the point labels in TRANSFORM unchanged or it can be done from within TRANSFORM before exporting To relabel points from within TRANSFORM simply click the Relabel Points button shown below Wr File Edit View Tools Help O CIAO TA Label Northing Easting Coordinate System dd A 827 4258 32213 2377 56729 1961 Highway Layout kopy 1 4998 67574 5009 32249 Systems Target 4949 94691 5148 25882 hone 4244 97871 2475 09027 4104 58032 261367708 411222711 2620 13671 423951640 3336 33413 3408 01029 3645 24874 371691518 4024 80337 4006 68371 517361795 411521211 509569325 413333528 516086111 4635 75785 5083 809235 4613 92064 5083 06042 4908 75458 896 83211 4995 45786 501852771 2924 24163 435081699 4129 01377 10000 0000 System Poms Transtor mations 828 829 300 901 902 903 304 305 906 907 When the Relabel Points button is clicked or Relabel Points is selected on the Edit menu TRANSFORM opens the following dialog Coord System 1981 Highway Layout copy 1 Type of Modifier D Wncremert Label Ranges to Modify 800 1000 This dialog provides three different relabeling options as indicated by the three Modi
430. ts are linked it is time to start evaluating the evidence and refine the best fit transformation by removing outliers from the solution To make this process easier you should resort the transformation table based upon the magnitude of the distance residuals You do this by double clicking the column header for the distance residuals When you do TRANSFORM will look like this 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started s i 34 Subdivisi na ea ee kelo File Edit View Tools Help x e lt SOUS or 3 EA EEE 0 ErorRad Best Ft Link Target Variance Beg Residual Dst Residual a D BestFt Coord System Ll 0st Residual a A gt 0469 853 7 0 100 N23 06 2554 E 0276 E 1834 Soden y 0 522 255 Y 101 0 100 N 87 53 39 98 W 0 395 13 Target Coord Sytem 0282 850 Y 187 0 100 N27 36 38 64 E 0 439 Feld Survey 0310 830 Y 174 0 100 39 57 39 05 W oso _ 039 838 Y 171 0 100 N61 29 37 01 E 0 524 g Pou tt Sytem Paans os 249 Y 206 0 100 N 16 52 36 16 E 0 530 3 Rawon 95 Precision _ 036 839 Y 172 0 100 S 2113 2847 E 0 561 a 13 18 1867 20 05 39 0 23 832 Y 165 0 100 S 85 20 0575 E 0 562 lil gee 85 Pechion 0433 837 Y 167 0 100 88 45 2842 E 0 604 zin FC 0278 859 Y 177 0 100 4201 37 01 W 0 658 0316 840 Y 173 0 100 84 01 4962 E 0 670 LA 0296 eat Y 175 0 100 N22 48 1157 E 0678 0 0815 100 0 332 852 Y 201 0 100 96 51 3142 E 0731 s
431. ts tab along the left edge of the application To generate a printed report of the system points view click the Print toolbar button Print on the File menu or Print Preview on the File menu TRANSFORM prints everything contained in the view s grid as well as the name of the project the name of the system and the type of coordinates original or transformed To view the contents of the report before printing it select Print Preview from the File menu Previewing before printing provides a means of checking the number of pages being printed the format of values etc O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Report Printing a Print preview 4 p gt 00 BB B cose Hf g cae Ble The next section Printing Custom Reports 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 292 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 16 4 Printing Custom Reports You can also print custom reports using Windows copy and paste functions Using these features you can selectively copy information from TRANSFORM and paste it into a Word document or Excel document for example To select portions of the System Points table or Transformations table simply drag the mouse across the column headers or row headers of the table or hold the Control key down while selecting rows columns or cells as shown in the three illustrations below El Projectl PrimaCode Transform File Edit EA s View Tools Help Vy FSIS PTT a a Linked Pairs 10 of 12
432. tton when finished Develop the merge drawing coefficients O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies e PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Make sure that TRANSFORM looks the same as shown below Notice that Scaling has been restored and that the Rotation angle is shown as zero This example assumes that the Field Survey has been rotated as noted in the previous section amp D 1934 Subdivision Example PrimaCode Transform o loz File Edit View Tools Help SOUS Oe 3 PI EEE es A E 18M Sutrdasin 3 7 ow 832 Y s 0100 E Target Coord Sytem 7 042 en Y 60 0 100 Reid Survey 039 837 Y 6 0100 os _ 0388 838 Y 1 0 100 _ Best Ft System Params T 0315 239 1 0 100 2 Rotation 95 Precision 0289 240 Y 3 0 100 A Two 20 04 13 0 271 841 Y 75 0 100 S saw 95 Precision _ os 842 Y 1 0 100 1256 0 358 243 Y ES 0 100 0335 sas Y 145 0 100 0 998 837 966 721 682 0325 es 143 0 100 0 1162 100 gt 0328 es Y 103 0 100 a pao _ 0366 249 Y 206 0 100 5575 7921 0249 0 269 850 Y 187 0100 0 256 851 176 0 100 Translation Eset 35 Precision 7 0303 852 Y 2 0 100 2688 13395 20249 _ 0425 83 Y 20 0 100 0470 ass Y 2 0 100 Target System Rotation os 855 Y 0 100 None Vee Sem 025 259 Y 1 0 100 1934 Subdivision Linked Pairs 19 of 21 95 Cl 1 006 ft Ready On the Tools menu select Merge Drawing Coefs this will display the MERGE DRAWINGS dialog 1934 Subdivision Merge Drawings Coefficients E Write Block
433. ubdivision Coordinates txt file contains coordinates for both drawings These are simple ASCII text files the type typically used for data exchange between different software applications Each line of these files describes one coordinate position Each line is broken up into five fields separated by commas representing a point identifier northing easting elevation and description Because TRANSFORM allows point descriptions containing spaces TRANSFORM does not allow the use of space delimited text files Typically the Field Survey Coordinates txt file would be populated via information exported from a data collector Typically the 1934 Subdivision Coordinates txt file would be populated via information exported from the 1934 Subdivision dxf survey drawing Next Section The Objective 2012 PrimaCode Technologies te PrimaCode Transform User s Guide 3 1 2 The Objective The objective when retracing any prior survey using TRANSFORM is generally as follows e evaluate the prior survey s measurements e evaluate the on the ground evidence found marking the prior survey e rotate the meridian of the field work to agree with the prior survey s e when using a CAD program merge the two survey drawings e reproduce any damaged or missing corner markers e report your findings Traditional Approach Traditionally this process will involve comparing the measurements reported on a prior survey to the inverses bet
434. uick easy to learn means of analyzing prior surveys and best fitting transforming them to some other coordinate system such as a recent field survey The underlying mathematical model that allows TRANSFORM to work its magic is based upon the well known principle of least squares by application of a two dimensional conformal coordinate transformation With Transform s intuitive implementation of this mathematical model you get a more reliable and defensible means of tying into prior surveys while at the same time vastly improving productivity Improves defensibility by e Providing the most rigorous means available of reproducing a prior survey s meridian e Providing the most rigorous means available of reproducing a prior survey s measurements when the modern survey s unit length of measure is different e Providing a far less subjective means of evaluating the quality of the evidence recovered for a prior survey see analyzing residuals e Providing a new alternative for relocating missing or damaged points using statistically most probable positions e Providing an estimated error positional uncertainty value for transformed points based upon a stated confidence level 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 3 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide e Providing the confidence that reconnaissance computations are close enough to assure the field party will not miss essential evidence e Providing a new means of using evide
435. umber of linked pairs use only those pairs that have consistent residuals for this test Reaching a final solution Repeat this process for each remaining Target point pair with a residual that is more than the 95 confidence interval In this example you will only need to remove one additional Target point 102 as shown below Notice that the descriptions for points 125 and 102 are for a damaged bounds which would seem to support our conclusion to remove them from this solution Tip There are a number of ways to see the descriptions of points The easiest and quickest is to hover the mouse over a point identifier As show below the description will be displayed in a popup tooltip You could also switch to the System Points tab to view all descriptions or choose to show a description column on the View menu 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started 111 ED Hig Example PrimaCode Tr e elo E File Edit View Tools Help e lt IEA OA EEEL m Best F Coord System Error Rad Best Fit Link Target Variance Beg Residual Dst Residual 0 065 907 Y 107 0 100 N 74 58 35 52 W 0 032 AAAAK 53 0 068 910 Y 106 0 100 N 41 37 58 68 Ww 0 038 T Target Coord System 0103 916 Y 100 0 100 N 58 36 54 37 W 0 043 eid Survey _ 007 902 Y 124 0 100 SEE 4134 20 W 0056 Es 0068 903 Y 119 0 100 N88 37 53 67 E 0 063 g Pest System Params _ 005 914 Y 103 0 100 S79 17 49 58 W
436. ure corrections or inadequate sage corrections Of course an un calibrated steel tape could also have a small unknown error associated with its etched division marks When steel taping was popular it was commonplace for land surveyors to make measurements without using a tensioning device It was also commonplace for land surveyors to drag their steel tapes thru wet grass while moving from point to point These practices would often result in debris and moisture accumulating on the tape that could significantly increase its weight and result in excessive catenary or sag Furthermore temperature was seldom measured at ground level were the tape was being used Typically the temperature where the tape was used was significantly different for where the temperature was taken especially when working on blacktop surfaces To introduce a 100 parts per million 01 feet per 100 feet error into a series of steel tape measurements it is only necessary for one of the following conditions to exist e A 15 degrees Fahrenheit deviation in temperature between the observation point and the location of the tape e A difference of 15 pounds of tension from required for a 100 foot measurement e A 0 6 foot catenary in a 100 foot measurement e A difference in elevation of 1 4 feet for a 100 foot measurement Thru a combination of these factors it would not have been uncommon for scale errors to exceed 100 ppm for steel taped measurements Electro
437. urvey the difference will be due to a combination of some small scale correction and the random error associated with placement of the corner marker at either end of that line 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Examples 317 This example also demonstrates that whenever a bearing bearing intersection is employed to reproduce a point from two adjacent original monuments the distances for these two lines will be different from the original distances by amount that is attributable to the random error residual associated with the placement of the found markers and a scale factor Put a little differently if you were to compare the distance reported for each line of the original survey to the actual distance found between the original monuments and the scaled distances resulting form a best fit transformation the actual inverse between found monuments and the scaled distances will compare the best while the un scaled distances appearing on the original survey will compare the worst Of course to see this type of comparison more clearly you would need to account for the small random error associated with the processing of placing each corner Furthermore this example demonstrates that a solution that does not use scaled distances to reproduce missing corners will NOT result in a solution that complies with the Law of Evidence in as much as there are other solutions that would more closely match the location of the original corner See also Sca
438. us reporting what the original record states when both are close to being the same 18 1 Tweaking Transformations The goal of tweaking is to find that one solution that minimizes the residuals associated with each linked pair while at the same time keeping as many pairs in the solution as is absolutely possible In the case of a retracement survey the goal is to weed out only those target points comprising a pair that have residuals that are inconsistent with the work of the original surveyor i e those points that are most probably not in their original and undisturbed locations 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 296 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide This process begins by linking all potential paired points and ends by unlinking all pairs from the solution that have residuals that are inconsistent with the norm for this transformation This strategy centers on the idea that pairs with inconsistent residuals will typically signal an error in one or both points comprising the pair typically the target point and therefore should be removed from the solution Errors associated with best fit system points the system being transformed are most often due to measurement errors scrivener s errors or mistakes made translating those measurements into coordinate values Errors associated with target system points the fixed system are most often an indication that the point found on the ground may have been set in error may have been subs
439. vations For example a scaling of 110 ppm 25 ppm 95 means that the true scaling based upon a number of different sets of observations will be between 85 ppm and 135 ppm 95 of the time Detect Pairs Radius This is the rejection limit used by the detect pairs process when searching for all possible pairs By varying this value and the allowable scaling TRANSFORM will detect more or less points The range of valid values for search radius is from 0 01 feet to 10 00 feet 003 meters 3 000 meters Dialog Box Dialog boxes are used by applications to interact with the user and retrieve information An example of a dialog box is TRANSFORM s Import Assistant Dropdown List A dropdown list as a box used to display a list of options and can sometimes be used to define a new option Edit mode Edit mode is the state that some of TRANSFORM s text boxes switch to when a user clicks the box TRANSFORM uses this mode to show the internal representation of a number s precision and to reformat the text for special circumstances O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Glossary 321 Error radius An error radius is a special case error ellipse where the semi major and semi minor axes of the ellipse are equal describing the precision of a transformed coordinate s most probable theoretical position The error radius is an estimate of the maximum error or maximum positional uncertainty of a coordinate for a specific confidence level or percent prob
440. vey and a 1934 subdivision plan Click the Open button which returns you to the IMPORT ASSISTANT with your file and path selections entered into the File Name and Located In text boxes as show below O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 22 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Import Points LP Jes Import Assistant Imports points into a new or existing system Import options Pont y Noth v Eat Bev v Deser v inone Located In C Users Public Documents Transformation Samples Subdivision Example File Name Field Survey 4 Subdivision Coordinates bd Systems options Stem Fe Sve gt Ge Import Original Coords Filter optioins gt Include all points 9 Exclude all points gt Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List gt Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List The IMPORT ASSISTANT automatically entered Field Survey in the System dropdown box for you as shown above TRANSFORM includes this system by default in every new project Note The Field Survey system is a special protected system for your field work that cannot be accidently deleted cannot be the subject of a transformation nor can it be scaled Select the points being imported Click the Select button for point identifiers This will open the following dialog which shows all the points contained in the previously selected ASCII text file O 2012 PrimaCode Technol
441. w to precision values can also be used as a evaluation criteria when deciding if a paired point should be held or removed from the solution The next section Transformation Parameters 3 2 9 Transformation Parameters The next step in the analysis process is to examine the transformation parameters and associated statistical data If you are not already in the transformation view switch to it now by clicking the Transformations tab on the left edge of the application window Basis of parameters Based upon the chosen linked pairs and variances TRANSFORM computes four transformation parameters rotation scaling northing translation and easting translation as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies 112 PrimaCode Transform User s Guide Transformation Parameters Rotation 95 Precision 15 42 02 68 0 00 12 Scaling 95 Precision 49 6 ppm 57 1 ppm 1 000 049 583 904 710 1 20 167 8 Translation North 95 Precision 6281 18841 0 056 Translation East 95 Precision 4180 89753 0 056 Note The rotation parameter is the difference in meridians between the best fit system and the target system not the difference in orientation between the two drawings being compared which would have the same magnitude but with the opposite algebraic sign Note Do not attach any significance to the magnitude of the two translation parameters at this point These two values cannot be used independently they can only be applied
442. was installed and is located in your documents folder under the sub folder entitled Transformation Samples Scaling Example The drawing is entitled Retracement Survey dwg The combined surveys 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Examples 313 Mires 1 mir 2 Pin 4 o i or w oi ot Oe w bo Tee A least squares transformation was used to compute the statistically most probable difference in meridians for these two surveys The meridian of the retracement survey was then rotated to agree with the meridian of the original survey The base point of rotation chosen for the field work is point 101 marking the southwest corner of the figure The theoretical or statistically most probable corners of the original survey are also depicted on this third plan and are based upon a best fit transformation of the original survey s coordinates to that of the rotated field survey The results of that least squares transformation can be seen in the accompanying TRANSFORM file entitled Scaling Example tfm Note You can achieve a result not that much different from the least squares result by using the more traditional method of tabulating the differences between all possible inverses common to both surveys and then computing the average difference This value can then be used to rotate the meridian of the field work As shown above the rotated retracement survey contains five sets of points for each corner of the property as follows 1 the point indica
443. ween those same points found by your field survey in order to determine which points found in the field are the best A more comprehensive method employed by the more conscientious of us is to mathematize the prior survey and then compare all possible inverse combinations between the two surveys While this method is far more apt to detect monuments that have errors at right angles to the measurement reported by the prior survey it involves a lot more work and carful tabulation of the results and thus is far more time consuming Following the analysis it is customary to select the two best monuments found marking the prior survey and use them to rotate the meridian of the field work to agree with the prior survey s Using the more comprehensive method noted above some surveyors will tabulate the result of all the inverses and computer all the differences in directions and use those differences to compute some average using the best of the monuments to rotate the field survey s meridian The more comprehensive method can also be used to compute the difference in unit of measure for the two surveys by tabulating all the difference in length for the inverses and dividing that difference by the length of the line If one common trend in scaling is observed then it can be assumed there was a difference Once the field survey is rotated to agree with the prior survey s meridian then traditional bearing and distance computations are used to rep
444. without the need to re enter everything as will be seen in the next section Saving your work To save a project simply click the Save Project toolbar button or click Save on the File menu When you do TRANSFORM opens the following dialog box M Save As 3 Save in J Desktop 00D z Libraries R Dennis a sstem Fo System Folder uN Places i pa i Network em Fo A System Folder iene i ae Project2 tfm eo ansform Project Transform Project 2 0 KB 41 0 KB Libraries 5 A Computer Network pee File name Project 1 tfm P Save Save as type Transform files t m y Cancel Navigate to the folder where you wish to save the project using the Save in dropdown list and then provide a project name in the File name box In this instance provide the name Subdivision Example as shown above and click the OK button to return to TRANSFORM You are also provided the option of providing a name and number for the project being saved 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started This information can later be printed on reports if that option is chosen on the Projects tab of user Options For more information on see user Options Projects Updating saved projects Once you have saved a project you can update the saved file with your most recent changes by simply clicking the Save Project toolbar button TRANSFORM keeps a record of changes to a project and prompts you to save changes if you attempt to o
445. y slightly greater or less than one It is important to note when the scale correction is much larger than its associated precision e g 223 ppm 20 ppm it is a statistically certainty the scale factor is a result of a measurable and real difference in unit length between the two surveys Conversely when the scale correction is less than its associated precision then there is nota statistically certainty that a correction needs to be made since application of the precision would could result in a scale correction of 0 ppm The Value of Measurement as Evidence Since any discussion of scaling will involve the comparison of monuments as evidence to measurement as evidence it is important to first look at the pros and cons of holding one type of evidence superior to the other There are those land surveyors who would choose to put measurement as evidence above monumentation as evidence when reproducing some types of surveys Such is often the case when a municipal highway layout is being reproduced Giving measurement as evidence more weight than monuments as evidence violates one of the basic tenants of the commonly accepted rules of evidence that original and undisturbed monuments will hold over calls for the measurements that describe them When you choose to give measurement more weight than monuments the corners of the original survey being reproduced are no longer fixed to a single point on the ground Instead every surveyor wi
446. you had manually input the coordinates you would need to remember to change them yourself O 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Cloned Points 255 TRANSFORM will not allow you to edit the coordinates of a cloned point from within TRANSFORM or using the Import Assistant since its coordinates are tied to a point in another system TRANSFORM automatically handles these issues for you and thereby provides a safe means of performing best fit transformations that target points that originate from more than one coordinate system In This Section Creating a Cloned Point This section discusses the procedure for defining a cloned point Using Cloned Points This section discusses how cloned point are used 11 1 Creating a Cloned Point Start by switching to TRANSFORM s Transformation Tab and then selecting the Best Fit Coord System that contains the point to be cloned Next turn off system filtering by eip ng the Show Filtered List toolbar button Y and the Show Only Paired Points toolbar button SE to insure TRANSFORM is showing all of the point contained in the coordinate system Finally using the mouse right click the cell containing the point to be cloned and select Clone Point in the popup context menu or click the Clone Point toolbar button 3 D a ype yg Seer ayo f fos File Edit View Tools F EUA de 239 Vise y 9 2 Bestft Cord Sytem ErrorRad Best Fit a Link Target Variance Brg Residual _Dst Residual
447. ystem click the Define System Filters toolbar button 7 or select Define System Filters on the Tools menu This opens the following dialog Selecting the system Start by selecting the 1981 Highway Layout system Each system can have its own set of filter criteria 2012 PrimaCode Technologies so PrimaCode Transform User s Guide r gt Options AE Application Corrections Fiters Precisions Projects Transformations Units System 1981 Highway Layout 7 View Filtered Lists View only paired pionts Filter options gt Include listed identifiers Exclude listed identifiers Fiter List D Include listed descriptions Exclude listed descriptions Fiter List Point identifier filters Point identifier filters are comprised of single point identifiers mixed with point identifiers that describe a range of points Each filter must be separated with a comma for example 101 102 110 115 125 135 150 175 etc Select points dialog Click the Select button in the description Filter options group box to visually select a sub set of points in the ASCII text file as shown below 2012 PrimaCode Technologies Getting Started or r a Select descriptions for 1981 Highway Layout system ale Northing Easting 4241 10204 3333 49719 l 822 4146 37433 3280 55144 0 00000 64 75 52 824 4031 10603 2646 54173 0 00000 72 11 57 825 407

2 About Transform - PrimaCode Technologies

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents